Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
2005 NOV 01 CC PACKET
REVISED AGENDA EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL COUNCIL CHAMBERS - 350 Main Street The City Council, with certain statutory exceptions, can only take action upon properly posted and listed agenda items Unless otherwise noted in the Agenda, the Public can only comment on City- related business that is within the jurisdiction of the City Council and /or items listed on the Agenda during the Public Communications portion of the Meeting During the first Public Communications portion of the Agenda, comments are limited to those items appearing on the Agenda During the second Public Communications portion of the Agenda, comments may be made regarding any matter within the jurisdiction of the City Council Additionally, the Public can comment on any Public Hearing item on the Agenda during the Public Hearing portion of such item The time limit for comments is five (5) minutes per person Before speaking to the City Council, please come to the podium and state Your name and residence and the organization you represent, if desired Please respect the time limits Members of the Public may place items on the second Public Communications portion of the Agenda by submitting a Written Request to the City Clerk or City Managers Office at least six days prior to the City Council Meeting (by 2 00 p m the prior Tuesday) Other members of the public may comment on these items only during this second Public Communications portion of the Agenda The request must include a brief general description of the business to be transacted or discussed at the meeting Playing of video tapes or use of visual aids may be permitted during meetings if they are submitted to the City Clerk two (2) working days prior to the meeting and they do not exceed five (5) minutes in lenath In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact City Clerk, 524 -2305. Notification 48 hours prior to the meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. NOTE: One (1) item added to 5:00 p.m. Session under Special Matters REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 2005 - 5:00 P.M. Next Resolution # 4441 Next Ordinance # 1389 5:00 P.M. SESSION CALL TO ORDER ROLL CALL CLOSED SESSION: The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, et sue) for the purposes of conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator, and /or conferring with the City Attorney on potential and /or existing litigation, and/or discussing matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel), and /or conferring with the City's Labor Negotiators, as follows CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — EXISTING LITIGATION (Gov't Code §54956 9(a)) — 3 matters 1 City of El Segundo v City of Los Angeles, et al, LASC No BS094279 2 Yeaton v City of El Segundo, LASC Case No BS096351 3 Bressi v City of El Segundo, LASC Case Nos BC288293 and 288292 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — ANTICIPATED LITIGATION Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956 9(b) -2- potential cases (no further public statement is required at this time), Initiation of litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956 9(c) -2- matters DISCUSSION OF PERSONNEL MATTERS (Gov't Code §54957) — 0 matter CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54957 6) -0- matter CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54956 8) -1- matter 1 Purchase of Real Property (Parcel Nos 4138- 004 -016 (primary parcel), 4138 - 004 -008 and 4138 - 004 -015) City Negotiator Jeff Stewart, City Manager Property Owner Federal Express Corporation/Thomas Properties SPECIAL MATTERS — 6 00 P M (Approximate) 1 Interview of candidates for the Committees, Commissions and Boards (CCBs) regarding Capital Improvement Program Advisory Committee (CIPAC) and Community Cable Advisory Committee (Cable), and potential appointment of members to the Committees, Commissions and Boards Interviews will commence at approximately 6 00 p m and will be held in the West Conference Room and are open to the public ADJOURNMENT POSTED DATE 10 /2 ®f' TIME 0 %Jy •M NAME xLGcR" /�(t 2 AGENDA EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL COUNCIL CHAMBERS - 350 Main Street The City Council, with certain statutory exceptions, can only take action upon properly posted and listed agenda items Unless otherwise noted in the Agenda, the Public can only comment on City- related business that is within the jurisdiction of the City Council and /or items listed on the Agenda during the Public Communications portion of the Meeting During the first Public Communications portion of the Agenda, comments are limited to those items appearing on the Agenda During the second Public Communications portion of the Agenda, comments may be made regarding any matter within the jurisdiction of the City Council Additionally, the Public can comment on any Public Hearing item on the Agenda during the Public Hearing portion of such item The time limit for comments is five (5) minutes per person Before speaking to the City Council, please come to the podium and state Your name and residence and the organization you represent, if desired Please respect the time limits Members of the Public may place items on the second Public Communications portion of the Agenda by submitting a Written Request to the City Clerk or City Manager's Office at least six days prior to the City Council Meeting (by 2 00 p m the prior Tuesday) Other members of the public may comment on these items only during this second Public Communications portion of the Agenda The request must include a brief general description of the business to be transacted or discussed at the meeting Playing of video tapes or use of visual aids may be permitted during meetings if they are submitted to the City Clerk two (2) working days prior to the meeting and they do not exceed five (5) minutes in length In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact City Clerk, 524 -2305. Notification 48 hours prior to the meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 2005 - 5:00 P.M. Next Resolution # 4441 Next Ordinance # 1389 5:00 P.M. SESSION CALL TO ORDER ROLL CALL CLOSED SESSION: The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, at sue) for the purposes of conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator, and /or conferring with the City Attorney on potential and /or existing litigation, and /or discussing matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel), and /or conferring with the City's Labor Negotiators, as follows C, t. , CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — EXISTING LITIGATION (Gov't Code §54956 9(a)) — 3 matters 1 City of El Segundo v City of Los Angeles, et al , LASC No BS094279 2 Yeaton v City of El Segundo, LASC Case No BS096351 3 Bressi v City of El Segundo, LASC Case Nos BC288293 and 288292 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — ANTICIPATED LITIGATION Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956 9(b) -2- potential cases (no further public statement is required at this time), Initiation of litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956 9(c) -2- matters DISCUSSION OF PERSONNEL MATTERS (Gov't Code §54957) — 0 matter CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54957 6) -0- matter CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54956 8) -1- matter 1 Purchase of Real Property (Parcel Nos 4138- 004 -016 (primary parcel), 4138 - 004 -008 and 4138 - 004 -015) City Negotiator Jeff Stewart, City Manager Property Owner Federal Express Corporation/Thomas Properties SPECIAL MATTERS — 0 matter 2 0u"' AGENDA EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL COUNCIL CHAMBERS - 350 Main Street The City Council, with certain statutory exceptions, can only take action upon properly posted and listed agenda items Unless otherwise noted in the Agenda, the Public can only comment on City- related business that is within the jurisdiction of the City Council and /or items listed on the Agenda during the Public Communications portion of the Meeting During the first Public Communications portion of the Agenda, comments are limited to those items appearing on the Agenda During the second Public Communications portion of the Agenda, comments may be made regarding any matter within the jurisdiction of the City Council Additionally, the Public can comment on any Public Hearing item on the Agenda during the Public Hearing portion of such item The time limit for comments is five (5) minutes per person Before speaking to the City Council, please come to the podium and state Your name and residence and the organization you represent, if desired Please respect the time limits Members of the Public may place items on the second Public Communications portion of the Agenda by submitting a Written Request to the City Clerk or City Manager's Office at least six days prior to the City Council Meeting (by 2 00 p m the prior Tuesday) Other members of the public may comment on these items only during this second Public Communications portion of the Agenda The request must include a brief general description of the business to be transacted or discussed at the meeting Playing of video tapes or use of visual aids may be permitted during meetings if they are submitted to the City Clerk two (2) working days prior to the meeting and they do not exceed five (5) minutes in lenath In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact City Clerk, 524 -2305. Notification 48 hours prior to the meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 2005 - 7:00 P.M. Next Resolution # 4441 Next Ordinance # 1389 7:00 P.M. SESSION CALL TO ORDER INVOCATION — Chaplain, Major Thomas Kelly of the Los Angeles Air Force Base PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Jim Boulgarldes 003 PRESENTATIONS - (a) Proclamation in observance of Veterans Day, and inviting citizens to loin the City Council in placing a wreath at Freedom Park Memorial, Friday, November 11, 2005 at 9 00 a m , in honor of our patriotic men and women (b) Presentation of a Certificate of Appreciation by Andy Dellenbach, Chairman, Surfrider Foundation, to City Council, in recognition of El Segundo's passing of the Ordinance banning smoking on the El Segundo Beach and the posting of "No Smoking" signs ROLL CALL PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS - (Related to City Business Only - 5 minute limit per person, 30 minute limit total) Individuals who have received value of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves pnor to addressing the City Council Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of $250 While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to take action on any item not on the agenda The Council will respond to comments after Public Communications is closed A. PROCEDURAL MOTIONS Consideration of a motion to read all ordinances and resolutions on the Agenda by title Recommendation - Approval B. SPECIAL ORDERS OF BUSINESS C. UNFINISHED BUSINESS Consideration and possible action to amend the Downtown Specific Plan by expanding the current boundary and incorporating the commercially zoned parcels along the 200 block of West Grand Avenue located between the current westerly boundary of the Plan area and Concord Street. Recommendation - (1) Discussion, (2) Adopt a Resolution approving Environmental Assessment No EA -645 and General Plan Amendment No 04 -01, (3) Introduction of an Ordinance for Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Change No 04 -01 and Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01, (4) Schedule second reading and adoption of Ordinance on November 15, 2005, (5) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 4 004 2. Consideration and possible action regarding a presentation by staff on proposed amendments to the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan. (Fiscal Impact: None at this Recommendation — (1) Receive and file the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan Study, (2) Obtain Council direction on issues to be added or deleted from staffs recommendations, (3) Authorize staff to release a Request for Proposal (RFP) for a consultant services to prepare an update to the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan including environmental review, (4) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item D. REPORTS OF COMMITTEES, BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS 3. Consideration and possible action regarding the announcement of the appointments of candidates to the following Committees, Commissions and Boards (CCBs): Capital Improvement Program Advisory Committee (CIPAC) and Recommendation — (1) Announce the appointees to the CCBs, if any, and terms of office, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item E. CONSENT AGENDA All items listed are to be adopted by one motion without discussion and passed unanimously If a call for discussion of an item is made, the item(s) will be considered individually under the next heading of business 4. Warrant Numbers 2549940 to 250220 on Register No. 02 in the total amount of $583,917.33 and Wire Transfers from 10/7/2005 through 10/20/2005 in the total amount of $1,921,615.09. Recommendation — Approve Warrant Demand Register and authorize staff to release Ratify Payroll and Employee Benefit checks, checks released early due to contracts or agreement, emergency disbursements and /or adjustments, and wire transfers 5. City Council Meeting Minutes of October 18, 2005. Recommendation — Approval 6. Consideration and possible action to amend El Segundo Municipal Code Section 2 -2-4 (B), Disaster Council Composition, to include a City Council Member and a School District member. (Fiscal Impact: None) Recommendation — (1) Second reading and adoption of Ordinance No 1388, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 005 7. Consideration and possible action regarding the approval of the examination plan for the Personnel Merit System job classification of Police Sergeant. Recommendation — (1) Approve the Examination Plan, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 8. Consideration and possible action to waive the formal bidding process and authorize the purchase of gasoline and diesel fuel for City vehicles and equipment through the use of spot market purchasing. (Fiscal Impact: Not to exceed $230,000 annually). Recommendation — (1) Authorize staff to purchase gasoline and diesel fuel for City vehicles and equipment through the use of spot market purchasing in an amount not to exceed $230,000, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 9. Consideration and possible action to approve the enlargement of the City Storm Water Detention Basin /Pump Station No. 18 located at 2050 Hughes Way, at developer cost, to accept flows generated from the Plaza El Segundo development located at 680 Sepulveda Boulevard. (Fiscal Impact: None) Recommendation — (1) Approve the enlargement of the City Storm Water Detention Basin /Pump Station No 18 located at 2050 Hughes Way, at developer cost to accept flows generated from the Plaza El Segundo Development located at 680 Sepulveda Boulevard, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 10. Consideration and possible action to approve a Professional Services Agreement with Risk Management Professionals, Inc. in the amount of $25,230 to provide professional services for the preparation of the City of El Segundo 2005 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP). (Fiscal Impact: $30,000) Recommendation — (1) Authorize the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement, as approved by the City Attorney, with Risk Management Professionals, Inc in the amount of $25,230, (2) Approve a contingency in the amount of $4,770 for additional emergency response planning as directed, (3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 006 11. Consideration and possible action regarding approval of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of El Segundo and independent contractor Ella Sotelo to provide services as the Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator. (Fiscal Impact: None. Expenditure reimbursed by State of California) Recommendation (1) Authorize the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement approved by the City Attorney with independent contractor Ella Sotelo to provide services as the Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator, (2) Approve appropriations in an amount not to exceed $150,000 per year for services provided by the Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator as set forth in Exhibit "A ", (3) Authorize the City Manager to execute extension options in the agreement, (4) Authorize the Manager of the Communications Center to approve invoices for payment, State of California Reimbursement Claim Support Document (TD- 290A), and State of California Reimbursement Claim (TD -290) forms; (5) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 12. Consideration and possible action recommending approval of contract between the City and NUVIS Landscape Architecture and Planning for the Lakes Golf Course Driving Range Design. (Fiscal Impact: $44,350). Recommendation — (1) Award the Driving Range Design contract to NUVIS Landscape Architecture and Planning, (2) Authorize the City Manager to execute the contract in a form approved by the City Attorney, (3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 13. Consideration and possible action regarding award of contract to S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc. for construction related to the Residential Sound Insulation Program's Group 8 (24 residences). (Estimated construction cost and retention: Recommendation — (1) Award contract to S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc, (2) Authorize the City Manager to execute a construction contract in a form approved by the City Attorney, (3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item CALL ITEMS FROM CONSENT AGENDA 00 i F. NEW BUSINESS 14. Consideration and possible action regarding entering into a Purchase and Sale Agreement and opening escrow with Thomas Properties Group (TPG) for the anticipated purchase of five acres of land located at the southwest corner of Mariposa Avenue and Nash Street (to be used for soccer fields pursuant to the Development Agreement entered into between the City and TPG in January, 2001). (Fiscal Impact: $50,000 deposit into escrow). Recommendation — (1) Authorize the Mayor to execute the Purchase and Sale Agreement in the form attached to the Development Agreement and approved by the City Attorney, (2) Authorize staff to open escrow with Thomas Properties Group and deposit $50,000 into the escrow account, (3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 15. Consideration and possible action to approve the installation of temporary on- street angled parking on the east side of Douglas Street between El Segundo Boulevard and Mariposa Avenue to facilitate Los Angeles Air Force Base construction. (Fiscal Impact: None) Recommendation — (1) Authorize the installation of temporary on- street angled parking on the east side of Douglas Street between El Segundo Boulevard and Manposa Avenue to facilitate Los Angeles Air Force Base construction, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item G. REPORTS — CITY MANAGER — NONE H. REPORTS — CITY ATTORNEY — NONE I. REPORTS —CITY CLERK — NONE J. REPORTS — CITY TREASURER K. REPORTS — CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS Council Member Boulgarides — Council Member Busch — 008 Council Member Jacobson — 16. Consideration and possible action to schedule a joint special meeting with the City Council and Planning Commission to discuss proposed amendments to the City's current R -1 development standards on any of the following days: November 22nd or 29`h. 2005. Recommendation — (1) Authorize a date to have a joint special meeting with the City Council and Planning Commission, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item Mayor Pro Tern Gaines — Mayor McDowell — 17. Consideration and possible action to establish an ad hoc committee for the purpose of making recommendations to the City Council regarding the expenditure of $250,000 for the enhancement, promotion and /or maintenance of the Downtown Specific Plan area. (Fiscal Impact: None) Recommendation — (1) Establish an ad hoc committee to make recommendations with regard to funds available for the enhancement, promotion and /or maintenance of the Downtown Specific Plan area, (2) Appoint the members of the committee, (3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item 18. Consideration and possible action to adopt a resolution to implement the honorary memorialization of that portion of Imperial Avenue between Center Street and Sheldon Street as "Mike Gordon Parkway /Imperial Avenue." Recommendation — (1) Adopt the attached Resolution implementing the honorary memoralization of that portion of Imperial Avenue between the west side of Center Street and the east side of Sheldon Street as "Mike Gordon Parkway /Imperial Avenue" effective January 2006, (2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per person, 30 minute limit total) Individuals who have receive value of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves prior to addressing the City Council Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of $250 While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to take action on any Item not on the agenda The Council will respond to comments after Public Communications is closed O(M MEMORIALS — CLOSED SESSION The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, at sue) for the purposes of conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator, andlor conferring with the City Attorney on potential and/or existing litigation, and/or discussing matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel), and/or conferring with the City's Labor Negotiators REPORT OF ACTION TAKEN IN CLOSED SESSION (If required) ADJOURNMENT POSTED DATE /°' 05 TIME �a ?/� 7&-- NAME � u 1A 10 L roc[arnation Cap of el *egunbo, California WHEREAS, In 1954, "Veterans Day," was declared by presidential decree signed by Dwight D, Eisenhower to honor all American veterans living and dead, in whatever war or period of peace they served, and reminds us of the price we've paid to preserve our freedom. WHEREAS, On November 11, 2005, as we honor the sacrifices the armed forces have made to protect our nation, let us remember the 1.7 million women who have served. Today, more than 216,400 women are on active duty in the five branches of the military, women make up about 9% of the 231,260 U S troops in Afghanistan and Iraq WHEREAS, Women have played an extensive role in the military since the Revolutionary War, when hundreds of women disguised themselves as men to fight in the Civil War, while others served in support roles, from battlefield nurse to saboteur. In our current -day wars, women serve on the front lines. WHEREAS, America is the greatest country in the world and it got that way thanks to the sacrifice of our military women and men willing to pay the ultimate price NOW, THEREFORE, the Mayor and Members of the City Council of the City of El Segundo, California, invite its citizens to join in placing a wreath at Freedom Park Memorial in observance of VETERANS DAY, Friday, November 11, 2005, in honor of the unfailing valor, dignity, and courage of our patriotic men and women in uniform, so that their spirit and selfless public service may shine brightly in the annals of history St.GCJ Oil EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Unfinished Business AGENDA DESCRIPTION: Consideration and possible action to amend the Downtown Specific Plan by expanding the current boundary and Incorporating the commercially zoned parcels along the 200 block of West Grand Avenue located between the current westerly boundary of the Plan area and Concord Street RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION: 1) Discussion, 2) Adopt a Resolution approving Environmental Assessment No EA -645 and General Plan Amendment No 04 -01, 3) Introduction of an Ordinance for Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Change No 04 -01 and Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01; 4) Schedule second reading and adoption of Ordinance on November 15, 2005, and /or 5) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this Item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION. On September 20, 2005, the City Council held a public hearing on the amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) After receiving public testimony and reviewing the documents, the City Council directed staff to modify the Resolution for Environmental Assessment No EA- 645 and General Plan Amendment No 04 -01 and to modify the Ordinance for Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Change No 04 -01 and Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01 and return to Council at its next meeting On October 4, 2005 the Council continued the matter to its October 18, 2005 meeting in order for staff to meet with the applicants to discuss their (Continued on next page ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS• A Draft Resolution Including Initial Study of Environmental Impacts and Negative Declaration B Draft Ordinance FISCAL IMPACT: Operating Budget N/A Amount Requested. N/A Account Number. NIA Project Phase. NIA Appropriation Required: Yes X No Seimone Jurps, Director of Planning and Building Safety REVIEWED BY: DATE: 412 1 Manaaer STAFF REPORT November 1, 2005 BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: (cont.) Page 2 concerns about the height limitation of 30 feet in the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District North" proposed by the Council at its October 4, 2005 meeting On October 18, 2005 the Council continued the matter to its November 1, 2005 meeting to allow more time for staff to review the matter and to meet with the applicant The modifications requested by Council included the reduction of the floor area ratio (FAR) for the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District- South" (218 -228 West Grand Avenue) to 0 7 and the reduction of the height limitation for the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District North" (219 and 227 West Grand Avenue) to 2 stories and a maximum of 30 feet The Council affirmed that it was not proposing to modify the 1 0 FAR proposed for the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District- North" and the proposed height limitation of 2 stories and a maximum of 30 feet for the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District -South " The Council had concerns regarding frequent requests for amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan Therefore, the Council requested a modification to the Ordinance to limit amending the Downtown Specific Plan to once every 2 years Staff has reviewed the issues further and staff has met with the applicant on two occasions to discuss their concerns Staff has drafted a Resolution and Ordinance for the Council's consideration which incorporates the modifications Council proposed as discussed above with the exception of the height limitation for the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District - North" (219 and 227 West Grand Avenue) The draft Resolution and Ordinance reflects the applicant's request which is a height limit of 2 stories and 30 feet at the front property line on Grand Avenue and 36 feet at the rear of the building The existing development at 219 West Grand Avenue is 2 stories with abasement level The proposed development at 227 West Grand Avenue is 2 stories This Ordinance also includes the Council's request to reduce the floor area ratio (FAR) for the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District- South" (218 -228 West Grand Avenue) to 0 7 and to limit the number of Downtown Specific Plan Amendments to once every two years Parking Staff has surveyed the number of vehicles for both Concord Street and the parking structure Staff verified on September 27, 2005 at 1 45 pm that there were 19 vehicles parked along the curb in the 200 block (approximately 90% full) and 20 vehicles parked along the curb in the 300 block of Concord Street (approximately 65% full) Also, it was verified there were 28 vehicles parked on the top two levels of the parking structure (137 parking spaces are provided, the City leases 100 spaces) and 26 vehicles parked on the lowest level serving Cooke's Market (43 parking spaces provided) The parking structure has a total of 180 parking spaces with the City leasing 100 parking spaces from the top two levels Of the 100 parking spaces leased, the City has allocated 50 of them towards the monthly permit parking program Next month staff will return to City Council with an item to discuss the status of the parking in -lieu fee program further 013 STAFF REPORT November 1, 2005 BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: (cont.) Recommendation Page 3 The applicants have Informed the City that they do not want the entitlements approved If the height of the buildings will be reduced from the height that was originally proposed In fact, the applicants have threatened both verbally and in writing to file legal action against the City should It approve the entitlements at the reduced height (see attached correspondence) Accordingly, given the applicants do not want to proceed with their projects If the height is reduced and the City may incur litigation expenses should it approve the entitlements with the reduced height, staff recommends that the City Council either approve the entitlements consistent with applicants request or alternatively not adopt the entitlements at all, Staff recommends that the City Council adopt the attached draft Resolution approving Environmental Assessment No EA -645 and General Plan Amendment No 04 -01 Staff also recommends that the City Council introduce the attached draft Ordinance to approve Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Change No 04 -01 and Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01 Second reading and adoption of the Ordinance would occur on November 15, 2005 P \Planning & Building Safety\PROJECTS\626-650\Ea- 545 \Council Dom= Mtg 11105\Ea -645CC SR 11105 doc 0 1, RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING A NEGATIVE DECLARATION APPROVING ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESMENT NO. 645 (EA -645) AND APPROVING GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT NO. 04 -01 FOR A PROJECT THAT INCLUDES ZONE CHANGE NO. 04 -01, ZONE TEXT AMENDMENT NO. 05 -01 AND SPECIFIC PLAN AMENDMENT NO. 04 -01 AND INVOLVES THE EXPANSION OF THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN TO INCLUDE PROPERTIES IN THE 200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE FROM THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET TO CONCORD STREET, ADDRESSED AS 218 -228, 219 AND 227 WEST GRAND AVENUE. The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows SECTION 1 The City Council finds and declares that B On May 18, 2004, Frank Glynn, on behalf of property owners Bill and Loraine Flegenheimer, John Dukakis and Arch Young, and Arthur and Elizabeth Miltenburger filed an application for an Environmental Assessment (EA -645), General Plan Amendment (GPA 04 -01), Specific Plan Amendment (SPA 04 -01), Zone Text Amendment (ZTA 05 -01), and Zone Change (ZC 04 -01) to incorporate the properties at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue into the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) and to designate the subject parcels as the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District" (WGATD), C The applications were reviewed by the City's Planning and Building Safety Department for, in part, consistency with the General Plan, as required by Government Code § 65454 which states that no specific plan may be amended unless the amendment is consistent with the general plan, and in conformity with the El Segundo Municipal Code ( "ESMC "), D In addition, the City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq , "CEQA "), the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal Code of Regulations § §15000, et seq , the "CEQA Guidelines "), and the City's Environmental Guidelines (City Council Resolution No 3805, adopted March 16, 1993), E An Initial Study was prepared pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) The Initial Study demonstrated that there is no substantial evidence that the project would have a significant effect on the environment Accordingly, a Negative Declaration was prepared The Notice of Intent to Adopt the Negative Declaration was provided in accordance with the Public Resources Code and the CEQA Guidelines -1- o -3 The Negative Declaration was circulated for public review and comment between July 14, 2005, and August 3, 2005, F The Planning and Building Safety Department completed its review and scheduled the public hearing regarding the application before the Planning Commission for August 25, 2005, G On August 25, 2005, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the applications including, without limitation, information provided to the Planning Commission by City Staff, public testimony, and the applicants /property owners and their representative, H The Planning Commission considered the information provided by City staff, public testimony, representatives of the subject property owners, and adopted Resolution No 2589 recommending City Council approval of Environmental Assessment (EA -645), General Plan Amendment (GPA 04- 01), Specific Plan Amendment (SPA 04 -01), Zone Text Amendment (ZTA 05 -01), and Zone Change (ZC 04 -01), On September 20, 2005, the City Council held a public hearing and considered the information provided by City staff, public testimony and the applicants /property owners and their representative and continued the hearing to October 4, 2005, J On October 4, 2005 the City Council continued the hearing to October 18, 2005, K On October 18, 2005 the City Council continued the hearing to November 1, 2005, L On November 1, 2005, the City Council resumed the hearing and considered the information provided by City staff, and M This Resolution and its findings are made based upon the testimony and evidence presented to the Council at its September 20, 2005, October 4, 2005, October 18, 2005, and November 1, 2005 hearings including, without limitation, the staff report submitted by the Planning and Building Safety Department SECTION 2 Factual Findings The City Council finds that the following facts exist A The subject properties are located in the northwest quadrant of the City of El Segundo dust west of the current Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) boundary at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue and are comprised of approximately 21,592 square feet in area The subject -2- 016 properties are the parcels fronting on Grand Avenue bounded by Concord Street to the west and the alley 1/2 block west of Richmond Street on the east B The existing General Plan Land Use designation and zoning for the subject properties on the north side of Grand Avenue (219 and 227 West Grand Avenue) is Downtown Commercial and the Downtown Commercial (C -RS) Zone and for the property on the south side of Grand Avenue (218 -228 West Grand Avenue) is Neighborhood Commercial and the Neighborhood Commercial (C -2) Zone C The existing uses of the subject properties include offices and a bakery on the north side of Grand Avenue (at 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue), and retail uses along with offices on the south side of Grand Avenue (at 218 -228 West Grand Avenue) D Surrounding land uses in the area generally consist of multi -family residential dwellings to the north, to the south, and to the west (on the north side of Grand Avenue), and offices, retail, and service - oriented uses to the east and west The surrounding area is a fully developed urban environment E The proposed re- designation and re- zoning of the properties at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue would change the General Plan Land Use designation of approximately 496 acres to the Downtown Specific Plan designation and rezone the properties to the Downtown Specific Plan Zone ( "West Grand Avenue Transitional District') F Rezoning the C -2 zoned parcel at 218 -228 West Grand Avenue to DSP would increase the allowable floor area ratio (FAR) of the property from 0 5 1 to 0 7 1 allowing the potential for 374 square feet of additional development to the existing 3,960 square -foot budding G The allowable floor area ratio (FAR) for the C -RS zoned parcels (219 and 227 West Grand Avenue) is the same as the DSP Zone FAR of (1 1) Additionally, the amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan could potentially allow one additional residential unit (for a total of four units) where three are currently allowed under the C -RS zoning standards for these parcels H Rezoning the C -2 zoned parcel at 218 -228 West Grand Avenue to DSP could result in the development of a building 30 -feet high as compared to the 28 -foot height limit in the C -2 zone Rezoning the C -RS zoned parcels at 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue to DSP could result in the development of a budding 30 -feet high at the iJ 17 -3- highest point at the street and 36 -feet high at the highest point at the rear of the building as compared to the 45 -foot height limit in the C -RS zone J Rezoning the properties at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue would allow the subject property owners to either provide on -site parking or pay the City an in -lieu parking fee for the construction of new buildings and building additions K The land uses permitted in the Downtown Specific Plan include a variety of commercial uses, residential uses above the first floor, and recreational uses SECTION 3 Environmental Assessment Because of the facts identified in Section 2 of this Resolution, the proposed project was analyzed for its environmental impacts and a Draft Initial Study was prepared pursuant to CEQA Guidelines §15063 The Initial Study found that the project could not have a significant effect on the environment Therefore, a Negative Declaration of Environmental Impacts is proposed for this project pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15070 Accordingly, based upon the evidence presented to the City Council, the City need not prepare an Environmental Impact Report for the proposed project SECTION 4 General Plan As required under Government Code § 65454 the amendment of the Downtown Specific Plan conforms with the City's General Plan as follows A The El Segundo General Plan land use designation is Downtown Specific Plan This designation is intended for neighborhood serving commercial and residential uses B The proposed Downtown Specific Plan West Grand Avenue Transitional District South designation allows a maximum FAR of 0 7 1 whereas the Neighborhood Commercial designation of the General Plan allows a maximum FAR of 0 5 1 However, since the application includes a General Plan amendment to allow the increase in FAR, this would not create an inconsistency The proposed Downtown Specific Plan West Grand Avenue Transitional District North designation allows a maximum FAR of 1 1 consistent with the Downtown Commercial designation of the General Plan which allows a maximum FAR of 1 1 C The amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan conforms with several General Plan goals, objectives and policies related to Economic Development, Land Use, and Housing The amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan is consistent with the Economic Development Element Goals, Objectives and Policies Specifically, the amendment is consistent with Goal ED3, Objective ED3 -1, Policy ED3 -1 2, Policy ED3 -1 3, and Policy ED3 -1 5, in that the amended Downtown Specific Plan will strive to 018 -4- preserve and improve the business environment and image of Downtown El Segundo through the use of design standards and the option to pay an in -lieu fee instead of providing on -site parking, create an economically viable and stable Downtown area that uniquely contributes to El Segundo's commercial options through development standards that facilitate the revitalization of underdeveloped property in the Downtown area, encourage the revitalization efforts that improve the appearance of the Downtown area business; improve traffic circulation and parking by collecting in -lieu fees to pay for constructing parking facilities in the Downtown, and improve pedestrian access through Development and Design Standards that establish 0 -foot to 15 -foot front and street side setbacks while providing the opportunity for a mix of commercial services D The amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan conforms with several Land Use Element Goals, Objectives and Policies Specifically, the amendment is consistent with Goal LU1, Objective LU1 -4, Goal LU4, Objective LU4 -2 1, Objective LU4 -2 5, and Objective LU4 -2 6, in that the amendment to the Specific Plan will further the goal of maintaining a "small town" atmosphere as additional parcels will be subject to the standards of the Specific Plan, will maintain the City's Downtown as integral to the City's appearance and function by adding the subject parcels to the Downtown Specific Plan which will be regulated by the Development and Design Standards that help to maintain the City's Downtown appearance and function, provide a stable tax base for the City through development of new commercial uses, revitalize and upgrade commercial areas, making them a part of a viable, attractive, and people - oriented commercial district with consideration to aesthetic architectural improvements, zoning and shopper amenities, the Downtown area will provide adequate parking by either developers or by the public by spending parking in -lieu fees collected from developers, and the Downtown area will maintain and encourage low -scale architectural profile and pedestrian - oriented features, consistent with existing structures E The amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan conforms with several Housing Element Goals, Objectives and Policies. Specifically, the amendment is consistent with Goal 3, Policy 3 3 and Goal 4, in that the amendment to the Specific Plan will provide opportunities for new housing construction in a variety of locations and a variety of densities in accordance with the land use designations and policies of the Land Use Element since business /tenant owner - occupied residential units will be permitted above the street -front level and no residential units currently exist on the affected parcels, permit vacant and underdeveloped property designated as residential to develop with a diversity of types, price and tenure since affected parcels are underdeveloped property and business /tenant owner - occupied residential units will be permitted to be constructed above the street -front level, remove governmental constraints 01 -5- on housing development since business /tenant owner - occupied residential units above the street -front level will be allowed by either providing on -site parking or paying an in -lieu fee The amendment will allow residential units on the second floor without additional parking required as specified in Downtown Specific Plan Section VII 3 a i SECTION 5 Approvals A The City Council adopts the Negative Declaration of Environmental Impacts for Environmental Assessment No EA -645, for General Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01, and Zone Change No 04 -01 as set forth in attached Exhibit 'A," which is incorporated into this Resolution by reference B The City Council amends the proposed Land Use Plan of the Land Use Element ( "Northwest Quadrant" subsection) of the General Plan to reflect the change of the area bounded by the rear property line of properties at 227 and 219 W Grand Avenue to the north, from Concord Street to the alley '/z block west of Richmond Street to the east, by the interior side property line of property at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue to the south, and by Concord Street to the west from Downtown Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial to Downtown Specific Plan The corresponding changes as set forth in attached Exhibit "B" are incorporated into this Resolution by reference C The City Council amends the 1992 General Plan Summary of Existing Trends Buildout (Exhibit LU -3) of the Land Use Element to reflect the change of the area bounded by the rear property line of properties at 227 and 219 W. Grand Avenue to the north, from Concord Street to the alley Y2 block west of Richmond Street to the east, by the interior side property line of property at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue to the south, and by Concord Street to the west from Downtown Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial to Downtown Specific Plan The corresponding changes as set forth in attached Exhibit "C" are incorporated into this Resolution by reference D The City Council amends the General Plan Land Use Map to reflect the change of the area bounded by the rear property line of properties at 227 and 219 W Grand Avenue to the north, from Concord Street to the alley Y2 block west of Richmond Street to the east, by the interior side property line of property at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue to the south, and by Concord Street to the west from Downtown Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial to Downtown Specific Plan The corresponding changes as set forth in attached Exhibit "D" are incorporated into this Resolution by reference 10 E The City Council amends the Downtown Specific Plan Land Use Map to reflect the change of the area bounded by the rear property line of properties at 227 and 219 W Grand Avenue to the north, from Concord Street to the alley '/z block west of Richmond Street to the east, by the interior side property line of property at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue to the south, and by Concord Street to the west from Downtown Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial to Downtown Specific Plan The corresponding changes as set forth in attached Exhibit "E" are incorporated into this Resolution by reference F The City Council adopts the Downtown Specific Plan Supplement to reflect the change of the area bounded by the rear property line of properties at 227 and 219 W Grand Avenue to the north, from Concord Street to the alley '/Z block west of Richmond Street to the east, by the interior side property line of property at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue to the south, and by Concord Street to the west from Downtown Commercial and Neighborhood Commercial to Downtown Specific Plan The corresponding changes as set forth in attached Exhibit "F" are incorporated into this Resolution by reference SECTION 6 Reliance on Record Each and every one of the findings and determinations in this Resolution are based on the competent and substantial evidence, both oral and written, contained in the entire record relating to the project The findings and determinations constitute the independent findings and determinations of the City Council in all respects and are fully and completely supported by substantial evidence in the record as a whole SECTION 7 Limitations The City Council's analysis and evaluation of the project is based on the best information currently available It is inevitable that in evaluating a project that absolute and perfect knowledge of all possible aspects of the project will not exist One of the mayor limitations on analysis of the project is the City Council's lack of knowledge of future events In all instances, best efforts have been made to form accurate assumptions Somewhat related to this are the limitations on the City's ability to solve what are in effect regional, state, and national problems and issues The City must work within the political framework within which it exists and with the limitations inherent in that framework SECTION 8 Summaries of Information All summaries of information in the findings, which precede this section, are based on the substantial evidence in the record The absence of any particular fact from any such summary is not an indication that a particular finding is not based in part on that fact SECTION 9 This Resolution will remain effective until superseded by a subsequent resolution a- 021 SECTION 10 This Resolution is the City Council's final decision and will become effective immediately upon adoption PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of 2005 Kelly McDowell, Mayor ATTEST: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five, that the foregoing Resolution No was adopted by said City Council at a regular meeting held on the day of , 2005, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2005, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote AYES NOES ABSENT ABSTAIN Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM Mark D Hensley, City Attorney Karl H Berger Assistant City Attorney P \Planning & Building Safety \Protects \626- 650\Ea- 645 \Council Docs \CC Mtg 11105 \EA -645 CC Reso A 11 -1 -05 doc -8- 022 -I- CITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION NO. EXHIBIT A $no 4 el 0(le DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND BUILDING SAFETY INITIAL STUDY/ ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FORM PROJECT No. EA -645, GPA 04 -01, SP 04-01, ZC 0401 BACKGROUND 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524 -2344 FAX (310) 322.4167 www.iklsegundo.org 1 Project Title Downtown Specific Plan Amendment 2. Lead Agency Name and Address: City of El Segundo, 350 Main Street, El Segundo. CA 90245 3. Contact Person and Phone Number: Art Bashmakian, Interim Senior Planner, (310) 5242342 4. Project Location (Subject Site): 200 block of West Grand Avenue (218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenuel 5 Project Sponsor's Name and Address: Bill and Loraine Fleaenheimer 227 West Grand Avenue, El Segundo, CA 90245 General Plan Designation: 219 -227 W Grand Avenue is designated Downtown Commercial and 218 -228 W Grand Avenue is desianated Neighborhood Commercial Zoning: a. Description of Project (Describe the whole action involved, including but not limited to later phases of the pn:yed, and any secondary. support, or off -site features necessary for its implementation Attach additional sheets A necessary) The proposed project is an amendment of the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) involving the expansion of its current boundary by including adjacent parcels to the west on Grand Avenue The amendment will involve both changes to the text contained within the DSP and changes to the current Zoning designations of the properties to be added to the DSP area There are four parcels involved in the zone change Three on the north side of West Grand Avenue and a single parcel on the south side of West Grand Avenue All four parcels are immediately west of the existing border of the DSP area The parcels are currently developed with retail, office, parking and commercial service uses The zoning designations of the three parcels to the north are currently Downtown Commercial (C-RS) and the single parcel on the south side is Neighborhood Commercial (C -2) The subject parcels for this new Gateway District of the 021 Downtown Specific Plan area encompasses the alley to the west of Richmond Street and terminates on the east side of Concord Street along West Grand Avenue The incorporation of the subject parcels into the DSP will allow the property owners to benefit from a parking in -lieu fee program currently offered to properties within the DSP This Program allows expansion and new construction to take place without having to provide code required parking when the developer chooses to pay fees to the City in -lieu of providing parking Changing the zoning designation to DSP will increase the allowable maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of the parcel at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue from 0 5 1 (maximum for C -2 Zone) to 1 1 As the existing budding is 3,960 square feet, the change in FAR can potentially allow 2,232 square feet of additional development The FAR for both the C -RS Zone and DSP Zone is the same Therefore the properties at 219 — 227 W Grand Avenue have the same maximum potential development under the DSP zone as they currently do under the C -RS Zone The DSP height standards are more restrictive (30' at street front and street side and 45' towards the rear of a parcel) compared to the C -RS Zone which allows 45' on the entire property The C -RS Zone has a 10 -foot rear setback whereas the DSP Zone does not have a required setback as part of its Development Standards but requires an approximate 10 foot buffer (setback) as part of its Design Standards instead (along the north property line of the Grand Avenue district) The proposal involves requiring similar 10 -foot setbacks as part of the Design Standards for the proposed West Grand Avenue Transitional District The design of the proposed project for the property at 227 West Grand Avenue maintains a minimum 10 -foot buffer zone as measured from the building (including the 2 n story addition) to the north property line Although the DSP Zone development standards allow zero -foot setbacks, the aforementioned design standard requiring the 10 -foot rear landscape setback (with mature trees and shrubs) will result in the same rear setback as required in the C -RS Zone The DSP's height standards are less restrictive than the C -2 Zone as the maximum height for C- 2 properties is 28' However, the DSP limits height at the street front (Concord Street) and side street (Grand Avenue) to two - stories and 30' for the property at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue Because this property is relatively small and it is a corner lot, combined with the required setbacks to make sure future development is compatible with the residential uses to the south, the area of the parcel that can be built to the maximum allowable height of 45 feet is limited Although the DSP Zone does not have setbacks, as this property adjoins residential uses to the south, the accompanying design standards proposed by staff of a 10 -foot side and rear setback and a 15 -foot front setback adjacent to residential uses would require the same front and side yard setbacks as currently required in the C -2 Zone Therefore, the potential development resulting from the change to DSP will not be much different that currently allowed under the C -2 zoning designation The proposed project also includes a 4,923 square -foot second story addition to an existing 5,350 square -foot budding located at 227 West Grand Avenue The building will maintain a 10- foot rear setback and have a height of 29' 7" along the street frontage and 33' 5" at the rear portion of the budding This development is contingent upon the City's approval of the proposed DSP Amendment as the applicant desires to take advantage of the parking in -lieu fee program and not provide the required 14 parking spaces on site 9. Surrounding Land Uses and Setting: (Briefly describe the project's surroundings) 219 -227 W Grand Avenue North Multi - Family Residential (R -3) and developed with multi - family residential dwellings 024 East Downtown Specific Plan and developed with single -story vacant tenant spaces designed for retail/service /office uses South Neighborhood Commercial (C -2) and developed with single -story retail /service West Neighborhood Commercial (C -2) and developed with a multi - family apartment and preschool 218 -228 W Grand Avenue North Downtown Commercial (C -RS), developed with offices and a bakery East Downtown Specific Plan, developed with retail and residential in a two -story budding South Multi -Family Residential (R -3) and developed with multi -family residential dwellings West Neighborhood Commercial (C -2), developed with two -story offices 10. Other Public Agencies Whose Approval is Required (e g, permits, financing approval, or participation agreement) None 023 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS POTENTIALLY AFFECTED: The environmental factors checked below ( X ) would be potentially affected by this protect, involving at least one impact that is a Potentially Significant Impact as indicated by the checklist on the following pages. III. DETERMINATION: On the basis of this Initial Study of Environmental Impact, the Planning Commission of the City of El Segundo finds the following: find that the proposed protect COULD NOT have a significant effect on the environment, and a Aesthetics NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared Hazards & Hazardous Materials I find that although the proposed protect could have a significant effect on the environment, there will Public Services not be a significant effect in this case because revisions in the protect have been made by or agreed Agricultural Resources to by the protect proponent A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared HydrologyNVater Quality I find that the proposed protect MAY have a significant effect on the environment, and an Recreation ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required Air Quality I find that the proposed protect MAY have a "potential significant impact' or "potentially significant Land Use /Planning unless mitigated" impact on the environment, but at least one effect (1) has been adequately TransportattonlTraffic analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and (2) has been addressed Biological Resources by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis as described on attached sheets An Mineral Resources ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required, but it must analyze only the effects that remain to Utilities /Service Systems be addressed Cultural Resources I find that although the proposed protect could have a significant effect on the environment, because Noise all potentially significant effects (a) have been analyzed in an earlier EIR or NEGATIVE Mandatory Findings of Sig mficance DECLARATION pursuant to applicable standards and (b) have been avoided or mitigated pursuant to Geology /Soils that earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION, including revisions or mitigation measures that are Population /Housing imposed upon the proposed protect, nothing further is required III. DETERMINATION: On the basis of this Initial Study of Environmental Impact, the Planning Commission of the City of El Segundo finds the following: find that the proposed protect COULD NOT have a significant effect on the environment, and a X NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared I find that although the proposed protect could have a significant effect on the environment, there will not be a significant effect in this case because revisions in the protect have been made by or agreed to by the protect proponent A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared I find that the proposed protect MAY have a significant effect on the environment, and an ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required I find that the proposed protect MAY have a "potential significant impact' or "potentially significant unless mitigated" impact on the environment, but at least one effect (1) has been adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and (2) has been addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis as described on attached sheets An ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required, but it must analyze only the effects that remain to be addressed I find that although the proposed protect could have a significant effect on the environment, because all potentially significant effects (a) have been analyzed in an earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION pursuant to applicable standards and (b) have been avoided or mitigated pursuant to that earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION, including revisions or mitigation measures that are imposed upon the proposed protect, nothing further is required .2005 Seimone Jurtts Date Director of Planning and Budding Safety, City of El Segundo 4 0 k-b IV. EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 1) A brief explanation is required for all answers except "No Impact" answers that are adequately supported by the information sources a lead agency cites in the parentheses following each question A "No Impact" answer is adequately supported if the referenced information sources show that the impact simply does not apply to projects like the one involved (e g the project falls outside a fault rupture zone) A "No Impact" answer should be explained where it is based on project- specific factors as well as general standards (e g the project will not expose sensitive receptors to pollutants, based on a project- specific screening analysis) 2) All answers must take account of the whole action involved, including off -site as well as on -site, cumulative as well as project- level, indirect as well as direct, and construction as well as operational impacts 3) Once the lead agency has determined that a particular physical impact may occur, then the checklist answers must indicate whether the impact is potentially significant, less than significant with mitigation, or less than significant "Potentially Significant Impact" is appropriate if there is substantial evidence that an effect may be significant If there are one or more "Potentially Significant Impact" entries when the determination is made, an EIR is required 4) "Negative Declaration Potentially Significant Unless Mitigation Incorporated" applies where the incorporation of mitigation measures has reduced an effect from "Potentially Significant Impact" to a "Less Significant Impact " The lead agency must describe the mitigation measures, and briefly explain how they reduce the effect to a less than significant level (mitigation measures from Section 17, "Earlier Analysis," may be cross - referenced) 5) Earlier analysis may be used where, pursuant to the tiering, program EIR, or other CEQA process, an effect has been adequately analyzed in an earlier EIR or negative declaration Section 15063 (c) (3) (d) In this case, a brief discussion should identify the following (a) Earlier Analysis Used Identify and state where they are available for review (b) Impacts Adequately Addressed Identify which effects from the above checklist were within the scope of and adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and state whether such effects were addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis (c) Mitigation Measures For effects that are "Less than Significant with Mitigation Measures Incorporated," describe the mitigation measures which were incorporated or refined from the earlier document and the extent to which they address site - specific conditions for the project 6) Lead agencies are encouraged to incorporate into the checklist references to information sources for potential impacts (e g general plans, zoning ordinances) Reference to a previously prepared or outside document should, where appropriate, include a reference to the page or pages where the statement is substantiated 7) Supporting Information Sources A source list should be attached, and other sources used or individuals contacted should be cited in the discussion 8) This is only a suggested form, and lead agencies are free to use different formats, however, lead agencies should normally address the questions from this checklist that are relevant to a project's environmental effects in whatever format is selected 9) The analysis of each issue should identify (a) the significance criteria or threshold used to evaluate each question, and (b) the mitigation measure identified, if any, to reduce the impact to less than significance 027 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact X Significant Significant Significant Impact With Impact X highway? Mitigation c) Substantially degrade the existing visual character or quality of the site Inco orated X 1. AESTHETICS Would the protect a) Have a substantial adverse effect on a scenic vista? X b) Substantially damage scenic resources, including, but not limited to trees, rock outcroppings, and historic buildings within a state scenic X highway? c) Substantially degrade the existing visual character or quality of the site X and its surroundings? d) Create a new source of substantial light or glare which would adversely X affect day or nighttime views in the area? a) There are no scenic vistas within the subject area Thus, no significant adverse impacts are anticipated In addition, the type, size and height of development, possible as a result from the project is not much different than currently allowed, under current zoning and in fact the DSP is more restrictive regarding height b) None of the above referenced resources exist in the protect area In addition, none of the subject buildings have been designated as historic and they are not located within a State scenic highway c) Although the Development Standards section of DSP does not require setbacks, the Design Standards section of the DSP stipulates setbacks and buffers to safeguard adjacent residential uses in order to maintain compatibility between uses These setback requirements together with other design standards will ensure development that protects the visual character and quality of the site and its surroundings d) The project Involves the expansion of the current DSP boundary involving the zone changes described above This change in itself will not create new source of light or glare The anticipated light and glare would be no different than what is possible under current zoning In addition, the amount and type will be subject to all current regulations 2. AGRICULTURE RESOURCES In determining whether impacts to agricultural resources are significant environmental effects, lead agencies may refer to the California Agricultural Land Evaluation and Site Assessment Model (1997) prepared by the California Department of Conservation as an optional model to use in assessing impacts on agriculture and farmland Would the protect? a) Convert Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland or Farmland of Statewide Importance (Farmland), as shown on the maps prepared pursuant to X the Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of the California Resources Agency to non - agricultural use? b) Conflict with existing zoning for agricultural use, or a Williamson Act X contract c) Involve other changes in the existing environment which, due to their location or nature, could result in conversion of Farmland, to non- X agricultural use? a), b) and c) None of the above mentioned agricultural resources are located within or near the subject or surrounding area 3. AIR QUALITY: Where available, the significance criteria established by the applicable air quality management or air pollution control district may be relied upon to make the following determinations Would the protect a) Conflict with or obstruct implementation of the applicable air quality X plan b) Violate any air quality standard or contribute substantially to an existing X or protected air quality violation 028 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact pollutant for which the project region is non - attainment under an Significant Stgmficant Significant applicable federal or state ambient air quality standard (including Impact Wrth Impact releasing emissions which exceed quantitative thresholds for ozone Mrt�gahon precursors)? Inco orated c) Result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of any criteria pollutant for which the project region is non - attainment under an applicable federal or state ambient air quality standard (including X releasing emissions which exceed quantitative thresholds for ozone precursors)? d) Expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations? X e) Create objectionable odors affecting a substantial number of people? X a) The land uses and densities resulting from the project do not exceed those standards that are already existing and permitted, with few exceptions The project could result in one additional residential unit if the subject parcels currently zoned C -RS are subdivided into four parcels However, to achieve the subdivision in order to facilitate the one additional unit would involve the demolition of existing structures The other exception is the allowance of 1 1 FAR compared to 0 5 1 FAR for the C -2 zoned parcel The difference in FAR could at most allow 3,096 additional square feet of development than currently allowed as the parcel is only 6,192 square feet, should the existing building be demolished However, if the existing building remains no more than 2,232 square feet can be added to the building The project also involves the construction of a 4,923 square -foot 2n" story office addition to an existing single -story office The project as a whole will not conflict or obstruct implementation of the Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) as the project's air quality impacts were analyzed per criteria established by the Southern California Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) using the URBEMIS 2002 model The pollutant levels possible from this project are below the thresholds established by SCAQMD b) As stated above the project's air quality Impacts were analyzed per the criteria established by SCAQMD The pollutant levels possible from this project are below the thresholds established by SCAQMD Therefore, the project will not violate any air quality standard or contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation c) As stated above the project's air quality impacts were analyzed per the criteria established by SCAQMD The criteria and the accompanying URBEMIS model account for cumulative impacts The established thresholds are very conservative as they factor in the region's existing high pollution levels that exceed current state and federal standards Therefore the project will not result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of any criteria pollutant d) As discussed above the project will not result in the emission of substantial pollutants Also, any anticipated future occupants of the site will not be exposed to substantial pollutant concentrations as the surrounding uses are such that substantial pollutants are not anticipated Surrounding uses are residential, small scale office and retail /service e) Future anticipated uses in the 2nd story addition are most likely to be office uses Such uses and others that are permitted by right in the DSP are typically found in urbanized areas such as bakeries, restaurants, and general retail and offices These uses do not generally create objectionable odors that could affect a substantial number of people 4. BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES Would the project a) Have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or through habitat modifications, on any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations, X or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U S Fish and Wildlife Service? b) Have a substantially adverse effect on any riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community identified in local or regional plans, policies, X regulations or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U S Wildlife Service? c) Have a substantial adverse effect on federally protected wetlands as defined by Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (including, but not limited X to, marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc ) through direct removal, filling, hydrological interruption, or other means? 029 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact fish or wildlife species or with established native resident migratory Significant Significant S, gmficant X wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites? Impact With Impact e) Conflict with any local policies or ordinances protecting biological Mitigation X resources, such as a tree preservation policy or ordinance? Inco orated d) Interfere substantially with the movement of any resident or migratory fish or wildlife species or with established native resident migratory X wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites? e) Conflict with any local policies or ordinances protecting biological X resources, such as a tree preservation policy or ordinance? f) Conflict with the provisions of an adopted Habitat Conservation Plan, Natural Conservation Community Plan, other approved local, regional, X or state habitat conservation plan? a) The subject site is fully developed with surface parking and buildings The immediate adjacent parcels are also fully developed The site is not a known habitat for any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U S Fish and Wildlife Service Therefore, the project would not have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or through habitat modifications on any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U S Fish and Wildlife Service b) The subject site is fully developed with surface parking and buildings The immediate adjacent parcels are also fully developed The site does not contain nor the immediate surrounding area riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community identified in local or regional plans, policies and regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U S Wildlife Service Therefore, the project could not have a substantially adverse effect on any riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community identified in local or regional plans, policies and regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U S Wildlife Service c) As the site is fully developed and no wetlands are present, the project could not have a substantial adverse effect on federally protected wetlands as defined by Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (including, but not limited to, marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc ) through direct removal, filling, hydrological interruption, or other means d) As the site is fully developed and is located within an urbanized area surrounded by other urban uses, the project could not interfere substantially with the movement of any resident or migratory fish or wildlife species or with established native resident migratory wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites e) The City does not have a policy or ordinance protecting biological resources in or adjacent to the subject site In addition the site is fully developed with parking, buildings and some landscaping The project could result in the trimming or removal of some Ficus street trees However, these trees are not identified as a biological resource f) The site and the surrounding area are not within a Habitat Conservation Plan, Natural Conservation Community Plan, or any other approved local, regional, or state habitat conservation plan Therefore, the project could not conflict with such plans 5. CULTURAL RESOURCES Would the project a) Cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of a historical X resource as defined in Section 15064 5? b) Cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of an X archaeological resource pursuant to Section 15064 5? c) Directly or indirectly destroy a unique paleontological resource or site or X unique geologic feature d) Disturb any human remains, including those interred outside of formal X cemeteries 030 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact not involve any excavation Significant Significant Significant a) Expose people or structures to potential substantial adverse effects, including the risk of loss, injury or death involving (I) Rupture of a known earthquake fault, as delineated on the most Impact With Impact recent Algwst- Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Map issued by the Mitigation State Geologist for the area or based on other substantial evidence Incorporated X a) The subject site does not contain any historical resource as defined in Section 15064 5 The project in and of itself would not result in any changes except for the 2nd story addition However, this aspect of the project (2nd story addition) would result in the preservation of the existing single -story building b) The subject site does not contain any archaeological resources as defined in Section 15064 5 c) No paleontological resource or site or unique geologic feature is known to exist on the site In addition the project does not involve any excavation d) No excavation is involved with the 2nd story addition In addition, there is no indication that there are any human remains within the project site 6. GEOLOGY AND SOILS Would the project a) Expose people or structures to potential substantial adverse effects, including the risk of loss, injury or death involving (I) Rupture of a known earthquake fault, as delineated on the most recent Algwst- Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Map issued by the State Geologist for the area or based on other substantial evidence X of a known faulty Refer to Division of Mines and Geology Special Publication 42 (u) Strong seismic ground shaking? X (III) Seismic- related ground failure, Including liquefaction? X (IV) Landslldes? X b) Result in substantial soil erosion or the loss of topsoil? X c) Be located on a geologic unit or soil that is unstable, or that would become unstable as a result of the project, and potentially result in on- X or off -site landslide, lateral spreading, subsidence, liquefaction or collapse? d) Be located on expansive soil, as defined in Table 18 -a -B of the Uniform X Building Code (1994), creating substantial risks to life or property e) Have soils incapable of adequately supporting the use of septic tanks or alternative waste water disposal systems where sewers are not X available for the disposal of waste water? 031 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact rupture due to faulting is considered remote, as is the potential for ground failure or other seismic hazards Therefore, Significant Significant Significant could be subject to strong ground shaking in the event of an earthquake However, compliance with the design and construction standards contained in the California Budding Code (CBC) and the El Segundo Municipal Code would Impact With Impact contain existing buildings (III) The project area is not considered to be an area of high risk for liquefaction Therefore, the project would not have a significant impact Mitigation slopes are present on the site No impact is likely to occur b) The site is fully developed with surface asphalt parking and buildings No grading or soil work is anticipated Therefore, no impact would occur as a result of the project c) The project involves a 2 n story addition and a zone change As such no excavation, grading or fill is required Thus, Incorporated spreading, subsidence, liquefaction or collapse d) The project involves a 2nd story addition and a zone change No excavation grading or fill is involved Thus, the a) (I) The protect site is located within the seismically active Southern California region, therefore, as with any development, site occupants would be subject to similar seismic risks as other developments of a comparable size and use which are located in the vicinity of the Specific Plan However, no known geologic features exist on the sites, and no known active or potential active faults are located on or near the proposed project areas The risk of surface rupture due to faulting is considered remote, as is the potential for ground failure or other seismic hazards Therefore, the potential to expose people to impacts from fault rupture resulting from seismic activity during the design life of the existing buildings, new additions and future buildings is considered less than significant (u) As indicated above, the protect site is located in the seismically active Southern California region and therefore could be subject to strong ground shaking in the event of an earthquake However, compliance with the design and construction standards contained in the California Budding Code (CBC) and the El Segundo Municipal Code would reduce potential seismic impacts to less than significant levels for the 2n" story addition and any other new construction The project in and of itself (other than the 2n" story addition and future buildings) would not expose people or structures to geologic and soil hazards as it merely changes the zoning designation of the sites that already contain existing buildings (III) The project area is not considered to be an area of high risk for liquefaction Therefore, the project would not have a significant impact (iv) The protect site and the immediate surrounding areas are predominantly flat with a gentle slope No large hills or slopes are present on the site No impact is likely to occur b) The site is fully developed with surface asphalt parking and buildings No grading or soil work is anticipated Therefore, no impact would occur as a result of the project c) The project involves a 2 n story addition and a zone change As such no excavation, grading or fill is required Thus, the proposal would not result in or expose people to potential impacts involving the on or off -site landslide, lateral spreading, subsidence, liquefaction or collapse d) The project involves a 2nd story addition and a zone change No excavation grading or fill is involved Thus, the proposal would not result in or expose people to potential impacts involving expansive soils e) The site is located in an urbanized area and is already connected to existing sewer infrastructure Since the project would not involve the use of septic systems, no impact would occur 7. HAZARDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Would the project? a) Create a significant hazard to the public or the environment through the X routine transport, use or disposal of hazardous materials? b) Create a significant hazard to the public or the environment through reasonably foreseeable upset and accident conditions involving the X likely release of hazardous materials into the environment? c) Emit hazardous emissions or handle hazardous or acutely hazardous materials, substances, or waste within one - quarter mile of an existing or X proposed school? d) Be located on a site which is included on a list of hazardous materials sites compiled pursuant to Government Code Section 65962 5 and, as X a result would it create a significant hazard to the public or the environment? e) For a project located within an airport land use plan or, where such a plan has not been adopted, within two miles of a public airport or public X use airport, would the project result in a safety hazard for people residing or working in the protect area? 10 0 32 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact result In a safety hazard for people residing or working In the protect Significant Significant Significant X area'? Impact With Impact g) Impair Implementation of, or physically Interfere with an adopted Mitigation X emergency response plan or emergency evacuation plan? Incorporated f) For a project within the vicinity of a private airstrip, would the protect result In a safety hazard for people residing or working In the protect X area'? g) Impair Implementation of, or physically Interfere with an adopted X emergency response plan or emergency evacuation plan? h) Expose people or structures to a significant risk of loss, injury or death Involving wlldland fires, Including where wlldlands are adjacent to X urbanized areas or where residences are Intermixed with wlldlands? a) The protect will create a less than significant hazard to the public or the environment through the routine transport, use or disposal of hazardous materials other than common cleaning solutions and other common materials used In business and residences, disposed of In accordance with applicable statues The change of zone in Itself will not create nor Increase such hazards However, additional square footage that will be permitted as a result of the zone change will not create a significant hazard as the hazardous materials will be common cleaning solutions and other common materials used In businesses b) The type of uses that would be permitted (office, retail or residential) In the 2nd story addition (or In expanded or a new building as a result of the zone change) will not Involve operations that could create a significant hazard to the public or the environment through reasonably foreseeable upset and accident conditions Involving the release of hazardous materials Into the environment c) As stated above, the likely uses (primarily offices, retail and residential) possible on the subject area will not Involve operations that could emit hazardous emissions or handle hazardous or acutely hazardous materials, substances, or waste within one - quarter mile of an existing or proposed school d) According to the California Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) Hazardous Waste and Substance Sites List, there are no such sites in the subject area No Impact would occur e) The project will not result In a safety hazard for people residing or working In the protect site as the maximum permissible height of structure Is limited to 45 feet and LAX Is one -half mile north of the protect site D The site Is not within the vicinity of a private airstrip No Impact would occur g) The project will not Impair Implementation of or physically Interfere with an adopted emergency response plan or emergency evacuation plan as future development (of size and mass as described In the protect description) would only occur on the private properties that are designated and recognized by the City and emergency plans as sites that allow commercial, office and residential development h) The subject site Is not adjacent to wlldlands or Inter -mixed with wlldlands Therefore, no loss, Injury or death Involving wlldland fires would occur 8 HYDROLOGY AND WATER QUALITY Would the protect a) Violate any water quality standards or waste discharge requirements? X b) Substantially degrade groundwater supplies or Interfere substantially with groundwater recharge such that there would be a net deficit In aquifer volume or a lowering of the local groundwater table level (e g , X the production rate of pre - existing nearby wells would drop to a level which would not support existing land uses or planned uses for which permits have been granted)? 033 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact including through the alteration of the course of a stream or river, in a Significant Significant Significant X manner which would result in substantial erosion or siltation on- or off - Impact With Impact site? Mitigation d) Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the site or area, Incorporated c) Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the site or area, including through the alteration of the course of a stream or river, in a X manner which would result in substantial erosion or siltation on- or off - site? d) Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the site or area, including through the alteration of the course of a stream or river, or X substantially increase the rate or surface runoff in a manner which would result in flooding on- or off site? e) Create or contribute runoff which would exceed the capacity of existing or planned stormwater drainage systems or provide substantial X additional sources of polluted runoff? f) Otherwise substantially degrade water quality? X g) Place housing within a 100 -year floodplam, as mapped on a federal Flood Hazard Boundary or Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood X hazard delineation map? h) Place within a 100 -year flood hazard area structures which would X Impede or redirect flood flows? I) Expose people or structures to a significant risk of loss, injury or death involving flooding, including flooding as a result of the failure of a levee X or dam? t) Inundation by seiche, tsunami, or mudflow? X 12 0J4 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact as a groundwater recharge area No Impact would occur Significant Significant Significant surrounding area does not contain streams or rivers Therefore, no Impact would occur d) (see c above) Impact With Impact substantial additional sources of polluted runoff nor decrease the quality of water, as no changes are foreseen that would alter the quality of the storm water runoff f) (see a above) Mitigation h) (see g above) I) There are no levees or dams In or near the project site And as stated above the site Is not within a flood hazard area Therefore, no Impact would occur f) Inundation of the site by selche, tsunami or mudflow Is highly unlikely Although the site Is approximately 4,000 feet Inco orated above sea level Therefore, there Is a less than significant Impact 9 LAND USE AND PLANNING Would the project a) The project will not violate any water quality standards or waste discharge requirements as long as the future construction and operations adhere to all applicable laws regulating water quality and waste discharge standards There Is no Indication that the project could reasonably violate such standards No Impact would occur b) The project's size would not result In the type of development and density that could substantially deplete groundwater supplies The site Is fully developed and covered with asphalt, concrete and buildings, thus It does not currently serve as a groundwater recharge area No Impact would occur c) The site Is fully developed Any future additions would not substantially Increase the rate or amount of surface runoff In a manner which would result In flooding on — or off -site The project could not alter the existing drainage pattern of the site or area as existing runoff flows to gutters and storm drains designed specifically to handle runoff The site and surrounding area does not contain streams or rivers Therefore, no Impact would occur d) (see c above) e) As stated above the project will not create or contribute runoff water which would exceed the capacity of existing or planned storm water drainage systems as the 2nd story addition (and possible future additions or new building) will not alter the size in any manner that would Increase runoff The project will not result In runoff that would provide substantial additional sources of polluted runoff nor decrease the quality of water, as no changes are foreseen that would alter the quality of the storm water runoff f) (see a above) g) The site Is not within a 100 -year flood hazard area Therefore, no impact would occur h) (see g above) I) There are no levees or dams In or near the project site And as stated above the site Is not within a flood hazard area Therefore, no Impact would occur f) Inundation of the site by selche, tsunami or mudflow Is highly unlikely Although the site Is approximately 4,000 feet east of the Pacific Ocean, most tsunamis are not likely to Impact the site as the elevation of the subject site Is 127 feet above sea level Therefore, there Is a less than significant Impact 9 LAND USE AND PLANNING Would the project a) Physically divide an established community? X b) Conflict with an applicable land use plan, policy or regulation of an agency with jurisdiction over the project (Including, but not limited to the general plan, specific plan, local coastal program, or zoning ordinance) X adopted for the purpose of avoiding or mitigating an environmental effect? c) Conflict with any applicable habitat conservation plan or natural X community conservation plan 13 035 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially 1 Less than Less Than No Impact conflict with any mitigation measures adopted as part of the Negative Declaration for the Downtown Specific Plan and as Significant Significant Significant 10 MINERAL RESOURCES. Would the project a) Result in the loss of availability of a known mineral resource that would Impact With Impact X be of value to the region and the residents of the state? Mitigation b) Result to the loss of availability of a locally - important mineral resource Incorporated a) The project could not physically divide an established community as the project involves a 2n' story addition over an existing single -story office building and the potential to increase the size of future development by 2,232 square feet on the C -2 zoned site b) The project would be in compliance with the General Plan and the zoning ordinance as the zoning ordinance contains provisions for the City to consider a zone change and general plan /specific plan amendments The amendment would not conflict with any mitigation measures adopted as part of the Negative Declaration for the Downtown Specific Plan and as part of the EIR for the General Plan c) The site is not within or near any habitat conservation or natural community conservation plan Therefore, no impact would occur 10 MINERAL RESOURCES. Would the project a) Result in the loss of availability of a known mineral resource that would X be of value to the region and the residents of the state? b) Result to the loss of availability of a locally - important mineral resource recovery site delineated on a local general plan, specific plan or other X land use plan? a) Should there be a mineral resource on the site that is of value to the region and the residents of the state, the project would not result in the loss of availability of such a resource as no excavation or removal of any minerals is proposed or could result from the project No impact would occur b) There are no known mineral resources within the subject site or any mineral resource recovery sites delineated on the general plan or specific plan Any oil fields underlying the project site will not be impacted nor will its availability be limited by the project No impact would occur 11. NOISE. Would the project result in a) Exposure of persons to or generation of noise levels in excess of standards established in the local general plan or noise ordinance, or X applicable standards of other agencies? b) Exposure of persons to or generation of excessive ground borne X vibration or ground borne noise levels? c) A substantial permanent increase in ambient noise levels in the project X vicinity above levels existing without the project? d) A substantially temporary or periodic increase in ambient noise levels in X the project vicinity above levels existing without the project e) For a project located within an airport land use plan, or, where such a plan has not been adopted, within two miles of a public airport or public X use airport, would the project expose people residing or working in the project area to excessive noise levels? f) For a project within the vicinity of a private airstrip, would the project expose people residing or working in the project area to excessive X noise levels? 14 O36 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact b) (see a above) Significant Significant Significant levels in the protect vicinity above levels existing without the protect Similarly, any new addition at the 218 -228 W Grand Avenue property will likely be retail, office (and possibly residential on the 2ntl floor) Such uses are not likely to Impact With Impact 65 CNEL noise contour, which is not considered a severely impacted noise area No impact would occur f) The site is not within the vicinity of a private airstrip No impact would occur 12 POPULATION AND HOUSING. Would the project Mitigation Incorporated a) The 2 n story addition at 227 W Grand Avenue will involve construction activities that will be short-term in nature (approximately 4 to 6 months in duration) and will occur only between 7 AM to 6 PM Monday - Saturday as allowed by City regulations In addition, vibration attributable to construction activities is expected to be minimal due to the type of construction equipment generally employed for development of this nature and compliance with the City's Noise Ordinance Therefore, there would be less than significant impacts and no mitigation is required b) (see a above) c) The use of the 2 a floor addition at 227 W Grand Avenue is proposed to be an office however retail and residential uses are also permitted Noise that could be generated from such uses stemming from a floor area that is less than 5,000 square feet will not be at levels that will result in a substantial permanent, temporary or periodic increase in ambient noise levels in the protect vicinity above levels existing without the protect Similarly, any new addition at the 218 -228 W Grand Avenue property will likely be retail, office (and possibly residential on the 2ntl floor) Such uses are not likely to substantially increase the ambient noise levels Therefore, there would be less than significant impacts d) (see c above) e) The subject site is approximately one mile from the Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) The subject site is in the 65 CNEL noise contour, which is not considered a severely impacted noise area No impact would occur f) The site is not within the vicinity of a private airstrip No impact would occur 12 POPULATION AND HOUSING. Would the project a) Induce substantial population growth in an area, either directly (for example, by proposing new homes and businesses) or indirectly (for X example, through extension of roads or other infrastructure)? b) Displace substantial numbers of existing housing, necessitating the X construction of replacement housing elsewhere? c) Displace substantial numbers of people, necessitating the construction X of replacement housing elsewhere a) The protect at most could result in one additional residential unit than otherwise possible without the project Also, the project could result in approximately 3,000 square feet of additional retail /office space if the C -2 zoned parcel is recycled or 2,232 square feet of additional floor area if the existing building on the C -2 zoned parcel is maintained The size of the protect is such that it could not induce substantial population growth in the area b) The protect will not displace any existing housing as the site does not contain housing c) The project will not displace substantial numbers of people as the site does not contain housing nor will the project involve demolition of existing businesses 13. PUBLIC SERVICES Would the protect result in substantial adverse physical impacts associated with the provision of new or physically altered government facilities, need for new or physically altered government facilities, the construction of which could cause significant environmental impacts, in order to maintain acceptable service ratios, response times or other performance objectives for any of the public services a) Fire protection? X b) Police protection? X c) Schools? X d) Parks? X e) Other public facilities? X 15 u37 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact Significant Significant Significant parks or other recreational facilities such that substantial physical Impact With Impact deterioration of the facility would occur or be accelerated? Mitigation b) Does the project include recreational facilities or require the Incorporated construction or expansion of recreational facilities which might have an a — e) The size of the project Is such that it will not necessitate the need for new or physically altered government facilities as the acceptable service ratios will not be affected for all the services listed above, including the County Sanitation District 14. RECREATION. a) Would the project increase the use of existing neighborhood or regional parks or other recreational facilities such that substantial physical X deterioration of the facility would occur or be accelerated? b) Does the project include recreational facilities or require the construction or expansion of recreational facilities which might have an X adverse physical effect on the environment? a) The potential of one additional unit, the 2 "' story addition and approximately 3,000 square feet of additional commercial space could result in additional people who will work or reside at the site However, the number of additional people that is reasonably possible as a result of the project (and who may use the existing neighborhood or regional parks) will be so few that no substantial physical deterioration is likely to occur should those people use the facilities b) The project does not include recreational facilities or require the construction or expansion of recreational facilities Therefore, no impact would occur 15. TRANSPORTATIONITRAFFIC. Would the project a) Cause an increase in the traffic which is substantial in relation to the existing traffic load and capacity of the street system (i e , result in a X substantial increase in either the number of vehicle trips, the volume to capacity ratio on roads, or congestion at intersections)? b) Exceed, either individually or cumulatively, a level of service standard established by the county congestion management agency for X designated roads or highways? c) Result In a change In air traffic patterns, Including either an Increase In traffic levels or a change in location that results in substantial safety X risks? d) Substantially increase hazards to a design feature (e g , sharp curves or X dangerous Intersections) or Incompatible uses (e g farm equipment)? e) Result in inadequate emergency access? X f) Result in inadequate parking capacity? X g) Conflict with adopted policies or programs supporting alternative X transportation (e g , bus turnouts, bicycle racks)? 16 UJ$ Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact Significant Significant Significant Impact With Impact Mitigation Inco omted a) The roadways and intersections within the protect area currently operate at Level of Service (LOS) A, B and C As evaluated in the Circulation Element of the General Plan, even with the increased density (one residential unit and approximately 3,000 square feet of additional development) plus the 2nd story addition, the roadways and intersections will not experience any significant impacts The maximum amount of PM peak trips that can be generated from the increased density is 38 (worst case scenario) The roadway capacity on Grand Avenue is 31,000 vehicles per day The volume of vehicles protected in the year 2025 is 12,800 between Vista del Mar Boulevard and Main Street and 17,500 between Main Street and Center Street The number of vehicular trips that could be generated by the protect will not cause an increase in traffic which is substantial in relation to the existing traffic In addition, the models that forecasted the traffic volume for the year 2025 include increased densities resulting from future anticipated development Therefore, most of the trips attributed to the project are already anticipated by the traffic models The street intersection at Main Street and Grand Avenue is currently at LOS A and it is anticipated to remain at LOS A in 2025 even with the anticipated growth of the protect area Therefore, the impact will be less than significant b) The nearest CMP designated roadway is Sepulveda Boulevard The traffic study that was prepared for the City's Circulation Element indicates that there will be no significant impact to any CMP routes as the subject area is located almost one mile west of the nearest route c) As stated previously, the protect will not result in a change in location of air traffic patterns due to the size and height of the protect In addition, the size and density of the protect is such that an increase in air traffic levels is not anticipated No impact would occur d) The proposed 2nd story addition at 227 W Grand Avenue and the potential additional development at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue will not alter the existing vehicular circulation system either on site or off -site on public streets No new driveways are proposed The type of vehicles anticipated to access the sites and surrounding area will be no different than the type of vehicles that will access the site and the surrounding area without the protect The anticipated vehicles are personal vehicles requiring a Class C California Driver's license such as cars, pick -up trucks and SUVs Therefore, there will not be a substantial increase in hazards due to a design feature e) The project does not involve any modification to existing roads and driveways that could result in inadequate emergency access No impact would occur f) The redevelopment of the subject site involving the removal of all existing parking spaces and the construction of new buildings to maximum allowable size is possible with the parking in -lieu fee program, however, it is very unlikely Most businesses, particularly retail, are not likely to lose existing parking spaces as such an action could reduce the marketability of retail space Having on -site parking is a commodity for retail uses Therefore, loss of all existing parking spaces is not likely It is more likely that additional floor area could be added to the properties at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue and 219 W Grand Avenue (similar to the current proposal involving the 2nd story addition at 227 W Grand Avenue) while the existing parking is maintained The additional on -site parking that would be required for the potential additions at 218 -228 and 219 W Grand Avenue could be offset if the owner(s) elect to pay fees in accordance with the parking in -lieu fee program Fees in -lieu of the number of required parking spaces must be paid to the City before building projects are completed and occupied The City will use the fees to purchase, lease or construct new parking facilities to meet the parking needs of the Downtown Specific Plan area Although the proposed 2nd story addition at 227 W Grand Avenue would result in the payment of fees for 14 parking spaces, (as the proposed development would only provide the existing 14 on -site spaces and 28 are required for the proposed protect), adequate parking spaces are available near the project site to accommodate the demand for 14 parking spaces, including potential parking needs resulting from potential additions to the aforementioned properties g) The protect will not conflict with adopted policies, plans or programs supporting alternative transportation As less parking will be provided on site, users and visitors of the site will be more likely to take alternative forms of transportation and actually support such policies and plans A lunch time shuttle between the hours of 11 30 a m and 2 15 p m (weekdays) provides alternative transportation to other areas of the City and other public transit routes 17 J3J Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact Significant Significant Significant Impact With Impact facilities or expansion of existing facilities, the construction of which Mitigation X could cause significant environmental effects? Incorporated 16. UTILITIES AND SERVICE SYSTEMS. Would the protect a) Exceed wastewater treatment requirements of the applicable Regional X Water Quality Control Board b) Require or result in construction of new water or wastewater treatment facilities or expansion of existing facilities, the construction of which X could cause significant environmental effects? c) Require or result in the construction of new storm water drainage facilities or expansion of existing facilities, the construction of which X could cause significant environmental effects? d) Have sufficient water supplies available to serve the project from existing entitlements and resources, or are new or expanded X entitlements needed? e) Result in a determination by the wastewater treatment provider which services or may serve the project determined that it has adequate X capacity to serve the project's projected demand In addition to the provider's existing commitments? f) Be served by a landfill with sufficient permitted capacity to X accommodate the project's solid waste disposal needs? g) Comply with federal, state, and local statues and regulations related to X solid waste? 16 040 Issues and Supporting Information Potentially Less than Less Than No Impact b) The wastewater that could be generated by one additional apartment unit, the 2ntl story addition and the potential of Significant Significant Significant c) As stated previously, site drainage will not be altered nor will drainage increase Therefore, the project will not require or result in the construction of new storm water drainage facilities or expansion of existing facilities No impact would Impact With Impact total of 2,592 gallons per day Based on a recent analysis for the Sepulveda /Rosecrans Site Rezoning and Plaza El Segundo Development, the estimated consumption of water will be adequately served by current water supplies The impact will be less than significant Mitigation demand in addition to the provider's existing commitments The impact will be less than significant f) The projects could produce approximately 212 pounds of solid waste per day Existing landfills in the area have sufficient capacity to serve the solid waste disposal needs However, the cumulative effect of solid waste in the region will necessitate new or expanded landfills or further recycling efforts The impact will be less than significant Inco orated solid waste The type of uses and the type of solid waste that will be generated Is anticipated and accommodated with trash bins, enclosures and regular solid waste pick -up No impact would occur a) Wastewater generated by the 2ntl story addition and any other future additions would be from office, retail and residential uses, for which wastewater are treated by standard (primary, secondary, and tertiary) treatment processes Any new additions or development on the subject area with or without approval of this protect must comply with all applicable wastewater treatment requirements of the Regional Water Quality Control Board No significant impact would occur from the protect b) The wastewater that could be generated by one additional apartment unit, the 2ntl story addition and the potential of 3,000 square feet of additional office and /or retail use will be negligible and will not result in the construction of new treatment facilities or expansion of existing facilities, the construction of which could cause significant environmental effects No impact would occur c) As stated previously, site drainage will not be altered nor will drainage increase Therefore, the project will not require or result in the construction of new storm water drainage facilities or expansion of existing facilities No impact would occur d) The estimated water consumption for the project is 1,235 gallons per day for the 2ntl story addition, 1,170 gallons per day for the potential 3,000 square feet of additional retail space and 187 gallons per day for the one residential unit for a total of 2,592 gallons per day Based on a recent analysis for the Sepulveda /Rosecrans Site Rezoning and Plaza El Segundo Development, the estimated consumption of water will be adequately served by current water supplies The impact will be less than significant e) As stated in b) above, the wastewater treatment provider has adequate capacity to serve the project's protected demand in addition to the provider's existing commitments The impact will be less than significant f) The projects could produce approximately 212 pounds of solid waste per day Existing landfills in the area have sufficient capacity to serve the solid waste disposal needs However, the cumulative effect of solid waste in the region will necessitate new or expanded landfills or further recycling efforts The impact will be less than significant g) There is no indication that the protect would not comply with federal, state, and local statues and regulations related to solid waste The type of uses and the type of solid waste that will be generated Is anticipated and accommodated with trash bins, enclosures and regular solid waste pick -up No impact would occur 17. MANDATORY FINDINGS OF SIGNIFICANCE a) Does the protect have the potential to degrade the quality of the environment, substantially reduce the habitat of a fish or wildlife species, cause a fish or wildlife population to drop below self - sustaining levels, threaten to eliminate a plant or animal community, reduce the X number or restrict the range of a rare or endangered plant or animal, or eliminate important examples of the major periods of California history or prehistory b) Does the protect have impacts that are individually limited, but cumulatively considerable'? ( "Cumulatively considerable" means that the incremental effects of a protect are considerable when viewed in X connection with the effects of the past projects, the effects of other current protects, and the effects of probable future projects)? c) Does the project have environmental effects which will cause substantial adverse effects on human beings, either directly or X indirectly? 19 041 - 1pporting S'gnfieant Less than or subject parcels impact w �ifican, Less rh u Se fagot No Im axsbn9 C -2 z tat exists onos,fe tor re to Mueauon ' Impact en P oximately 3, oned Opp site at 218 -228 SP D square f The proposed 2na are to current) self- nmen" su W Gran ry aciditlo� eyelo ed suste,n,n bstanhally redUC@ gre Baer than d Avenue for at ZP7 with surf rated fgnhaan9ereq plant or animal to eliminate/to t of a f shror wildlife I! 1 n °t ha °e added nd w o ue �a9d and the pOltle gs No frsl mPact Woul animal or ell., Plant or aro species a pole recycled on d Occur to important animal , ca Potential to What the h The mcre and no mit, Port ex °pmmunit use a fish to degrade a srze an mental currents of the project 9at,on me es are e$ f the malo duce d e num wtldl, e fbo e q artotY of the the effects of other asur re pen bet or n to e area ogment �t9oals term eprOOnme and ar effects nrhna when d of Calrfornia histor the range of below a surroundln No im ntal effe of probe en viewed ,n Y or prehistory rare be de minim 9 the subleetpact would cis and therefore future r connection ° Implemented) is D e enviro site, the Pro occur Althou ore would P olects The with the effe fed) N nmen Ject's ca gh there era not be detn Propose nts of c) As o s'glnficant rrn to l nonditions w ntribution to cu other Past, mental to th d pr °Ject does prOjects, Proposed ted ,n the evalu Pet would occur and ssentiallymbutat ve traffic,urrent and prpbachievement of of include 'mPact project wand got th the Ova vote a posed ormrtgat'on measures a whether rtY and therf im re Proleacss9 in t hm occur have Pro es are r or not pact are e source m,bgahon uses aoe required Ould not ative se gffacteY significant t Proposed Arohtuls result Sour List °ry human bei gsacts Thus, the 1 City of No sighrticarnt 3 ty of Elise gundo Subd,vr Cit gundo s,oa an 4 Downtow Segundo po Were/ plan and Zoning Code 6 qQM riment ofT zc Plan egat e p fic Plan rtrn9 trahc counts 7 nal D Air onualrtY Analys stances Contrlolrahon /Imhal Stud l� Envir 8 Assignm mental im Guidance lDTSC's) Hazardous ant of Pact Report for Handbook zardqus Waste Amalgamated Sp Sepulveda /Rosecrrdo P 1Plaomn and Substances Site List g & $utldro m Sewage Gener Site Rezon,h g SafelYtPROJEC ration Factors t g and PI (Cortese List) rsisle -csoiE . °County Use Plaza EI Se A6451EA695Im4a1S tudYCheckhstRexoiXi116llA U- 1 -05doc a Codes Segundo Development 20 -1� CITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION NO. EXHIBIT B General Plan Amendment Text 3 land Use Element Proposed Land Use Plan Northwest Quadrant The northwest quadrant of the City has the most varied mix of uses within the City All of the Citys residential units, the Downtown area, the Civic Center, and the older industrial area of Smoky Hollow, are located in this quadrant The 1992 Plan retains the three residential designations found on the old Plan single-family, two-family, and mulb - family, plus a new designation of Planned Residential Development The Plan shows 3571 saes of single- family. 57 4 saes of two-family, 119 3 acres of mutt)- family and 5 7 acres of planned residential development This includes the re- designation of Imperial Avenue School, which is no longer used for educational purposes, from Public Facility to Planned Residential Development The total number of dwelling units projected by the Plan is 7,674 One of the major goals of the 1992 Plan is to preserve the residential neighborhoods (Ord 1209, GPA 93 -1, 1112/93, Ord 1244, 2/6196, Ord 1272, GPA 97 -1, 6/17/97, Ord 1279, 10(//97) The Smoky Hollow area, which houses many of the City's older industrial uses, has been designated Smoky Hollow Mixed -Use, in recognition of the existing Smoky Hollow Specific Plan The Speck Plan allows a combination of industrial, retail, office, and residential uses The Smoky Hollow area is approximately 92.2 acres (Ord 1272, GPA 97 -1, 6/17197, Ord 1279, 1017197) The Downtown area is designated as Downtown Commercial (&4L4 acres) and Downtown Spec Plan (254 6633 acres), where existing uses are already of a community- serving nature There are also 3-37 0 acres designated for Neighborhood Commercial uses along Grand and Imperial Avenues and at Manpos s and Center Streets These have been designated only where mere are existing neighborhood - serving commercial uses (Ord 1279. 1017197. Ord 1319, GPA 99 -2, 8/1100) The public schools, private schools, Library, and other public uses are all shown as Public Facilities The Civic Center is included in the Downtown Specific Plan area In addition, each of the existing public parks are designated as such The open space areas under utility transmission comdors and the preserve for the Blue Butterfly are designated as Open Space (Ord 1319, GPA 99-2. 8/1/00) The areas designated for parking on the Plan include public- and privately- owned lots which are necessary to serve existing businesses and the Downtown area The southwest comer of Sepulveda Boulevard and Impenal Avenue is designated Corporate Office (17 8 ac) allowing a mix of office uses, similar to what exists there now with retail in the lobby There are General Commercial uses indicated along Sepulveda Boulevard, where there are existing commercial uses including the Hacienda Hotel There is also one General Commercial area along Imperial Avenue, where the Crown Sterling Suites Hotel now exists 04"' Ci i Y COUNCIL RESOLUTION NO. o.a , e•, EXHIBIT C 1992 General Plan Summary ofB=bog Trends Bcildout :.and Use Category I Aerr3 I DwehmP Unns I Scuare `rootare Stngue -Family Res,delmal - wo-Fundy Restdamal -`' 936 — Puaona Residential 5 7 I 65 — Muh1- Fam11\ Rmdenml :!97 3389 — eighoorhood COmmer -tat _ +ri 7_D 85 ' " 96 , 909 Downtown Commemial b- B 8.4 18 ' -2637,6,328 General COmmerpaJ 64.3 — 1,930,000 Corporate ice :11.2 — 22,351,DOD ('nmmerclal Centr 858 850.000 - Smoky Hollou 94.1 268 2.019,454 Uri= Mmed -Use North 231.5 — 13,166,010 Urban M ced -Ur- South 706 — 3,997.936 :241h Srr_'. Sp -si5c Plan 3.9 1 73,530 'wtanon Socctfic Pbm 54 — 66,DDO Downtown. Specific Plan 21-6 26.3 232 • 1.&137,030 Corporate Campus specific Plan 46.5 — 2,550,000 02r,.u3g 11.E — — ig , Indusmal 3561 — 78,529,0710 heay.Indusmal 11001.0 — -- °ubilc 7a:il3ues 97.9 — — = eae.-a, Govern cm 906 — — C7per Space 78.3 — — Parr$ 50.0 -- S-e-_' G Raturoad RO R' 442 6 Touts I 3,494.3 1 7.850 l 56,768,197;,, Population Projection I 17,287 esK os,...oan ow .vw eruff3an w.mw aewae ws now oar .sw,er, �V Mewr er ,pr e avuw.e. N A o^Weh ,ri,► e1/. rr w w Now r eee.Wlp41e n ewe p/...0 was rrwcopy a a•.e^v a -yea ewe baw, e " emacoa m .P.rn b art we d pe P1en 'w .wu., .gae,e VOr r e3e Or. eeANe We CPW~ er..n eA WWW aee1 WM :epoll 9 - Geeeneev, Sleeve N , weee Means rrwe e"MamoO ewr ewe eewwa 1 M, e.ogi a w M e.oea.c m .e.nr ro er w a Or efell 77ereo�e wo wmr e.e,o eve ImoP a noes e• t 54q.emo own v OePenwna a w Two lower WWW" GMY e- .- +v^e•ns 'J- •709 11.7M o a 12" WIN GO 1777- VI7T olt 1771 107N7 Dro 1509 W17N9 O17 1334 1W199 �•- 101 a 7M% 0.a 1314 1X7111 OM 1311 VL7000 O3: 1345 1.7107 O,e 1352 W1105 CITY OF EL SEGLnDO e GENERAL PLAN i 1992 General Plan exhort Summary of Existing Trends Buildout LU -3 04 1 1m �l I 'I PINE AVE i 1=1 EL SEGUNDO BLVD �7 Feet 0 100 200 300 400 EXHIBIT E PROPOSED LAND USE MAP city or El 6e`oodo IMF 0 4G EXHIBIT E PROPOSED LAND USE MAP city or El 6e`oodo IMF 0 4G CITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION No. _ Exhibit F CITY COUNCIL ORDINANCE No. Exhibit B DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN SUPPLEMENT I. INTRODUCTION A. Specific Plan Project Description The proposed project is a Specific Plan for the Downtown area of El Segundo The Plan envisions a ten year horizon for planning and development purposes Although the Plan will not "expire" in ten years, it is anticipated that the goals of the Plan will be achieved within the ten year planning horizon, and that the Plan will be re- evaluated, updated and revised, if necessary, after ten years The project includes a General Plan Amendment (GPA 99 -2), a Zone Change (ZC 99 -2) and a Zone Text Amendment (ZTA 99 -5) The Downtown Specific Plan encompasses the majority of the Downtown Commercial (C -RS) Zone, as well as the Civic Center Complex, which is zoned Public Facilities (P- F) The Plan area is generally located west of Sepulveda Boulevard and north of El Segundo Boulevard (Exhibits 1 -3) El Segundo's Downtown is the heart of the community Due to its location deems within the community and awW stance from regional arterials, Downtown remains a small, distinct district approximately two blocks by five blocks in size The Plan area is currently developed with commercial, residential and public uses, and future development is anticipated to be similar in nature. The entire Specific Plan area is approximately 2-&826 3 acres in size, The majority of the lots within the Specific Plan area are 25 feet wide by 140 feet deep, 3500 square feet in area, although many of the lots have been combined and developed under common ownership In general, the purpose of the Specific Plan is to provide the opportunity to implement the Vision of the community for the Downtown, to enhance the quality small town environment that the residents currently enjoy The Plan provides this opportunity by the adoption of new development standards, design regulations, and other criteria, The City Council initiated the preparation of a Specific Plan in response to concerns and requests from the community to enhance the Downtown environment that the residents value so highly The Specific Plan will provide land use and development standards for the area including, but not limited to, standards for heights, setbacks, density, lot area, outdoor uses, landscaping, parking, loading, circulation and signage Design standards will also be included within the Specific Plan to regulate site development, street configurations, streetscape (sidewalks, street furniture, bus stops, bicycles), landscaping, lighting (street and pedestrian, decorative and security), architecture and signage The Specific Plan is divided into Wesix Districts, each having distinct characteristics and standards Two related projects, which are currently separately underway, are the update of the City's Circulation and Housing Elements The current and proposed development standards allow a commercial density or floor area ratio (FAR) of 1 0 1 An example of a FAR or density of 1 0 1 is a 3,500 square foot lot would allow a 3,500 square foot budding One strategic site, the City parking lot (17,500 square feet in area) on the northeast corner of Richmond Street and Franklin Avenue, in the 200 block of Richmond Street, is proposed to allow a 1 5 1 FAR The Specific Plan area currently has approximately 560,000 047 square feet of commercial uses For this evaluation, a ten -year horizon was used with an addition of 271,814 square feet of new commercial uses This is 24% of the maximum 1,123,848 square feet of total build -out allowed by the current zoning and General Plan The current zoning allows a maximum of 276 dwelling units within the Plan area This equates to one unit per 25 foot wide lot (12 5 dwelling units per acre), not including the Civic Center site Currently there are approximately 4287 residential units in the Plan area The final Plan will not allow the development of any new residential units, although the existing units may continue and may be rebuilt if accidentally destroyed Two locations for plazas have been identified One is the existing plaza fronting Main Street at the Civic Center and the other is located to the rear of the Pursell Building, (on the northwest corner of Main Street and Grand Avenue), across the alley from the Village site (on the northeast corner of Richmond Street and Grand Avenue) Plazas are intensively used gathering places and serve as the hub for neighborhood activity They are designed to accommodate resting, eating, strolling and people watching Plazas are typically ringed by restaurants, galleries and other retail uses Food service and goods from portable retail carts or wagons are often available within plazas As part of a zone change adopted in September 2005, the western boundary of the Downtown Specific Plan was expanded to include several properties on the north and south sides of West western boundary of the Plan Area to Concord Street 2 048 MARIPOSA AVE PINE AVE HOLLY AVE Q K z O rc U > O U FRANKLIN AVE EL SEGUNDO BLVD N N 01- � H N Q 6 2 Z Q C N 7 W m Feet 0 100 200 300 400 I(_ :] Downtown Specfic Plan Boundary Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)Zone - F N Q Z W C Q EXHIBIT 3 AMIL DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN City or ell Begando 04 y B. Specific Plan Boundary The Plan area includes the 100 -500 blocks of Main Street, the 100 -300 blocks of Richmond Street and the abutting property along Grand Avenue The 200 block of West Grand Avenue between Concord Street and the alley west of Richmond Street was incorporated into the Specific Plan area in September 2005 The alleys to the east and west of Main and Richmond Street form the perimeter boundaries of the Plan area, with the exception of the 300 block east side of Main Street as the Civic Center Complex extends east to Standard Street The Downtown is divided by three principal streets - Main Street, Grand Avenue, and El Segundo Boulevard Additionally, three smaller streets- Franklin, Holly and Pine Avenues cross the Plan area, running in an east -west direction Each of the three principal streets connects to major, region - serving arterials or freeways El Segundo Boulevard, on the southern boundary of the Plan area, runs in an east -west direction and connects to the 1 -405 Freeway and to Sepulveda Boulevard Grand Avenue, an east -west street, connects to Sepulveda Boulevard on the east and the beach to the west Main Street runs north and south between El Segundo Boulevard and Imperial Highway, which borders Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) Main Street has an 80 -foot right -of -way with 12 -foot sidewalks and 56 feet of paving, curb to curb Richmond Street, which runs in a north -south direction and is one block west of Main Street, has a 60 -foot right -of -way, with 10 -foot sidewalks and 40 feet of street, curb to curb The 1 -105 Freeway is north of the Plan area, immediately north of Imperial Highway Grand Avenue is one of only two City streets that connects to the beach It is the principal east -west street in Downtown El Segundo and crosses both Main and Richmond Streets The portion of Grand Avenue addressed in the Downtown Specific Plan is between Main and Concord Streets Beyond Concord Street, Grand Avenue crests the hill of an ancient sand dune and disappears from view toward the ocean Grand Avenue to the west of Concord Street has recently been planted with Cafeput trees to provide a visual welcome to El Segundo Grand Avenue is one of the widest streets in the City, having formerly been the early alignment of one of the trolley cars that crass- crossed the region before falling victim to the automobile The right - of -way is 100 feet in width with 10 -foot sidewalks on both sides and an 18 -foot center median, including a 4 -foot median and 7 -foot wide parallel parking areas on each side of the center island Parallel parking is also provided on both curb lanes II. OVERVIEW OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN SURROUNDING AREA A. The Community 1 Location Context The Downtown Specific Plan area is located in the northwest quadrant of the City of El Segundo Surrounding land uses in the area are generally residential in nature, one to three stories in height The surrounding area and project area is a fully developed urban environment The El Segundo High School campus, the Library and Library Park are located north of the Specific Plan area on Main Street To the east and west of the 500 block of Main Street is a Two - Family Residential (R -2) Zone, developed mainly with duplexes and two- 4 ��U family dwellings, on Richmond and Standards Streets To the west of the balance of the Specific Plan boundary is mainly Multi -Family Residential (R -3) zoning, which is developed with small (3 -12 unit) apartment and condominium complexes, on Richmond and Concord Streets Further beyond the R -2 and R -3 Zones is Single - Family (R -1) Residential zoning and development, on Concord and Virginia Streets (Exhibit 4) To the west of the Specific Plan area apartments and a child day -care facility To the east of the 400 block of Main Street is a Two - Family Residential (R -2) Zone on Standard Street, again developed consistent with the zoning designation To the east of the 300 block of Main Street is largely Multi - Family Residential (R -3), developed similarly to the areas to the west of the Specific Plan boundary Additionally, there are a few parcels zoned and developed as Parking (P), on Standard Street, and Downtown Commercial (C -RS), on Grand Avenue, similar to the west of the Plan area To the east side of the 200 block of Main Street, on Standard Street, is an area that is also zoned and developed as Downtown Commercial (C -RS), again with similar commercial uses and densities To the east of the 100 block of Main Street, on Standard Street, is a small industrial zone within the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan area with a zoning designation of Small Business (SB) The land uses in this area (light industrial, warehousing etc ) are consistent with the zoning South of El Segundo Boulevard is the Chevron Refinery, which is zoned Heavy Industrial (M -2), consistent with the land use The majority of the 100 block of the east side of Richmond Street is a surface parking lot for the Chevron Refinery immediately to the south Smaller Chevron parking lots also occupy the west side of Richmond and the 100 block of Main Street There are four small City owned surface parking lots with a total of approximately 115 parking spaces, which are open and free to the public, within and immediately adjacent to the Plan area All of the Zoning designations on the surrounding properties are generally consistent with the General Plan land use designations Residential and commercial construction dates from the early 1900's to the present day, offering a variety of architectural styles There are no known endangered plant species associated with the proposed Specific Plan area and none that are known to be associated with the immediate locale Similarly, there are no known rare or endangered animal species associated with the area or its locale No known animal life is located in the area Further, there are no known agricultural, biological, or scenic resources of recognized value located within the Plan area nor in the immediate vicinity 051 lei >.� - - - -- ------- - - - - -- --- --- - -- MARIPOSAAVE ��F_ e Y yv� p ,.�f4' z W� PINE AVE _ V � HOLLYAVE in r 2 K 2 N O _ $ r z r rF Ix U GRAND AVE V rz/N Surrounding Area Zoning n ©Neghborhood Commaraal(G2) Dovmiown Commercial (C -RS) Been wca (d$) (AM2) / Open SPaca (O -S) l t _ Public Factlibes (P -F) FRANKLIN AVE rv. Single -Famiry Residential (R-1) 7-12 `�_• -Y� 4�, `, Tw Famiiy Residential iR -2) V/A//MulbFamily ResMeMial (R SmaII BUSmess (5 e) " ` Specific Plan Districts Downtown Spertfic Plan Boundary ( t Meet Street Twett Mam Street Trenattlonai Dtatnct North Richmond Sheet DIStnct Grand Avenue Dotrct EL SEGUNOO BLVD •-v-• ••— -- -- .�..... -.- Richmond Street Disbnct m Feet West Grand Avenue Tnaneroonal DWrrict 0 100 200 300 400 EXHIBIT 4 ZONING MAP City of lil Segundo 052 IV. SPECIFIC PLAN DISTRICTS is seen as a gateway from the west entry of the City of El Segundo to the Downtown core This 7 residential uses to the north and south and a mixture of commercial and multi - family residential uses to the west The district adds variety to the mixed -use Pedestrian- oriented character that is envisioned for the Downtown Specific Plan serving neighborhood needs 05- 3 e6 .I ra Wa N,WPMp DISTRICTS 2 nMd 054 MARIPOSA AVE •-^^ ^•�• "^"-'—_- _ �, 0 q • d IN G J z W 1 a � PINE AVE _ i Fsj 11 t k� HOLLY AVE f E N b N 2 O 2C F C z = > Z a f V O •I 11 GRAND AVE I w FRANKLIN AVE I _ I �✓� '/ . -- E "il I • N {, Specific Plan Districts 4 Downtown SPecdic Plan Boundary _ a I i yl Strategic Sres Main Street District Main Street Transitional Dlstnct �•, No' North Richmond Street District • • Grand Avenue District - 4--� _ ••d --•- -s ;�� Richmond Street District ELSEGUNDO BLVD � West Grand Avenue Transitional District Feef 0 100 200 300 400 EXHIBIT 5 SPECIFIC PLAN DISTRICTS AND STRATEGIC SITES City of 91 Segundo e6 .I ra Wa N,WPMp DISTRICTS 2 nMd 054 VI. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS F WEST GRAND AVENUE TRANSITIONAL DISTRICT (NORTH 200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE BETWEEN CONCORD STREET AND THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET) 1 PURPOSE - This district serves as a gateway to the Downtown core Standards for this district allow for flexibility and a mixture of commercial uses serving the residents, local employees and visitors to the City 2 Permitted Uses - a First floor street -front level, with a minimum building depth of 25 feet jl Retail sales and services ii) Restaurants m) Recreational uses iv) Government offices v) Banks vi) General offices vu) Medical- dental offices viii) Clubs and halls ix) Theaters x) Schools xi) Outdoor uses including dining, gathering areas (such as outdoor party areas), newsstands, coffee carts and flower stands, up to 200 square feet in area, subject to design review and compliance with El Segundo Municipal Code 4 15 -2 -16, Outdoor Dining Areas Outdoor uses that are greater than Administration b Above street -front level i) All uses listed above in subsection (a) ii) Business tenantlowner-occu pied residential units w) Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as provided by Section V, Administration 3 Permitted Accessory Uses- Screening c Indoor entertainment, dancing, and amplified sound, subject to compliance with El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 4 -8, Entertainment Regulations, and Chapter 7 -2, Noise and Vibration Regulations d Other similar accessory uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as provided by Section V Administration 4 Uses Subject to an Administrative Use Permit - (El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -22) a On -site sale and consumption of alcohol at restaurants 9 055 b Off -site sale of alcohol at retail establishments d Video arcades with three or fewer machines 5 Uses Subiect to a Conditional Use Permit - (El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -23 a Bars b Video arcades with four or more machines c Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Budding Safety, as Provided by Section V. Administration 6 Prohibited Uses- a Drive -thru restaurants b Assembly halls c Service stations d Tattoo parlors e Outdoor entertainment and dancing f_ Outdoor amplified sound, which exceeds more than four single events in one calendar year 7 Site Development Standards- uses detailed under Permitted, Accessory, Administrative, and Conditional Uses, iii) All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -17, v) All provisions of Section VIII, Design Standards must be met b Lot Area A minimum of 3,500 square feet is required for new lots. c Height point of the roof vertically to the existing grade directly below Height measurements lines to the peak or the highest point of the structure Additionally, the structure 10 u56 may not exceed 30 feet in height as measured from the peak or the highest point of the roof vertically to the existing grade at the front and streetside property lines d Setbacks 0 Front and Streetside - Setbacks between a building and the front and streetside budding and the street subject to design review Parking is not allowed between the street and the budding, except for handicapped parking, subject to design u) Side — Zero setback allowed but 10' if abutting residential zone iii) Rear— 10' feet when abutting residential zone e Lot Width A minimum of 25 feet is required for new lots f Budding Area - (Density) The total net floor area of all buildings cannot exceed the total net square footage Ratio. FAR, of 1 0 1 u) Residential — The maximum residential density cannot exceed one dwelling unit per 3,500 square foot lot If the lot is less than 3.500 square feet, one unit is allowed Q Walls and Fences _ All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -2, General Provisions, must be met h Access projects i Landscaping All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code S 15 -2 -14. Landscapna. and Section VIII, Design Standards, must be met Parking and Loading 8 Non-conformities- a All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -21 Nonconforming can be replaced with a similar or less intense non - conforming commercial use 057 11 G WEST GRAND AVENUE TRANSITIONAL DISTRICT (SOUTH 200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE BETWEEN CONCORD STREET AND THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET) 1 PURPOSE - This district serves as a gateway to the Downtown core Standards for this district allow for flexibility and a mixture of commercial uses serving the residents, local employees and visitors to the City 2 Permitted Uses - a First floor street -front level, with a minimum building depth of 25 feet i) Retail sales and services u) Restaurants m) Recreational uses iv) Government offices vi) General offices vii) Medical- dental offices Code 4 15 -2 -16, Outdoor Dining Areas Outdoor uses that are greater than Administration III Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as provided by Section V , Administration 3 Permitted Accessory Uses - a Any use customarily incidental to a permitted use b Outdoor storage, subject to compliance with El Segundo Municipal Code 4 15 -2 -8, Screening c Indoor entertainment, dancing, and amplified sound, subject to compliance with El d Other similar accessory uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as provided by Section V Administration 4 Uses Subject to an Administrative Use Permit - (El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -22) a On -site sale and consumption of alcohol at restaurants design review and compliance with El Segundo Municipal Code § 15 -2 -16 Outdoor Dining Areas d Video arcades with three or fewer machines 12 058 e Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as Provided by Section V, Administration 5 Uses Subiect to a Conditional Use Permit - (El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -23 a Bars b Bed and Breakfast Inns c Video arcades with four or more machines d Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as provided by Section V , Administration 6 Prohibited Uses - All other uses which are not Permitted Uses. Permitted Accessory Uses. Uses Subiect to an Administrative Use Permit or Uses Subiect to a Conditional Use Permit are prohibited Prohibited uses include, without limitation a Drive-thru restaurants b Assembly hall uses c Service stations g_ Tattoo parlors h Outdoor entertainment and dancing i Outdoor amplified sound, which exceeds more than four single events in one calendar year 7 Site Development Standards - Vin) a General Requirements i) All uses must be conducted within a fully enclosed building, except the outdoor uses detailed under Permitted, Accessory, Administrative, and Conditional Uses, and Outdoor Recreational uses u) All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -16, Developer iv) All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -2, General Provisions, must be met v) All requirements of Section VIII, Design Standards must be met b Lot Area A minimum of 3.500 square feet is required for new lots. Point of the roof vertically to the existing grade directly below Structures cannot plazas or architectural features, up to 10 feet in depth, may be placed between the budding and the street, subject to design review Parking is not allowed between the street and the building, except for handicapped parking, subject to design review n) Front —A 15 -foot setback is reauired along Concord Street 13 059 w) Side —10' if abutting a residential zone iv) Rear —10' feet e Lot Width A minimum of 25 feet is required for new lots f Building Area - (Density) The total net floor area of all buildings cannot exceed the total net square footage of the property, or a Floor Area Ratio, FAR, of 1 0 1 Residential — The maximum residential density cannot exceed one dwelling unit Der 3.500 square foot lot If the lot is less than 3,500 sauare feet, one unit is allowed g Walls and Fences All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -2, General Provisions, must be met h Access Safe and convenient pedestrian access must be provided between buildings and sidewalks, or modes of transportation, and between buildings for multi - budding ro ects i Landscaping All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code & 15 -2 -14, Landscaping, and Section VIII, Design Standards, must be met i Parking and Loading All requirements of Section VII, Parking must be met 8 Non- conformities- b Except as otherwise provided, non - conforming uses occurring in a budding can only can be replaced with a similar or less intense non - conforming commercial use 14 060 VI. DESIGN STANDARDS E. WEST GRAND AVENUE TRANSITIONAL DISTRICT (200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE FROM CONCORD STREET TO THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET) Plan Area The WGATD serves as an Introduction to the the DSP area and as a gateway when approaching Downtown El Segundo from the west Photo 38 — Retail Uses Photo 39 — CommerciallOffice Uses 1 GENERAL a All common standards pertaining to the Main Street District must apply 2 North Frontage — a The north frontage of the parcels on the north side of Grand Avenue must be compatible with the residentially -zoned property next door as defined below b No service, outdoor storage, excessive and large windows or access must be located 3 West Frontage — a The west frontage of the parcel on the south side of Grand Avenue must be to the south 4 South Frontage — b No service, outdoor storage, excessive and large windows or access must be located P \Planning & Building Safety \PROJECTS\EA626 - 650 \EA 645 \Council Docs \CCMtg 11105\EA645 PC Exhibit DSP Supplement 11 -1 -05 v2A doc 15 061 ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE APPROVING ZONE CHANGE NO. 04 -01, SPECIFIC PLAN AMENDMENT NO. 04 -01 AND ZONE TEXT AMENDMENT NO. 05 -01 AMENDING EL SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE § 15 -3 -2 TO EXPAND THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN BY INCLUDING INCLUDE PROPERTIES IN THE 200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE FROM THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET TO CONCORD STREET, ADDRESSED AS 218 -228, 219 AND 227 WEST GRAND AVENUE. The City Council of the City of El Segundo does ordain as follows SECTION 1 The City Council finds and declares that A On May 18, 2004, Frank Glynn, on behalf of property owners Bill and Loraine Flegenheimer, John Dukakis and Arch Young, and Arthur and Elizabeth Miltenburger filed an application for an Environmental Assessment No EA -645, General Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01, and Zone Change No 04 -01 to incorporate the properties at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue into the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) and to designate the subject parcels as the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District" (WGATD), B The applications were reviewed by the City's Planning and Budding Safety Department for, in part, consistency with the General Plan, as required by Government Code § 65454 which states that no specific plan may be amended unless the amendment is consistent with the general plan, and in conformity with the El Segundo Municipal Code ( "ESMC "), C In addition, the City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq , "CEQA "), the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal Code of Regulations § §15000, et seq , the "CEQA Guidelines "), and the City's Environmental Guidelines (City Council Resolution No 3805, adopted March 16, 1993), D An Initial Study was prepared pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) The Initial Study demonstrated that there is no substantial evidence that the protect would have a significant effect on the environment Accordingly, a Negative Declaration was prepared The Notice of Intent to Adopt the Negative Declaration was provided in accordance with the Public Resources Code and the CEQA Guidelines The Negative Declaration was circulated for public review and comment between July 14, 2005, and August 3, 2005, ri -1- 064- E The Planning and Building Safety Department completed its review and scheduled the public hearing regarding the application before the Planning Commission for August 25, 2005, F On August 25, 2005, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the applications including, without limitation, information provided to the Planning Commission by City staff, public testimony, the applicants /property owners and their representatives, G On August 25, 2005, the Planning Commission adopted Resolution No 2589 recommending City Council approval of Environmental Assessment No EA -645, General Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01, and Zone Change No 04 -01, H On September 20, 2005, the City Council held a public hearing and considered the information provided by City staff, public testimony and the applicants and continued the hearing to October 4, 2005, On October 4, 2005, the City Council continued the hearing to October 18, 2005, J On October 18, 2005 the City Council continued the hearing to November 1, 2005, K On November 1, 2005, the City Council resumed the hearing, considered the information provided by City staff, and adopted Resolution No approving Environmental Assessment No EA -645 for General Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01, and Zone Change No 04 -01, and L This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the testimony and evidence presented to the Council at its September 20, 2005, October 4, 2005, October 18, 2005, and November 1, 2005 hearings including, without limitation, the staff report submitted by the Planning and Building Safety Department SECTION 2 Factual Findings The City Council finds that the following facts exist A The subject properties are located in the northwest quadrant of the City of El Segundo dust west of the current Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) boundary at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue and are comprised of approximately 21,592 square feet in area The subject properties are the parcels fronting on Grand Avenue bounded by Concord Street to the west and the alley '/2 block west of Richmond Street on the 063 -2- east B The existing General Plan Land Use designation and zoning for the subject properties on the north side of Grand Avenue (219 and 227 West Grand Avenue) is Downtown Commercial and the Downtown Commercial (C -RS) Zone and for the property on the south side of Grand Avenue (218 -228 West Grand Avenue) is Neighborhood Commercial and the Neighborhood Commercial (C -2) Zone C The existing uses of the subject properties include offices and a bakery on the north side of Grand Avenue (at 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue), and retail uses along with offices on the south side of Grand Avenue (at 218 -228 West Grand Avenue) D Surrounding land uses in the area generally consist of multi -family residential dwellings to the north, to the south, and to the west (on the north side of Grand Avenue), and offices, retail, and service - oriented uses to the east and west The surrounding area is a fully developed urban environment E The proposed re- designation and re- zoning of the properties at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue would change the General Plan Land Use designation of approximately 496 acres to the Downtown Specific Plan designation and rezone the properties to the Downtown Specific Plan Zone ( "West Grand Avenue Transitional District') F Rezoning the C -2 zoned parcel at 218 -228 West Grand Avenue to DSP would increase the allowable floor area ratio (FAR) of the property from 0 5 1 to 0 7 1 allowing the potential for 374 square feet of additional development to the existing 3,960 square -foot budding G The allowable floor area ratio (FAR) for the C -RS zoned parcels (219 and 227 West Grand Avenue) is the same as the DSP Zone FAR of (1 1) Additionally, the amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan could potentially allow one additional residential unit (for a total of four units) where three are currently allowed under the C -RS zoning standards for these parcels H Rezoning the C -2 zoned parcel at 218 -228 West Grand Avenue to DSP could result in the development of a budding 30 -feet high as compared to the 28 -foot height limit in the C -2 zone Rezoning the C -RS zoned parcels at 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue to DSP could result in the development of a building 30 -feet high at the highest point at the street and 36 -feet high at the highest point at the rear of the building as compared to the 45 -foot height limit in the C -RS zone -3- 064 J Rezoning the properties at 218 -228, 219 and 227 West Grand Avenue would allow the subject property owners to either provide on -site parking or pay the City an in -lieu parking fee for the construction of new buildings and budding additions K The land uses permitted in the Downtown Specific Plan include a variety of commercial uses, residential uses above the first floor, and recreational uses SECTION 3 Zone Change Findings Based on the factual findings of this Ordinance, the proposed Zone Change is necessary to carry out the proposed project because the proposed General Plan Amendment and Specific Plan Amendment would change the land use classifications of the subject properties from Neighborhood Commercial and Downtown Commercial to Downtown Specific Plan The proposed Zone Change changing the subject properties from Neighborhood Commercial (C -2) and Downtown Commercial (C -RS) to Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) "West Grand Avenue Transitional District' (WGATD) is required to maintain consistency with the proposed General Plan and Downtown Specific Plan land use designation of Downtown Specific Plan SECTION 4 Zone Text Amendment Findings Based on the factual findings of this Ordinance, the proposed Zone Text Amendment is necessary to carry out the proposed project in order to create the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District' in the Downtown Specific Plan An amendment to the Downtown Specific Plan is necessary to establish development standards and design standards for the West Grand Avenue Transitional District An amendment to ESMC § 15 -3 -2A 4 to list the "West Grand Avenue Transitional District' as one of the use districts within the Downtown Specific Plan within the City is required for consistency with the General Plan SECTION 5 Zoning Map The City Council amends the current Zoning Map to reflect the change of the area bounded by the rear property line of properties at 227 and 219 W Grand Avenue to the north, from Concord Street to the alley '/Y block west of Richmond Street to the east, by the interior side property line of property at 218 -228 W Grand Avenue to the south, and by Concord Street to the west from Downtown Commercial (C -RS) Zone and Neighborhood Commercial (C -2) to Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) The corresponding changes as set forth in attached Exhibit "A" are incorporated into this Ordinance by reference SECTION 6 El Segundo Municipal Code ( "ESMC") § 15 -3 -2 is amended to read as follows "15 -3 -2: SPECIFIC PLAN ZONES: A In order to classify, regulate, restrict and segregate the uses of lands and buildings, to regulate and restrict the height and bulk of buildings, to regulate the area of yards and other open spaces about buildings and to regulate the density of population, the city has adopted the following -4 065 specific plan areas which function as the zoning code for specific areas 1 Smoky Hollow Specific Plan There are four (4) classes of use zones intended to be used within the boundaries of the Smoky Hollow specific plan These zones include SB - Small business zone MM - Medium manufacturing zone MDR - Medium density residential zone GAC - Grand Avenue commercial zone 2 124th Street Specific Plan There is one zone intended to be used within the boundaries of the 124th Street specific plan This zone is 124th Street SP - 124th Street specific plan 3 Aviation Specific Plan There is one use zone intended to be used within the boundaries of the aviation specific plan This zone is ASP - Aviation specific plan zone 4 Downtown Specific Plan There are six (6) classes of use districts intended to be used within the boundaries of the downtown specific plan These districts include MSD - Main Street district MSTD - Main Street transitional district NRSD - North Richmond Street district RSD - Richmond Street district GAD — Grand Avenue District WGATD —West Grand Avenue Transitional District' 5 Corporate Campus Specific Plan There is one use zone intended to be used within the boundaries of the corporate campus specific plan This zone is CCSP - Corporate campus specific plan zone B The foregoing zones are separate zones and cannot be deemed to be more restrictive or less restrictive than any other zone, but are limited to the uses permitted in the specified zone C Amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan cannot occur more than once every two (2) years beginning November 15, 2005 " SECTION 7 Additional Approvals The City Council approves General Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Specific Plan Amendment No 04 -01, Zone Change No 04 -01, -5- 066 and Zone Text Amendment No 05 -01 and adopts the Supplement to the Downtown Specific Plan attached as Exhibit "B" and incorporated into this ordinance by reference SECTION 8 If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the city council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable SECTION 9 Repeal or amendment of any provision of the ESMC will not affect any penalty, forfeiture, or liability incurred before, or preclude prosecution and imposition of penalties for any violation occurring before this Ordinance's effective date Any such repealed part will remain in full force and effect for sustaining action or prosecuting violations occurring before the effective date of this Ordinance SECTION 10 If this the entire Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, any repeal of the ESMC or other the city ordinance by this Ordinance will be rendered void and cause such ESMC provision or other the city ordinance to remain in full force and effect for all purposes SECTION 11 The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original ordinances, make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting, and, within fifteen (15) days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law SECTION 12 This Ordinance will become effective on the thirty-first (31st) day following its passage and adoption PASSED AND ADOPTED this _ day of 2005 Kelly McDowell, Mayor in 067 ATTEST: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five, that the foregoing Ordinance No was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting held on the day of , 2005, and was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2005, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote AYES NOES ABSENT ABSTAIN Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM Mark D Hensley, City Attorney z Karl H Berger Assistant City Attorney P \Planning & Building Safety\PROJECTS \626 - 650 \Ea - 645 \Council Docs \CC Mtg 11105 \EA -645 CC Ord A 11 -1 -05 doc 068 -7- PINE AVE HOLLY AVE F m a_ z •I• EL SEGUNDO BLVD Feet 0 100 200 300 400 EXHIBIT A ZONING MAP City of Bt Segundo r, 0 z 0 U C _z I GRAND AVE ;;;vvv � i t Surrounding Area Zoning ® Neighboncccd Commamal (G2) © Downtown Commercial (C -RS) - Heavy Manufacturing (M -2) - Open Space (03) - Panning (P) Public Facillbes (P -F) Si gla -Fanly Residential (R -1) Two-Family Residential (R -2) - Mulct -Fi ndy Reeidenbal (R -3) - Small Business (SB) S°'p�e'Tct is Plan Districts E�,.i Downtown Specific Plan Boundary Main Street Distinct t...a.i Man Street Tiambonst D'Stnct North Richmond Street Distinct r��, Grand Avenue Detncl C Ll, RiOnnond Street District ff�d West Grand Avenue Tmnsibonal DOMO uG9 0 a Z t z J W Q ( H U W _z I GRAND AVE ;;;vvv � i t Surrounding Area Zoning ® Neighboncccd Commamal (G2) © Downtown Commercial (C -RS) - Heavy Manufacturing (M -2) - Open Space (03) - Panning (P) Public Facillbes (P -F) Si gla -Fanly Residential (R -1) Two-Family Residential (R -2) - Mulct -Fi ndy Reeidenbal (R -3) - Small Business (SB) S°'p�e'Tct is Plan Districts E�,.i Downtown Specific Plan Boundary Main Street Distinct t...a.i Man Street Tiambonst D'Stnct North Richmond Street Distinct r��, Grand Avenue Detncl C Ll, RiOnnond Street District ff�d West Grand Avenue Tmnsibonal DOMO uG9 CITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION No. _ Exhibit F CITY COUNCIL ORDINANCE No. Exhibit B DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN SUPPLEMENT I. INTRODUCTION A. Specific Plan Project Description The proposed project is a Specific Plan for the Downtown area of El Segundo The Plan envisions a ten year horizon for planning and development purposes Although the Plan will not "expire" in ten years, it is anticipated that the goals of the Plan will be achieved within the ten year planning horizon, and that the Plan will be re- evaluated, updated and revised, if necessary, after ten years The project includes a General Plan Amendment (GPA 99 -2), a Zone Change (ZC 99 -2) and a Zone Text Amendment (ZTA 99 -5) The Downtown Specific Plan encompasses the majority of the Downtown Commercial (C -RS) Zone, as well as the Civic Center Complex, which is zoned Public Facilities (P- F) The Plan area is generally located west of Sepulveda Boulevard and north of El Segundo Boulevard (Exhibits 1 -3) El Segundo's Downtown is the heart of the community Due to its location deep -within the community and awaydistance from regional arterials, Downtown remains a small, distinct district approximately two blocks by five blocks in size The Plan area is currently developed with commercial, residential and public uses, and future development is anticipated to be similar in nature The entire Specific Plan area is approximately 2-5-626 3 acres in size, The majority of the lots within the Specific Plan area are 25 feet wide by 140 feet deep, 3500 square feet in area, although many of the lots have been combined and developed under common ownership In general, the purpose of the Specific Plan is to provide the opportunity to implement the Vision of the community for the Downtown, to enhance the quality small town environment that the residents currently enjoy The Plan provides this opportunity by the adoption of new development standards, design regulations, and other criteria The City Council initiated the preparation of a Specific Plan in response to concerns and requests from the community to enhance the Downtown environment that the residents value so highly The Specific Plan will provide land use and development standards for the area including, but not limited to, standards for heights, setbacks, density, lot area, outdoor uses, landscaping, parking, loading, circulation and signage Design standards will also be included within the Specific Plan to regulate site development, street configurations, streetscape (sidewalks, street furniture, bus stops, bicycles), landscaping, lighting (street and pedestrian, decorative and security), architecture and signage The Specific Plan is divided into Wesix Districts, each having distinct characteristics and standards Two related projects, which are currently separately underway, are the update of the City's Circulation and Housing Elements The current and proposed development standards allow a commercial density or floor area ratio (FAR) of 1 0 1 An example of a FAR or density of 1 0 1 is a 3,500 square foot lot would allow a 3,500 square foot building One strategic site, the City parking lot (17,500 square feet in area) on the northeast corner of Richmond Street and Franklin Avenue, in the 200 block of Richmond Street, is proposed to allow a 1 5 1 FAR The Specific Plan area currently has approximately 560,000 070 square feet of commercial uses For this evaluation, a ten -year horizon was used with an addition of 271,814 square feet of new commercial uses This is 24% of the maximum 1,123,848 square feet of total build -out allowed by the current zoning and General Plan The current zoning allows a maximum of 276 dwelling units within the Plan area This equates to one unit per 25 foot wide lot (12 5 dwelling units per acre), not including the Civic Center site Currently there are approximately 8287 residential units in the Plan area The final Plan will not allow the development of any new residential units, although the existing units may continue and may be rebuilt if accidentally destroyed Two locations for plazas have been identified One is the existing plaza fronting Main Street at the Civic Center and the other is located to the rear of the Pursell Budding, (on the northwest corner of Main Street and Grand Avenue), across the alley from the Village site (on the northeast corner of Richmond Street and Grand Avenue) Plazas are intensively used gathering places and serve as the hub for neighborhood activity They are designed to accommodate resting, eating, strolling and people watching Plazas are typically ringed by restaurants, galleries and other retail uses Food service and goods from portable retail carts or wagons are often available within plazas As part of a zone change adopted in September 2005, the western boundary of the Downtown Specific Plan was expanded to include several properties on the north and south sides of West Grand Avenue between the alley west of Richmond Street and Concord Street to establish the new "West Grand Avenue Transitional District " The West Grand Avenue Transitional District is added to encompass several properties that are similar in nature to those within the Plan Area by moving the western boundary of the Plan Area to Concord Street 2 071 ;HIBIT 3 )WNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN f of 81 Segundo 4 0 7 2 B. Specific Plan Boundary The Plan area includes the 100 -500 blocks of Main Street, the 100 -300 blocks of Richmond Street and the abutting property along Grand Avenue The 200 block of West Grand Avenue between Concord Street and the alley west of Richmond Street was incorporated into the Specific Plan area in September 2005 The alleys to the east and west of Main and Richmond Street form the perimeter boundaries of the Plan area, with the exception of the 300 block east side of Main Street as the Civic Center Complex extends east to Standard Street The Downtown is divided by three principal streets - Main Street, Grand Avenue, and El Segundo Boulevard Additionally, three smaller streets- Franklin, Holly and Pine Avenues cross the Plan area, running in an east -west direction Each of the three principal streets connects to major, region - serving artenals or freeways El Segundo Boulevard, on the southern boundary of the Plan area, runs in an east -west direction and connects to the 1 -405 Freeway and to Sepulveda Boulevard Grand Avenue, an east -west street, connects to Sepulveda Boulevard on the east and the beach to the west Main Street runs north and south between El Segundo Boulevard and Imperial Highway, which borders Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) Main Street has an 80 -foot right -of -way with 12 -foot sidewalks and 56 feet of paving, curb to curb Richmond Street, which runs in a north -south direction and is one block west of Main Street, has a 60 -foot right -of -way, with 10 -foot sidewalks and 40 feet of street, curb to curb The 1 -105 Freeway is north of the Plan area, immediately north of Imperial Highway Grand Avenue is one of only two City streets that connects to the beach It is the principal east -west street in Downtown El Segundo and crosses both Main and Richmond Streets The portion of Grand Avenue addressed in the Downtown Specific Plan is between Main and Concord Streets Beyond Concord Street, Grand Avenue crests the hill of an ancient sand dune and disappears from view toward the ocean Grand Avenue to the west of Concord Street has recently been planted with Cajeput trees to provide a visual welcome to El Segundo Grand Avenue is one of the widest streets in the City, having formerly been the early alignment of one of the trolley cars that crass- crossed the region before falling victim to the automobile The right - of -way is 100 feet in width with 10 -foot sidewalks on both sides and an 18 -foot center median, including a 4 -foot median and 7 -foot wide parallel parking areas on each side of the center island Parallel parking is also provided on both curb lanes II. OVERVIEW OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN SURROUNDING AREA A. The Community 1 Location Context The Downtown Specific Plan area is located in the northwest quadrant of the City of El Segundo Surrounding land uses in the area are generally residential in nature, one to three stories in height The surrounding area and project area is a fully developed urban environment The El Segundo High School campus, the Library and Library Park are located north of the Specific Plan area on Main Street To the east and west of the 500 block of Main Street is a Two - Family Residential (R -2) Zone, developed mainly with duplexes and two- 4 0173 family dwellings, on Richmond and Standards Streets To the west of the balance of the Specific Plan boundary is mainly Multi - Family Residential (R -3) zoning, which is developed with small (3 -12 unit) apartment and condominium complexes, on Richmond and Concord Streets Further beyond the R -2 and R -3 Zones is Single - Family (R -1) Residential zoning and development, on Concord and Virginia Streets (Exhibit 4) To the west of the Specific Plan area apartments and a child day -care facility To the east of the 400 block of Main Street is a Two - Family Residential (R -2) Zone on Standard Street, again developed consistent with the zoning designation To the east of the 300 block of Main Street is largely Multi - Family Residential (R -3), developed similarly to the areas to the west of the Specific Plan boundary Additionally, there are a few parcels zoned and developed as Parking (P), on Standard Street, and Downtown Commercial (C -RS), on Grand Avenue, similar to the west of the Plan area To the east side of the 200 block of Main Street, on Standard Street, is an area that is also zoned and developed as Downtown Commercial (C -RS), again with similar commercial uses and densities To the east of the 100 block of Main Street, on Standard Street, is a small industrial zone within the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan area with a zoning designation of Small Business (SB) The land uses in this area (light industrial, warehousing etc) are consistent with the zoning South of El Segundo Boulevard is the Chevron Refinery, which is zoned Heavy Industrial (M -2), consistent with the land use The majority of the 100 block of the east side of Richmond Street is a surface parking lot for the Chevron Refinery immediately to the south Smaller Chevron parking lots also occupy the west side of Richmond and the 100 block of Main Street There are four small City owned surface parking lots with a total of approximately 115 parking spaces, which are open and free to the public, within and immediately adjacent to the Plan area All of the Zoning designations on the surrounding properties are generally consistent with the General Plan land use designations Residential and commercial construction dates from the early 1900's to the present day, offering a variety of architectural styles There are no known endangered plant species associated with the proposed Specific Plan area and none that are known to be associated with the immediate locale Similarly, there are no known rare or endangered animal species associated with the area or its locale No known animal life is located in the area Further, there are no known agricultural, biological, or scenic resources of recognized value located within the Plan area nor in the immediate vicinity 5 074 MARIPOSA ® 1 K H a =' z s .�! PINE AVE { fir F HOLLY AVE '-'^•^^�-� _ ^^'^'-� 1 _ 0 U [ I I j} GRAND AVE _ r ,.,�� ; _ }� Surrounding Area Zoning ¢ •~ } Neighborhood Commensal (G2) Q �DOwntovm Commercial (C -RS) I { •• _ Reavy Manufacturing (M-2) DPan Space (O -3) Penang (P) in Public Faslilea (P -F) k FRANKLIN AVE Smgle-Famtly Residential (R -5) r� �� - - M� Two-Famlly Rasalentlal (R -2) Multl-Fim"ly Residential (R -3) E , _Small Business (SB) E SpeclFlc Plan Districts Dovmtown Specific Plan Boundary Mein Street Dlatnd Main Street Transltlonal Mond �CLJS(� ....."a h .. .......i North Richmond Street Diddcl EL SEGUNDO BLVD -,,,, Grand Avenue Didnd LLJ Richmond Steel Dismct Feet `y West Grand! Avenue Transitional D ena 0 100 200 300 400 EXHIBIT 4 AIM ZONING MAP City of Sl Segundo GISBrepyrtypwmrvwp ap ZONING _w mad 0715 IV. SPECIFIC PLAN DISTRICTS envisionea Tor the uowntown Soeatic Plan serving neighborhood needs 0176 GLWn.yymyylmNn2G Mp DISTRICTS ] d 0'17 MARIPOSAAVE .^�°- ^- •--^+�*• ^ —M _ _ .. w PINEAVE i t I HOLLY AVE °w^^1 j _ _ _ l * "^`• -�-+�q � Q D 2 O, -^ Z - K V t 2 GRAND AVE ! _ FRANKLIN AVE " 3 Specific Plan Districts P.. _ j� �.., t3 Downtown Specitic Plan Boundary t'j 39 ' _ `� -, • .•dl (I Strategic Sites Main Street District r Fri [ Main Street Transitional Distnct North Richmond Street District ®Grand Avenue DlsMCI ` -•� � Richmond Street District EL SEGUNDO BWD " •- *••- �•+••- --�••— -- m»-. -- West Grand Avenue Transitional District Feet 0 100 200 300 400 -• EXHIBIT 5 SPECIFIC PLAN DISTRICTS AND STRATEGIC SITES City of El Sagando GLWn.yymyylmNn2G Mp DISTRICTS ] d 0'17 VI. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS F WEST GRAND AVENUE TRANSITIONAL DISTRICT (NORTH 200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE BETWEEN CONCORD STREET AND THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET) 1 PURPOSE- u) Restaurants m) Recreational uses iv) Government offices v) Banks vi) General offices vu) Medical- dental offices vm) Clubs and halls ix) Theaters x) Schools xi) Outdoor uses including dining, gathering areas (such as outdoor party 200 square feet also require an Administrative Use Permit b Above street -front level j) n) uQ as provided by Section V, Administration 3 Permitted Accessory Uses - a Any use customarily incidental to a permitted use b Outdoor storage, subject to compliance with El Segundo Municipal Code & 15 -2 -8, Screening c Indoor entertainment, dancing, and amplified sound, subject to compliance with El d Other similar accessory uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as provided by Section V Administration b Off -site sale of alcohol at retail establishments Dining Areas provided by Section V, Administration 5 Uses Subiect to a Conditional Use Permit - (El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -23 a Bars b Video arcades with four or more machines c Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as Provide d by Section V, Administration 6 Prohibited Uses- a Drive -thru restaurants b Assembly halls c Service stations d Tattoo parlors e Outdoor entertammen F Outdoor amplified sc 7 Site Development Standards - a General Provisions i) All uses must be conducted within a fully enclosed budding, except the outdoor uses detailed under Permitted, Accessory, Administrative, and Conditional Uses, and Outdoor Recreational Uses u) All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -16, Developer Transportation Demand Management (TDM), must be met must be met v) All provisions of Section VIII, Design Standards must be met b Lot Area - A minimum of 3,500 square feet is required for new lots. c Height point of the roof vertically to the existing grade directly below Height measurements are made at the front and streetside property lines Structures cannot exceed a maximum of 2 stories, not to exceed 36 feet in height as measured from the peak or 10 ()'79 u) Downslopmg lots - For lots that slope down from the street, the 36 -foot height limit grade at the front and streetside property lines or architectural features, up to 10 feet in depth, may be placed between the review u) Side —Zero setback allowed but 10' if abutting residential zone m) Rear — 10' feet when abutting residential zone e Lot Width A minimum of 25 feet is required for new lots f Building Area - (Density) i) Commercial — The total net floor area of all buildings, excluding residential floor area, cannot exceed the total net square footage of the property, or a Floor Area Ratio, FAR, of 1 0 1 u) Residential — The maximum residential density cannot exceed one dwelling unit per 3,500 square foot lot If the lot is less than 3,500 square feet, one unit is allowed g Walls and Fences All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -2, General Provisions, must be met projects VIII, Design Standards, must be met All requirements of Section VIII, Desion Standards must be met S Non-conformities- a All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -21 Nonconforming can be replaced with a similar or less intense non - conforming commercial use 11 O80 G WEST GRAND AVENUE TRANSITIONAL DISTRICT (SOUTH 200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE BETWEEN CONCORD STREET AND THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET) 1 PURPOSE- This district serves as a gateway to the Downtown core Standards for this 2 Permitted Uses- ji) Restaurants m) Recreational uses iv) Government offices vi) General offices vii) Medical- dental offices area, subject to design review and compliance with El Segundo Municipal Code 6 15 -2 -16, Outdoor Dining Areas Outdoor uses that are greater than Administration b Above street -front level i All uses above in subsection (a) ji Business tenant/owner-occupied residential units 3 Permitted Accessory Uses- d Other similar accessory uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as provided by Section V Administration 4 Uses Subiect to an Administrative Use Permit - (El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -22) a On -site sale and consumption of alcohol at restaurants newsstands, coffee carts and flower stands, over 200 square feet in area, subiect to design review and compliance with El Segundo Municipal Code § 15 -2 -16 Outdoor Dining Areas d Video arcades with three or fewer machines 12 (,g1 e Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as Provided by Section V, Administration 5 Uses Subiect to a Conditional Use Permit - (El Segundo MunlClpal Code Chapter 15 -23 a Bars b Bed and Breakfast Inns c Video arcades with four or more machines d Other similar uses approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, as Provided by Section V , Administration 6 Prohibited Uses - All other uses which are not Permitted Uses, Permitted Accessory Uses, Uses Subiect to an a Drive-thru restaurants b Assembly hall uses c Service stations g Tattoo parlors h Outdoor entertainment and dancing i Outdoor amplified sound, which exceeds more than four single events in one calendar year 7 Site Development Standards - Vin) a General Requirements and Outdoor Recreational uses iii) All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -17, Employer /Occupant Transportation Systems Management (TSM), must be met v) All requirements of Section VIII, Design Standards must be met c Height New structures abutting a street must be a minimum of 25 feet in height, and cannot exceed 30 feet and two stories in height, as measured from the peak or the highest Peak or the highest point of the roof vertically to the existing grade directly below d Setbacks 13 A2 tit) Side —10' if abutting a residential zone iv) Rear — 10' feet e Lot Width A minimum of 25 feet is required for new lots f Budding Area - (Density) The total net floor area of all buildings cannot exceed the total net square footage of the property, or a Floor Area Ratio, FAR, of 1 0 1 A Commercial — The tntal net flonr area of all huddmas exdudino residential flnnr Ratio, FAR, of 1 0'1 d) Residential — The maximum residential density cannot exceed one dwelling unit per 3,500 square foot lot If the lot is less than 3,500 square feet, one unit is allowed g Walls and Fences All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15 -2, General Provisions, must be met h Access Safe and convenient pedestrian access must be provided between buildings and sidewalks, or modes of transportation, and between buildings for multi - building projects i Landscaping All requirements of El Segundo Municipal Code 4 15 -2 -14, Landscaping, and Section VIII, Design Standards, must be met k Signs All requirements of Section VIII, Design Standards must be met 8 Non- conformities- be replaced with a conforming use c If a budding, or a portion of a building, was used by non - conforming commercial use 14 `' 8 '3 VI. DESIGN STANDARDS E. WEST GRAND AVENUE TRANSITIONAL DISTRICT (200 BLOCK OF WEST GRAND AVENUE FROM CONCORD STREET TO THE ALLEY WEST OF RICHMOND STREET) The West Grand Avenue Transitional District (WGATD) is located adjacent to the west end of the This block is transitional in character and includes retail uses serving the community and Photo 38 — Retail Uses Photo 39 — Commercial /Office Uses 1 GENERAL a All common standards Pertaining to the Main Street District must apply 2 North Frontage — a The north frontage of the Parcels on the north side of Grand Avenue must be compatible with the residentially -zoned property next door as defined below the District and the adioininq property 3 West Frontage — compatible with the residentially zoned property next door as defined below b No service, outdoor storage excessive and large windows or access must be located along the south side of the District c A landscaped buffer zone of 10 feet with mature trees and shrubs Is required between the District and the adioining residentially -zoned Property P \Planning & Building Safety\PROJECTS\EA626- 650 \EA 645 \Council Docs\CCMtg 11105 \EA645 PC Exhibit DSP Supplement 11 -1 -05 v2A doc 15 i EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA DESCRIPTION MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA HEADING. Unfinished Business Consideration and possible action regarding a presentation by staff on proposed amendments to the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan (Fiscal Impact None at this time) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION* 1 Receive and File Smoky Hollow Specific Plan Study; 2 Obtain Council direction on issues to be added or deleted from staffs recommendations, 3 Authorize staff to release a Request for Proposal (RFP) for a consultant services to prepare an update to the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan, including environmental review, and /or 4 Alternatively, discuss and take other actions related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: Last fall the City Council agreed to a proposal to have the University of California at Irvine's (Continued on next page ) 1 Economic Development Advisory Council meeting minutes dated September 28, 2005 2 Planning Commission meeting minutes dated October 13, 2005 3 Community Input History 4 Final UCI Report of Smoky Hollow Specific Plan Study FISCAL IMPACT: None Operating Budget. N/A Amount Requested: N/A Account Number, N/A Project Phase: N/A Appropriation Required: _ Yes X No V / Seimone Jurps, ire or of Planning and Building Safety DATE: Lo /2 %S Dili- L185 2 STAFF REPORT November 1, 2005 BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: (cont.) Page 2 graduate school program in Urban and Regional Planning conduct a study of the Smoky Hollow area The study was initiated because of Council's concerns about a number of factors constraining growth and redevelopment of property over an extended period of time, particularly since 1992 when the existing floor area ratio (FAR) of 6 was implemented The prior FAR was limited to 1 0 for portions of the Smoky Hollow area and in the remaining area did not have a FAR limit but was controlled through other zoning standards Other constraints include small lots under numerous ownerships, a shortage of parking, and aging water and sewer lines The Smoky Hollow Specific Plan was adopted in 1985 Smoky Hollow is generally bounded by El Segundo Boulevard, on the south, Standard Street on the west, Holly and Grand Avenues on the north and Sepulveda Boulevard on the east The area includes about 123 acres and is about 95% developed mostly as commercial and light industrial However, there area number of single and multi -family dwellings with the majority within two blocks of Grand Avenue and west of Kansas Street The majority of the buildings in the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan area are one and two -story and are generally more than 20 years old COMMUNITY INPUT Staff and the UCI students conducted a series of meetings with the public, the Economic Development Advisory Council, the Planning Commission and the City Council, providing several opportunities for community input with extensive advertising and mailing to property owners and tenants within the study area (see Community Input History) At the May 26, 2005 Planning Commission meeting the students made a presentation of their preliminary findings and recommendations and received comments from the Commission The preliminary report addressed subject areas that include urban design, infrastructure, market feasibility, and community needs and assessment Professor Michael Ruane and the students made a presentation of their preliminary findings and recommendations to City Council on June 7, 2005 Over the course of the summer the students completed the report following input from the City Council The final report of the University of California at Irvine (UCI) Smoky Hollow Specific Plan Study (attached) includes a discussion of zoning issues pertaining to floor area ratio (FAR) limits Staff has presented the final report to the Economic Development Advisory Council on September 28, 2005 and to the Planning Commission on October 13, 2005 Their comments are reflected in the attached minutes 086 STAFF REPORT November 1, 2005 BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: (cont.) RECOMMENDATION Page 3 Staff has Incorporated the Ideas presented by UCI's study of Smoky Hollow Into the following recommendations 1) Increase in Floor Area Ratio (FAR) a) Increase the FAR for Smoky Hollow to 1 0, b) Allow an Increase in FAR to 1 3 In the Medium Manufacturing (MM) District only with the following conditions, i) Applies towards properties 15,000 square feet or greater (to promote lot consolidation), and, ii) Parking must exceed the minimum requirements by 20% (to provide an opportunity for shared parking arrangements between properties) 2) Specialty Retail Overlay District a) Add Specialty Retail as an overlay district between Arena Street & Sierra Street I) Specialty Retail Definition — Retail sale of goods and products manufactured on the premises, that Include goods produced by artisans and craftsman (such as paintings, photography, ceramics, sculpture, picture framing, crafts made of wood, metal and glass, custom furniture, fabric and upholstered products) FUTURE PROCESS Should the City Council choose to proceed with some or all of the recommendations presented, a formal planning process and environmental analysis subject to the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act must be initiated Staff requests that City Council authorize staff to release a Request for Proposal to seek a qualified consultant to update the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan and perform the necessary environmental review Once the updates to the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan and environmental documents have been completed, staff will present the Items to the Planning Commission then to City Council Staff anticipates this to be completed In the next nine months P Tlanning & Building SafeWmoky Hollow Specific Plan Study\Smoky HollowCCReport11105 doc 087 EDAC Meeting Minutes 09128/05 Smoky Hollow on 9/6/05 staff and students made recommendations and we're now bringing it to EDAC to get your thoughts as we will be presenting it to the Planning Commissioners on October 13, SJurtts 2005 Since the last EDAC meeting, March 11, and also March 16, 2005, when we presented the UCI graduate student's findings and recommendations for the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan, you expressed KChnstensen concerns about growth When the city adopted the FAR, it was either 1 0 or did not have a FAR What I have done is try to summarize the documents that you've been provided into a couple pages of recommendations and I have brought in a couple of exhibits The students focused on assessing some of the issues from a geographical perspective 1 - They established five opportunity sites which are (the "Smoky Hollow Gateway ", "Smoky Hollow Downtown Gateway', "Industrial Opportunity Site ", the "Mixed -Use Opportunity Site" and the "Alley KChnstensen Opportunity Site ") which are essentially districts within the Specific Plan area that are designed to achieve different goals within Smoky Hollow The "Alley Opportunity Site" is located between Penn Street and Sierra Street (running north - south) Kim points out the opportunity sites on the exhibits 2 - The "Mixed -Use Opportunity Site" and the "Alley Opportunity Site" would be allowed to have different land uses than currently allowed as well as potentially the highest FAR intended to spur growth and particular types of development that creates both a transition between the Downtown and KChnstensen the core of Smoky Hollow as well as a focal point that creates synergy between commercial and industrial uses, spur complementary growth and creates a unique environment to draw additional business to the area Asked Kim to refresh us all on the mixed use in the alley as far as location, she returns to the map, BPolkmghorne points out and explains the answer Kim explains, it extends between Penn & Sierra and runs the length of the district boundaries and KChnstensen actually extends above & connects where the existing Multi- Family R -3 Residential zoning stops currently There's a number of single -story and other industrial buildings in that general vicinity 3 - Mixed -use commercial and housing are proposed within the "Mixed -Use Opportunity Site" The report suggests a range of potential housing types including condominiums, apartments, senior housing, artist's lofts live /work housing, and affordable housing Commercial or light industrial uses KChnstensen would be anticipated on the ground floor The report suggests the use of Covenants (or CC &R's) to inform potential buyers and renters of industrial use impacts (noise, vibration, etc ) that come with living in the area So that's one block east and west and one block north and south? BPolkmghorne Exactly KChnstensen 4 - Specialty retail uses (i a focused on artisans and craftsman) are proposed for the "Alley KChnstensen Opportunity Site" (similar examples include Bergamont Station in Santa Monica, CA and the Cedros Design District in Solano Beach, CA) intended to blend industrial and commercial uses together v rj EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 1 10/26/2005 5 - The "Mixed -Use Opportunity Site" and the "Alley Opportunity Site" would be allowed a 1 3 FAR KChnstensen subject to an "FAR Incentive Program' 6 - A 1 0 or 0 8 FAR in all other areas of Smoky Hollow subject to an "FAR Incentive Program' The 1 0 FAR would apply to properties over 15,000 square feet and the 0 8 FAR would apply to properties KChnstensen less than 15,000 square feet This is intended to encourage lot consolidation Any properties that do not participate in the FAR Incentive Program would be limited to the existing 0 6 FAR 7 - The FAR Incentive Program includes KChnstensen a. All properties that participate in the FAR Incentive Program must demonstrate superior KChnstensen architecture including design, fagade, budding articulation and materials, and landscaping design Is the City going to have more like a block master plan of what they want it to look like? BPolkmghorne We don't know yet SJurtis At this point we don't know and what I tell you is simply the recommendations of the students - staff KChnstensen has not taken a position on any of these recommendations at this point, we're basically trying to summarize for you what the report has presented We want your feedback regarding these recommendations and any additional items where you don't feel that the students responded to previous questions that were raised The projects would be reviewed by a "Smoky Hollow Design Commission" that was not really defined KChnstensen in terms of who the members would be comprised of Obviously the intent is to include individuals who understand architectural design Projects would have to pay into a Smoky Hollow Fund to be used for pedestrian- related amenities such as sidewalks, enhanced pavement, signage, benches, and other amenities Future KChnstensen infrastructure maintenance would also be included The Fund would be limited to improvements in the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan area and essentially would be a voluntary Business Improvement District for those utilizing the FAR incentive program The Fund could also pay for centralized parking Those were the key components of the incentive program, so if you wanted to build a new building or add on to your building, depending of which category your fit into, you would have to abide by those KChnstensen rules Is there existing infrastructure? GChong We have a problem with our infrastructure The infrastructure program part of the report was taken out because the cost analysis was incorrect for us Jurps If you're participating in a FAR incentive program, has there been any thought, once a property sells, that there are some restrictions what you can do with the property so that you can eventually, over the BPolktnghorne years, bring it under conformity? That concept wasn't brought up in this report, but we can certainly pass that idea on to Council KChnstensen We can make that a proposal slurps J89 EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 2 10/2612005 I would think if you want everything to fall in place, everybody is doing things and this person is not, BPolkinghorne maybe one of the conditions, if its not conforming, and to sell it, its got to conform It's tough SJUryis Well it is, because he or she going to say it lowers the property value, but maybe the incentive BPolkinghorne program is such that it would incent somebody to get involved with the program Would you propose requiring that for a more modest (possibly a facade) remodel or only for the KChristensen situation where a budding is torn down and something else is being rebuilt? Well, you could go to one extreme to another to tear down versus paint & cleaning it up I think it should be at least that, and encouraging them to redo it I think that if the new buyer knows that buying a property where the FAR is now going to be 1 or higher & you can put residential which is the BPolkinghorne highest use from a $ standpoint from an investor (on a return basis) that that would be enough incentive for them to do something like that Is that a recommendation for residential? sJurps Beyond the two locations? There's a very limited scope and I think the student's report reflects that they were trying to balance the fact that the City's goal is still to maintain a healthy industrial and KChristensen business base They were also trying to make a connection that ties together Smoky Hollow, downtown and the residential to the north and to create some type of energy to that area and so they saw it as a limited scope and they outlined a location as a key location for that to occur I think you have an alley opportunity in the mixed use, I'd keep it there, I don't think I'd expand that Kim continues explaining Item 8 - Establishing a design review function by creating a "Smoky Hollow Design Commission" to assess architecture and landscaping design standards The design guidelines would include several overall goals which include (a) Identify the character and defining features that contribute to the scale, pattern, streetscape, architectural, historic, and urban character of Smoky Hollow (b) Recommend exterior maintenance, cleaning and rehabilitation techniques for the various architectural materials and features within the study area (c) Promote the sensitive use and placement of quality, customized signage to complement the unique character of commercial and industrial areas in Smoky Hollow (d) Illustrate ways to make additions to buildings that do not compromise their intrinsic value and treatment of the area, (e) recommend approaches for infdl construction that achieve design solutions compatible with the architectural context, (f) maintain side and rear facades of buildings that contribute to building character of Smoky Hollow, (g) continue the practice of painted murals on building facades, (h) maintain and restore masonry and brick as the most prevalent building material in Smoky Hollow, (I) use lighting as an important design component to highlight major architectural and design features, U) strengthen the aesthetics and functionality of streetscapes as an important aspect in attracting residents and visitors BPolkinghorne KChristensen KChristensen Kim explains item 9 of the recommendation stating it focuses on the "the Industrial Opportunity Site" aesthetics paying attention to the qualities of the buildings and the streetscape as Grand Avenue is the most prominent thoroughfare with Smoky Hollow that provides a link between Downtown, the KChristensen residential community, Smoky Hollow, and the commercial and industrial businesses east of Sepulveda Boulevard EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 3 0 9 0 10/26/2005 10 - This is talking about the two Gateway Districts in Smoky Hollow Opportunity Sites which located where the Plan area starts The first one is at El Segundo & Sepulveda and is intended to create a distinct identity to Smoky Hollow and to demarcate the entry of Smoky Hollow through the use of urban design tools along the streetscape within the boundary of Smoky Hollow This would be accomplished through the use of distinctive signs and banners, lighting, sidewalk paving techniques KChnstensen and patterns, site markers, street furniture such as at bus stops, landscaping, street trees These urban design tools are proposed throughout the Smoky Hollow area along with additional items such as the bulb -outs for landscaping and traffic calming purposes, the possible use of murals, the use of one -way streets where feasible to allow for angled parking (which would increase on- street parking), street trees and adequate sidewalks Lastly, item 11 - would be to consider removing Smoky Hollow which met with mixed reactions from KChnstensen every group we went to Really? DReeder Any Recommendations? BPolkmghorne Mixed because some people really like the name Smoky Hollow? DReeder Some people really liked the name and want to hang on to it and other people really want to get rid of KChnstensen it and have a new identity I went to the community presentation and I was surprised that there was a considerable negative reaction to when they proposed to rename it, not everyone, but there was a considerable amount of DReeder people who wanted to keep it I don't know if it's a conformability factor that people are used to it because its been that way for such a long time or if there's a way that they identify with that name that they had such a strong reaction to the name, but we had a split reaction to it Well gentlemen, this is your time to speak about what you think about the report because I'd like to Slurps take your comments to City Council Should we just go around the room? Gerry do you want to start us off what are your thoughts? BPolkmghorne Yes, there's a couple of things I've been involved with the Smoky Hollow for a long time and without getting into details as I understand it, the two sewer lines are running south on Main Street the other runs somewhere on Center Street I was speaking with Bellur (former Public Works Engineer) a long GChong time ago before he left and that seems to be the major issue for development in all of these things Without the sewer issue being looked at, we're kind of dealing with an academic study The important part of this is practicality Right But I know it's on the Council's "to list" to upgrade the sewer lines little by little Slurps One of the other things is I had a discussion with James Hansen before he left as well (Former Planning and Building Safety Director), and one of the things he said we don't do in Smoky Hollow is actively enforce the code "if we'd enforce the codes we could make a major difference in the look GChong of Smoky Hollow alone" I don't have anything specific other than what Jim said Is that Code enforcement a part of this effort? 091 EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 4 10/26/2005 Oh, absolutely We do have an active Code enforcement program We are not a proactive program, we are reactive, in the sense that when we get complaints, we do enforce because we are a business - run community, we want the businesses to thrive first before anything else But, If there's a violation, SJugts we do track it down Separate from property maintenance I just don't think that's going to change Smoky Hollow I think, Seimone, on that, once the program is implemented and you start seeing changes, I think you can be a little more reactive, in that, "you should see what your neighbor did, wouldn't it be nice if you did something like that ", and maybe "suggest" it rather than "demand" it and maybe that's a step BPolkmghorne process in getting that whole thing done Other than safety issues that you have to go after right away, whether you see it or I see or anybody sees it, that's an issue that needs to be addressed right away, but I think Gerry was talking more about aesthetics Well partly, the other part is the difficulty is that there's such significant numbers of absentee owners, they're not users, they don't even live in the city, and whether they have that kind of problem or not is GChong problematic, because I remember there were some zoning issues that dealt with Smoky Hollow, for the most part, when notices were sent out, the owners didn't respond No one seemed to care To the extent they are absentees, I don't' know if you'll get the kind of emotional reaction that you want Maybe you can push it a little harder My first comment is to see it become reality, I don't see how we'll do it with so much absentee ownership without getting the owners involved with their support And one of the things that concerns me too is getting the hodgepodge effect that some people are taking advantage of this and others aren't you get into the issue like El Segundo Plaza, the corporations, dealing with multiple owners Also the other thing that concerns me, is that the main incentive is going to be housing residential Two concerns, both of these, I think, also came up at the community meeting, the first one is that public schools are getting near capacity and so if we're going to start doing a fund, and we're only going to include residential, I'm not against people as long as we include money to build more classrooms and the other one is making sure we're not doing that in any areas that aren't really good to have people in it them from an environmental point of view On the tax rolls, is there not a school tax assessment? BPolkmghorne MChermck BPolkmghorne They pay a development fee to the school district for any new construction that is being built The El Segundo School District doesn't have any additional fees beyond that The City does contribute funds SJurtts to the school district also Those are the only three areas that I'm aware of So the residents don't pay a school tax> Because i live in PV and there's a school tax that pays for all BPolkmghorne the schools Not that I'm aware of SJugts Bondissues Reeder The issue also is getting to the point with the schools where incremental change has more of an MCherntck impact on the schools because the schools are pretty much at capacity right now The development fee is paid on the additional square feet if you tore down a 10,000 square foot RLundqutst building and built a 25,000 square foot building you pay the difference Actually Richard that's not true Is that not true? EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 SJurps RLundqutst 092 10/26/2005 Unfortunately, the El Segundo School District has it's own interpretation on that SJurfis Well, that's what's the State's view RLundquist I agree, and I don't agree with it, but it is their interpretation Slurps There's a State poll where they're projecting that in the next ten years the El Segundo is going to grow MChernick from 16,000 to 19,000 population I am wondering where that's coming from? Well there are projections of populations increases, the problem is that we don't have the SJugis houses we need homes to move into Whether we're going to hit the mark of 19,000, 1 doubt it As older people move out and younger people move in starting their families, that's probably causing RLundquist some of it It's also based on the number of members in the household and if they move out and a new family of five move in, multiply that with many properties, that's when you see that incremental difference, it's KChnstensen not lust new housing I'll start by saying I way quite impressed with the work product I think when we had met in May, we all felt we were disappointed with what we had seen and generally turned it around with novel ideas I liked I liked the idea of incentives, then expanding the FAR I'd be a little concerned if housing is allowed actually all the way down to El Segundo Boulevard I'd be more in favor if Franklin turned into a mall or a walk street A portion of the property there along Smoky Hollow North of Franklin could be allowed residential use with significant incentives to pay for the infrastructure requirements, or storm drains, or what have you I think we could turn that street Into 40 or 50 foot wide right -of -way, maybe turn that street into a dense forest of trees, maybe a walkway, fire access, which would provide a buffer between the residential side and the industrial side Obviously this wouldn't change over night, but over a period of years I'd like to see that change occur especially if there were significant incentives for people to redevelop their property I think there also should be a whole plan concept to widen Grand Avenue Grand and El Segundo could be beautified with trees along each side so that when it hits Main Street it would be the main thoroughfare I think that's a great idea I think that Grand Avenue should be the entrance instead of El Segundo Boulevard, because if you look at that intersection, you've got Chevron Gas station on one side and as you go along you have the Refinery However, on Grand Avenue if you clean up those two corners at Sepulveda Boulevard there (I think the Lumber Yard something Is happening there anyway) and then I forget what's on the other corner, but that's a more natural adjunct and it goes right downtown, like you said, to Main St and that's ground zero And so I agree with you RLundquist RLundquist BPolkmghorne You have a wide right -of -way for a couple blocks on Grand Avenue there because there's parking in the middle of it and it narrows as you go east so you should widen it east until you get to Sepulveda MChernick Boulevard I think that changing the name should be Number One BPolkinghorne I have a question on that I was surprised People that were there that heard the responses Were they broken down by sex, age, or just across the board, did the older people want it to be left as it was? J.7J EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 6 10/2612005 I don't think we have any information on the demographics Kim do you have the demographics? SJurps I don't know that I have the demographics -- it might be something that we can get by contacting the professor because I know they did some surveys at the Farmer's Market on a couple different weeks KChnstensen and there might be some insight, but it wouldn't represent all the people we've talked to We don't have the specifics You are never going to please all the people all the time no matter what we do even if we don't do MChernick anything (if the City does nothing) I think one of the proposals for the name change is to "The Refinery" SJupis The refinery? BPolkmghorne Actually that was the name discussed for the Mixed -Use Opportunity Site We thought about a name for that KChnstensen MChernick When I visualize Smoky Hollow, I think of myself driving down to a bunch of smoke, soot, and dust BPolkmghorne and dirt and bad stuff Well, that's my understanding of how it got named KChnstensen That's lust my point We're trying to upgrade this area and trying to make it nice and beautiful and all BPolkinghome these things, why go bad to calling it what it use to be Everything's a lot better now, but if all those things were gone, then you can call it something different, MChernick but the refinery is still there, the treatment plants are still there When I first came here, they referred to it as Sleepy Hollow, not Smoky Hollow I prefer Sleepy WMason Hollow much better than Smoky Hollow This is a changing community for the residents That's a good point It is a changing community That's why we're looking at banners and scrutinizing them like you wouldn't believe No more is the butterfly, butterflies are out, we're looking at more modern looking things, more progressive, more business kinds of things as opposed to going backwards One of the comments Richard made was a buffer between the refinery and the industrial and residential I think that's a good idea I was surprised with the report in that they lust picked out spots I see problems with the whole thing. I don't see lust spots here and there I think, a plan where you keep your industrial along El Segundo Blvd , like Richard said, that get into your mixed -use going north that's going to be a better plan, not lust having spots because there's violations here and there Addressing just two, three or more "spots" is a "Spot program" and if you're looking to change the whole program, you need to look at the overall program More thought needs to be put there RLundquist BPolkmghorne 0134 EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 7 10/26/2005 Secondly, the architectural, I call it a block design, where you block -out areas, maybe have some rendering of walks, trees, where kids can go up & down if you take Franklin all the way down to Main St now you've connected Main St with that whole area as well as well as Grand you bring people from the other side, south and north into the town, make a thoroughfare and I think those two BPolkmghorne need to come to downtown and I think it would help the downtown retail If I had a live /work building on Franklin and wanted to get a sandwich and would walk down center of Franklin without cars, I think that would be a kick Maybe you could have a little shuttle bus that could go down the street RLundqutst Or a trolley, like "The Grove" BPolkmghorne So are you proposing a Franklin corridor architectural design theme and a Grand Avenue Design KChnstensen theme with some kind of transportation that would circle around in a loop? I think Grand has to be the main thoroughfare gateway of getting you to the downtown area, I think BPolkighorne Franklin is kind of a secondary means to bringing the people into the downtown area There would be some blocking off of dead -end streets MChermck Seimone, when I think of the North side of El Segundo Blvd I think the City's in violation of ADA The GChong buildings are almost up to the street curb front and then you've got utility poles, a wheelchair couldn't get through If there was a way to widen sidewalks to the point where there are those hand painted cut -outs and landscape in there so you'd cure the violation of ADA and have more attractive landscaping Moving on to the south side of the street, Chevron has been a great corporate neighbor, but I'd like to see them do more of what they've done on the Rosecrans and Sepulveda side - some sort of berms, BPolkmghorne trees, so that when you drive down El Segundo Boulevard and you see all these new things, you're not looking at smoke stacks and all that It use to be good for years, but they're in a phase where they're pulling all their dead trees they've BPolkmghorne lost several hundred trees Are they doing something else with that? This was an issue that has come up and they have a problem with trees that have been dying I don't so much about berming and I know much of it has to do with safety issues Much of it is bermed KChnstensen though Much of it is already bermed, though One of the biggest concerns of having big trees, is security Reeder SJur /ts I'm not so much concerned with the trees as the berms and some grass or something You don't see BPolkmghorne that Even on Sepulveda with the chain link fence, they really have to be encouraged to possibly put a RLundgwst wrought iron fence It isn't what it could be and we're going to be doing a lot more work with Plaza El Segundo, etc 095 EDA00 Minutes 9 -25 -05 8 10/26/2005 I cringe when we talk about housing, mixing housing with light industrial commercial I've lived here for 30 years but I've seen so many conflicts that have arisen from residents complaining about their commercial resident and they get very bitter Secondly, if you want to encourage a change in a bldg or improvement and residents living on the upper level, you're going to have a dickens of a time to get them out It's a real discouragement to making those changes The thing that stands out from the get- WMason go I've been concerned about is housing in the area I think as far as financial incentives, I see in an area like this, the strongest in the area is going to be the economic driver to the business There's some incentive to them to improve their property or buy their property I think that's were the incentive is Those are my observations and, of course, the renaming (supporting) Brian 100% Bill could you give me an example of the economic incentives? SJurjis I've seen several new structure built, particularly on El Segundo Boulevard, very handsome structures, WMason and how did they come about? What were the incentives for the developers I think that's the type of thing, I don't think the City did this with any type of Ordinances I know what it was fire DReeder Well another thing was an owner - budder came in and bought another lot and built a corporate office WMason I don't have any specifics on the economic incentives I'd have to think a long time on that WMason I think commenting with Bill's concern's on mixed -use with the residential, I think the CC &R's would BPolkmghorne have to be very specific Outline everything The section with the housing, I think where you're talking the housing across Chevron I think that's where the Chevron fire was recently and I know we were talking about being "at risk" with Chevron there, I know they have a great safety record, but those flames were 60' high and we could see them from our lobby When you were talking about blocking off Franklin we wouldn't be able to do business DReeder where we are because we have very large semi- trucks coming in with very large antennas, and if they are blocked by not being able to go down Franklin they'd have to back -up El Segundo and that would be very dangerous For a while you'd have to leave certain portions of Franklin open because you have a few loading RLundquist docks this isn't something you could just snap your fingers and do it'll take 20 or 30 years Farther west, where you have smaller lots, smaller businesses, it may work there, but where we are to DReeder the east, we have the much larger industrial sites that rely upon big trucks delivering stuff They only go from El Segundo Boulevard to some point initially and maybe 50 years from now goes RLundgwst the rest of the way I've had Eric Busch at our facility and he had thought the facility was just Franklin south and 1 told him no it isn't When you look at Smoky Hollow it's really four different pieces and I know Wyle is right in the middle of the industrial section from you go from the west & you get the smaller light commercial mfg and you go farther east and you get more industrial section and you get into some homes My thought of blocking off the N & S streets would be ideal this is how I envisioned what you had said DReeder like Santa Monica I don't think you're considering Franklin as a more vital artery, much more so, there's much more traffic that serves Smoky Hollow on Franklin than you see on Grand Blocking off Franklin would be a mistake You live there, i don't, but the couple times I spend a hour driving up and down, coming up with my RLundgwst ideas going 1 -2 mph, I think I only had to pull over to the right to let a vehicle pass once 096 EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 9 1012612005 And you could probably count the pedestrians on one hand, right? I'm not sure there were any DReeder RLundquist Right, because I don't think pedestrians really fit into Smoky Hollow now, and I don't know how we're DReeder going to get them without having some retail for them to go to The main purpose is to put a buffer between Smoky Hollow for aesthetics RLundquist I think you need to study it And I don't think Richard meant going all the way to Sepulveda from BPolkmghorne Franklin I think there's certain section that does tie into the downtown area that could be retail /live- But he said Center Street Center Street is beyond us so I know where that is And I'll certainly DReeder defer to Richard's profession and expertise Oh, I'm not an expert There are already 10 blocks that aren't in Smoky Hollow along Franklin RLundquist Well it has to be looked at and w /your facilities in trucking - that's an issue -- maybe it stops here BPolkmghorne I think it does stop here because the next street over you get into the construction, getting into the DReeder smaller facilities, and all our traffic comes in the front door, because that's where our test chambers are on Maryland So are you thinking in terms of it as a segment that would come the length of Franklin stopping at Maryland or stopping at Lomita? Well I think, like Richard said, you have to inspect/study it to see what the logical break I'm still not advocating blocking a lot of Franklin, I'd advocate blocking the north & south streets as opposed to that where you can get some combined parking and get a mall there Let's talk about what our objectives are -- seems like blocking the streets could occur on small lots because if the intent is to create consolidation then blocking streets would counter -act that If you could block the streets, you could abandon streets, and create bigger property (the city could sell the streets) That would bring in revenue One thing we can do is block the North and South streets that could serve as a parking lot which would solve the parking problem I think you can block a portion of Franklin and some north and south streets I think you have to look at it, study it to see what works best I think Dan's point is well -taken - he's got some vehicles in there, Wyle Labs is a good corporate neighbor, and you want to protect those kinds of people and be sensitive, and anyone else that has a problem or when you look at the traffic standpoint how parties get in /out of the facilities I think a professional consultant needs to look at it and do some different layouts I think what Richard and Dan and everyone is talking about Franklin and north and south streets, and leaving a buffer along El Segundo Boulevard, I think there's a better plan Obviously it's going to take a tremendous amount of study, and the idea, obviously, isn't to discourage the businesses along the path 097 KChnstensen DReeder GChong SJurps BPolkinghorne RLundquist EDACO Minutes 9 -25 -05 10 10126/2005 MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA OCTOBER 13, 2005 Chairman Funk called the meeting of the El Segundo Planning CALL TO ORDER Commission to order at 7 04 P M in the Council Chamber of the City of El Segundo City Hall, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California Commissioner Fellhauer led the Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag PRESENT FELLHAUER, FRICK, FUNK, WAGNER ABSENT KRETZMER None Chairman Funk presented the Consent Calendar None Commissioner Wagner moved, seconded by Commissioner Frick, to approve the September 8, 2005, Planning Commission Minutes as presented, and to approve Environmental Assessment 658 and Administrative Use Permit 04 -04, Expansion of an Outdoor Recreation Vehicle Storage Facility at 1 Chapman Way /655 South Douglas Street and an adjacent and contiguous portion of the Union Pacific Railroad right -of -way Motion passed 4 -0 Director Jurps stated that a Revised Resolution No 2593 had been distributed to the Commission this evening, amending Condition Nos 87 and 88 for the drive- through and loading dock hours Chairman Funk presented Agenda Item No H -3, Environmental Assessment No 668 and Subdivision No 05 -05 Applicant- Patrick Ayau, Lee & Associates Address 301 North Sepulveda Boulevard Property Owner Amherst Capital Partners PLEDGE TO FLAG ROLL CALL PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS CONSENT CALENDAR CALL ITEMS FROM CONSENT CALENDAR MOTION WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS PUBLIC HEARINGS, NEW BUSINESS, EA NO. 668, SUB NO. 05 -05 Planning Manager Christensen introduced new Senior Planner Ava I To subdivide eight _ Pecherzewski _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J parcels into two El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 1 098 Senior Planner Pecherzewski presented staff report and staff recommendation (of record) Chairman Funk questioned why the parcels have been separated Into two parcels Chairman Funk opened the public hearing Jerry Chong, consultant, representing Amherst Capital Partners Mr Chong stated that this project will remove a blighted window Into the City, advised that all current buildings will be demolished, with the exception of the Grand Cafe, and noted that a new Walgreen's will be built and that a restaurant is proposed for the corner pad He pointed out that these amenities will help to limit traffic in the City because this will provide an opportunity for office tenants across the street to go to lunch and not drive their cars elsewhere for dining and shopping He added that upgrades will be made to the street frontage and advised that this project meets all City requirements and codes Mr Pat Avau, applicant, representinq Amherst Capital Partners Mr Ayau advised that his team has worked on refining this proposal for approximately a year and a half, and explained that there are a lot of complexities with this land ownership, noting that this site is consolidating into two large parcels — Amherst Capital owning the northern half, the Benson family retaining ownership of the Grand Cafe, and the Stenlake Trust owning the southern half in its entirety He mentioned that Walgreen's is anticipating annual sales from this location in the neighborhood of $12- to $15 million, generating a great tax generator for the City, and stated that this center will accommodate some of the local tenants in the shop space He highlighted some of the strict conditions for development of this site, noting that it will have a 25- foot setback around the entire perimeter of the property He explained that this site is bordered by manufacturing and residential uses, and stated that part of Indiana and Holly Streets and its corners will be improved to conform to the City's Circulation Element, such as putting in new curbs, gutters and sidewalks along the side streets He noted for Chairman Funk that most of the existing trees will be removed because of construction, and stated that a 6 -foot high wall all along the backside of Indiana Street will screen the loading areas parcels and to 1 construct a commercial shopping center comprised of a 13,650- square -foot retail drug store with drive- through pharmacy, a 7,800 - square -foot multi- tenant retail building, and a 2,500- square- foot restaurant Chairman Funk questioned if there will be any left -hand turn lanes going Lnto the property while traveling north on Sepulveda Boulevard and east f 2 El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 2 0199 on Grand Avenue Senior Planner Pecherzewski stated that all turns will be right -turn only from all driveways entering /exiting this site Planning Manager Christensen stated that the right turn In and right turn out would be on Sepulveda Boulevard and Grand Avenue, and that the driveways on Holly and Indiana Streets would have options for a left turn in /out, that one would be able to enter the property from Indiana and Holly Streets Senior Planner Pecherzewskl stated that one could turn left, but there would not be a dedicated left -turn lane Chairman Funk expressed her belief the prominent corner budding lacks design consistency with the rest of the buildings on site Mr Ayau explained that Initially, their design plans were to provide this pad with some flexibility, but noted that because of the potential to lease this space to the Chipotle restaurant, the chain's design theme has been Incorporated Into this design Mr Ayau stated that they would be able to gain more consistency with colors proposed for the other buildings on site Chairman Funk stated that this is a highly visible entrance Into this City, questioning whether some type of sign could be erected on the corner reflecting "Welcome to El Segundo " Commissioner Fellhauer addressed her concern that Illuminated signage not be permitted on the north and west sides of Walgreen's, stating that this would negatively impact the residential units facing Walgreen's Mr Ayau stated that no illuminated signs will be on those elevations, with the exception of some small and low directional signage for the drive- through John Peruzzi, protect architect Mr Peruzzi stated that he has done business with Walgreen's on many occasions, noting that it Is an outstanding company to do business with, mentioned that because of the restrictive 25 -foot setback requirement, 40 percent of this lot will be in that 25 -foot perimeter, and expressed his belief that with all the restrictions, this is a successful design He ex lained that the corner restaurant budding pad Is greater than a 90 -L_ 3 El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 3 i 0 0 degree angle with a large landscaped setback, and noted that it has been specifically designed to fit on this corner He expressed his belief that its dissimilarity with the rest of the center creates a lot of synergy on this corner and that this uniqueness should be maintained because it is the corner gateway into the City He stated that he would work with staff on making it a little more cohesive with the rest of the center tf that is the Commission's desire He stated that the Walgreen's signage will be located on the south and east faces of the budding, no that there will be a small sign (6 -inch high letters) to indicate the location of the pick -up window He stated there will be no signage for Walgreen's on the Indiana Street side, with the exception of budding addresses, and that there will not be Walgreen's signage on the north side of the face, except the directional signage for the pick -up window Mr Peruzzi explained that the pick -up window will only be used for pharmacy items, not for shopping in the rest of the store, and highlighted the convenience of the drive- through, especially for those with disabilities Mr Peruzzi explained that the loading area for Walgreen's will be utilized about once a week, noted that Walgreen's makes its own deliveries utilizing the loading dock overhead door that is 6 feet wide and 8 feet high, stated that their trucks will pull up alongside the overhead door, and that an expandable conveyer will come out of the back of the truck and roll the boxes off the truck and into the storage area He noted that this activity usually takes about 40 minutes He mentioned that the setback of the building is a nice distance from the residential area He added that Walgreen's anticipates its main clientele will live within a mile to a mile and a half of this store Mr. Peruzzi noted for Chairman Funk that the drive- through goes in /out of Holly Street, that there is a pass- through next to the drive- through lane for those who mistakenly get in the drive- through lane, and he reiterated his opinion that the corner pad should be distinctive from the rest of the center Chairman Funk mentioned that she was hoping for a more architecturally pleasing design, similar to the interesting design of a Mimi's restaurant Commissioner Wagner stated he would like to see the corner pad more in keeping with the design of this center Mr Peruzzi stated they are amenable to working with staff on a more consistent design ' Don Haves, protect partner, Amherst Capital Partners 4 El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 4 1 U Mr Hayes urged the Commission to consider extending the drive- through hours of operation, highlighting the convenience it offers customers, especially the aged and disabled, and noted his concern that Walgreen's security system will conflict with the security cameras being required by the City for this project Director Jurps explained that the condition for the security cameras is a standard condition required by the Police Department for those retail businesses providing drive- through service, and stated that the security system will need to meet the requirements of the Police Department Planning Manager Christensen added that there was some concern with the hours of operation of the drive- through window and the potential projection of sound impacting the closest residential units There being no further input, Chairman Funk closed the public hearing Commissioner Fellhauer reiterated her concern that no illuminated signs be permitted facing the residential area, with the exception of the low drive- through window sign Planning Manager Christensen mentioned that there will be a comprehensive center sign program, noting that all businesses would have to be consistent with that sign program, unless requests for deviation are granted by the Director of Planning and Building Safety Commissioner Fellhauer clarified for staff that she is referring to the west elevation of the building, that there be no illuminated slgnage on the Holly and Indiana Street facades Chairman Funk reiterated her desire to see some kind of "Welcome to El Segundo" sign on this corner Assistant City Attorney Berger explained that because there is no nexus between the Commission's desire to have the welcome slgnage and this project, it would require a voluntary effort on the applicant's behalf to provide that slgnage He suggested adding the following Condition No 90 "Illuminated slgnage on the north and west sides of the project are prohibited" and Condition 91 "The applicant is encouraged to install a gateway sign on the property in a manner and form approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety " Commissioner Wagner suggested adding the words "at the intersection of Sepulveda Boulevard and Grand Avenue " J 5 El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 5 i 0 2 F The public hearing was re- opened Mr Ayau asked that the new condition be specific to the Walgreen's budding Assistant City Attorney Berger clarified the Commission's Interest that no illuminated signs on the areas facing the residential areas be permitted because of concerns with aesthetics and protection of those residents living in that building, and he suggested the Director of Planning and Building Safety approve any signage for that area with the understanding that no illuminated signage face toward those residential areas, that no illuminated signage be permitted on the north and south side of the Walgreen's building Assistant City Attorney Berger suggested that the Director of Planning and Building Safety be given some flexibility to work with the applicant on any acceptable illuminated signs by keeping the Commission's concerns in mind, and amended the suggested language for Condition 90 " Illuminated signage on the north and west sides of the project that face residential areas are prohibited The Director of Planning and Building Safety shall work with the applicant to approve illuminated signage that complies with this condition " Assistant City Attorney Berger clarified for Chairman Funk that there Is enough flexibility in the language to allow the applicant and Director to work on the issue of a monument sign, "Welcome to El Segundo," again, noting this would be voluntary on the applicant's part Commissioner Frick expressed her belief that extending the drive - through hours would unduly inconvenience the neighbors It was the consensus of the Commission to maintain the 9 00 P M limitation for the drive- through hours Chairman Funk closed the public hearing once again Commissioner Fellhauer moved, seconded by Commissioner Wagner, MOTION to approve Environmental Assessment No 668 and Subdivision No 05- 05, Including the additional Condition Nos 90 and 91, and moved to adopt revised Resolution No 2593 Motion passed 4 -0 Chairman Funk advised that she viewed a presentation of this proposal at the Kiwanis meeting and that Jerry Chong had provided a presentation at another meeting 6 El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 6 .403 F- Commissioner Wagner advised that he too viewed a presentation of this proposal at the Kiwams meeting None PUBLIC HEARINGS, CONTINUED BUSINESS Planning ManaIVer Christensen advised that items will be scheduled for i REPORT FROM the October 27t and November 10'h meetings and commented on plans DIRECTOR to schedule an alternate meeting date because of the Thanksgiving holiday None PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS Chairman Funk stated that she enjoyed the R -1 presentation last night PLANNING provided by Planning staff, noting that the information was interesting COMMISSIONERS' She stated that future community planning workshops would be useful COMMENTS to this community She stated she is excited about the Walgreen's project Commissioner Wagner commended staff for their presentation on the R- 1 project, noting he is looking forward to the next phase Presentation of Smoky Hollow Specific Plan – UCI Study I OTHER BUSINESS Planning Manager Christensen provided an update of the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan and the specific recommendations that have come from the study (study available in the Planning Department) Commissioner Wagner moved, seconded by Commissioner Frick, to MOTION receive and file the report, moving this item on to Council for consideration Motion passed 4 -0 Planning Commission Annual Report to City Council – October 18, 2005 I OTHER BUSINESS Director Jurps advised that City Council has requested that all Commissions /Committees provide an annual report to Council, and noted that staff has scheduled the Planning Commission to report to Council at its October 18, 2005 meeting Commissioner Frick moved, seconded by Commissioner Wagner, for MOTION Chairman Funk to make the Planning Commission presentation to Council Motion 7 El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 7 —J 104 The meeting was adjourned at 8 45 P M ADJOURNMENT PASSED AND APPROVED ON THIS 27th DAY OF OCTOBER, 2005 Seimone Jurjis, Secretary of the Planning Commission and Director of Planning, Building Safety Robin Funk, Chairman of the Planning Commission City of El Segundo, California 8 El Segundo Planning Commission Minutes, October 13, 2005 Page 8 105 COMMUNITY INPUT HISTORY 151 Meeting with EDAC 15t Community Meetinc 15t Farmers Market Sui 2nd Farmers Market Su March 16, 2005 March 28, 2005 April 7, 2005 April 14, 2005 2nd Meeting with EDAC----------------------------------------- - - - - -- May 11, 2005 2nd Community Meeting--------------------- ------------------- - - - - -- 1st Presentation to Planning Commission----------------- - - - - -- 1st Presentation to City Council ------------------------------ - - - - -- Final Report to EDAC------------------------ ------ ------ -- ---- - -- - -- Final Report to Planning Commission--------------------- - - - - -- Final Report to City Council---------------------------------- - - - - -- May 16, 2005 May 26, 2005 June 6, 2005 September 28, 2005 October 13, 2005 November 1, 2005 i06 SMOKY HOLLOW SPECIFIC PLAN STUDY M The University of California Irvine Department of Planning Policy and Design September 15, 2005 Smoky Hollow l0 rl COMMUNITY NEEDS ASSESSMENT TEAM Michelle Barnqued Eric Dyer Shanna Farley Rebecca Gorton CASE STUDIES Valerie Watson Margaret Faoro Alison Nelson DESIGN TEAM Julia Lavinsky Desyl Wood Achilles Malisos Kyle Weichert MARKET FEASIBILITY TEAM Maya Contreras Cindy Lai Gregory Nord Lisa Sims Sonal Thakur Jeffrey Weckstem UTILITIES AND PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE TEAM Joseph Alcock Nicholas Bobroff Horng -Wei Will Chen Kathryn Ho Nicole Krause Alexa Wiedel iUb ,N CONTENTS I. COMMUNITY NEEDS ASSESSMENT ............................................ ............................... 1 INTRODUCTION . I I COMMUNITY MEETING I - SCONNG MEETING I FARMER'S MARKET SURVEY 3 COMMUNITY MEETING 2 - OPEN HOUSE AND DISCUSSION SESSION 3 EVALUATION OF EFFORTS. 7 Challenges 7 Successes 8 EXHIBITS.. ....... .......... ............................... .... ............................... 14 A EDAC Meeting Notes 14 B Open House and Focus Group Event Organizational Document 19 C Focus Group Discussion Topic Sets 23 D Focus Group Notes 27 II. CASE STUDIES .................................................................................. ............................... 32 INTRODUCTION CASE STUDY ONE BERGAMOT STATION ART CENTER History Commerce, Community & Culture Design Considerations CASE STUDY TWO THE LAB (ANTI -MALL History Commerce, Community & Culture Relevance to Smoky Hollow TO RENAME OR NOT TO RENAME RECOMMENDATIONS REFERENCES 32 32 33 34 36 41 42 43 45 47 48 III. DESIGN ................................................................................................. .............................49 INTRODUCTION 49 OPPORTUNITY SITES 50 1 Smoky Hollow Gateway 50 2 Smoky Hollow Downtown Gateway 51 3 Industrial Opportunity Site 51 4 Mixed -Use Opportunity Site 51 5 Alley Opportunity Site 52 OVERALL RECOMMENDATIONS 53 IV. MARKET FEASIBILITY .................................................................. ............................... 54 BACKGROUND AND GENERAL OVERVIEW 54 HOUSING USES 55 General Market Conditions 55 Existing and Planned Housing 56 Site Opportunities and Constraints 58 Appropriate Housing Types - Examples 58 lU� .1 Housing Component as it relates to the Alley Mixed -Use Opportunity Site 63 INDUSTRIAL / MANUFACTURING USES 64 General Market Conditions 64 Existing Industrial Uses 64 Site Opportunities and Constraints 65 SPECIALTY RETAIL USES .. .. 66 General Market Conditions - Local and Regional 66 Existing and Planned Retail 68 Site Opportunities and Constraints 69 PARKING AND FLOOR AREA RATIO . . 70 History of FAR in Smoky Hollow 71 Concerns 72 Recommendations for FAR 73 SPECIALTY RETAIL FEASIBILITY .. I .. 74 Possible Specialty Retail Scenario 75 Case Studies 76 V. UTILITIES AND PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE .......................... ............................... 77 VI. DESIGN GUIDELINES ..................................................................... ............................... 88 FIGURES AND TABLES FIGURES AND TABLES FIGURE 1 -7 Photos from May 16, 2003 Open House FIGURE 8 Open House and Discussion Session Flow Charts FIGURE 9 -23 Photos from Bergamot Station, Santa Monica, CA FIGURE 24 -29 Photos of the Lab (Anti - Mall), Costa Mesa, CA FIGURE 30 Median Home Values for Southern California FIGURE 31 -34 Examples of Housing Types Appropriate in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 35 Aerial Photograph of Smoky Hollow FIGURE 36 Estimated Budding Square Footage in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 37 Estimated Floor Area Ratios in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 38 Smoky Hollow Street Pavement Condition FIGURE 39 Smoky Hollow Sewerlines FIGURE 40 Sewer Line Deficiencies in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 41 Sidewalks in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 42 Stormdrains in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 43 Smoky Hollow Fiberoptics Access FIGURE 44 Proposed Opportunity Sites for Smoky Hollow TABLE 1 California Housing Market at a Glance TABLE 2 Adopted Existing Need — All Income Housing Problems Detail TABLE 3 Future population projections for El Segundo TABLE 4 Smoky Hollow Demographics TABLE 5 Non - Residential Floor Area Ratio standards in El Segundo 10 22 32 41 57 59 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 56 57 66 67 70 l�.n I. COMMUNITY NEEDS ASSESSMENT INTRODUCTION The Community Needs Assessment Team consisted of four members Michelle Baniqued, Shanna Farley, Rebecca Gorton and Eric Dyer At the outset we identified our team goals as the following • To elicit useful input from the El Segundo community to aid the entire class in their efforts on the final project To give the El Segundo community the chance to directly participate in the process of creating our Smoky Hollow Strategic Plan This section will examine how well we met these goals by describing the community events that the group organized and looking at the outcomes of these efforts COMMUNITY MEETING 1 — SCOPING MEETING The first community event was a scoping meeting on March 28, 2005, held in the Council Chambers of El Segundo City Hall It consisted of two parts a meeting of the class with city officials from Planning, Fire, and Police, and an open forum in which the public was invited to give comment and ask questions about our plans in general. In preparation for this meeting we asked the class teams to prepare small "table" presentations that would be displayed in the lobby of the Council Chambers prior to the public forum Each presentation would give the public a general idea of the purpose and goals of that class team The public was given the opportunity to examine these boards y. and speak to class members in the period before the formal public forum within the Council Chambers The meeting between the class and City officials was useful in that it highlighted the city's priorities regarding the study area Namely, planning concerns included the need to update the specific plan for Smoky Hollow, the future of investment and development in the district, the condition of infrastructure, and the possible effects of Floor Area Ratio standards on investment Police and Fire stated concerns about making changes in the - 1 - circulation patterns and budding density of the district that would adversely affect the ability of emergency services to freely access the district The second part of the meeting, in which the public was invited to comment, was also very informative Many of those who spoke were business owners within the Smoky Hollow district who were concerned that our plans would potentially push their businesses out of the area Other comments from business owners and developers included concerns about the sun setting of FAR standards, which would result in a smaller allowable FAR in the district beginning 2006, and because of the special FAR circumstances existing in the district would tend to depress development opportunities Another strong concern voiced by the public was about the potential siting of residential uses within Smoky Hollow Speakers emphasized the industrial nature of the district and its use as a buffer between the Chevron refinery to the south and the rest of the city to the north They were concerned about possibly having families living next to hazardous industrial uses Finally, there were a few speakers who viewed the University's involvement with city policy with some misgivings Others voiced fears that students were being manipulated by companies or the city, or that the University was being paid to do the study In speaking with community members after the meeting was formally adjourned, we found a more moderate general response The team concluded that those with stronger N- opinions or with a financial stake in the district were more likely to speak up in formal proceedings than the average resident Many were very open to having some sort of change in the district, a view that would emerge again later in our Farmer's Market surrey 2 i12 FARMER'S MARKET SURVEY After the first community meeting, the team looked at the general opinions stated and considered them in our design of the Farmer's Market survey The City gave the team booth space at two sessions of the El Segundo Farmer's Market, on April 7 and April 14 The Farmer's Market runs weekly, from 3 - 7pm on Thursdays In preparation for the Farmer's Markets, the team asked the other class teams to prepare questions for the survey The questions broke down into the following sections general demographic information, general questions about Smoky Hollow, rankings of specific elements that might be considered for El Segundo and Smoky Hollow, and an open -ended comments section In addition, the class prepared two boards that would be present at the booth, describing the study area and inviting the public to take the survey and talk to students about the project In total, students received surveys from 106 people Unfortunately, the design of the ranking questions made it impossible to derive statistics about specific elements the community favored or did not favor within the city or the district What we were able to derive from the survey was that many respondents were long -time residents, with an average residence of 13 years (according to 2000 Census data, 49% of El Segundo residents had lived in the same house since at least 1995 ) The most significant result of the survey was that when asked if some kind of change was needed in the Smoky Hollow area, 67% of respondents said "yes" This result was the basis for the organization of our next community event, the open house and discussion session in May COMMUNITY MEETING 2 — OPEN HOUSE AND DISCUSSION SESSION The open house and discussion session was held on May 16, 2005, at the City's Clubhouse on Pine Avenue It was the most challenging event for the team to organize Building on the Farmer's Market survey results indicating that a majority of community -3 1 1:3 members were favorable towards change in Smoky Hollow, the team wanted to design the focus group to elicit more specific input from the community This community event also consisted of two parts The first, an Open House, was an expanded version of the team "table" presentations of the first community meeting The second portion, the focus group, would have students sitting down with community members discussing specific topics and gathering the participants' comments and opinions The teams, being further along in the project, were able to show the community specific details of their work For example, the market feasibility group was able to give vacancy statistics and analyses of what uses would be viable in the district The capital improvements group displayed maps of the current infrastructure in the district, highlighted areas of concern, and gave estimates of repair costs The public was invited to look at the presentations and talk with the teams in preparation for the focus group session later that evening The design and organization of the focus group session proved to be a challenge for the team One element, the assignment of participants, was decided on quickly we would randomly assign participants into color groups representing the individual discussion groups The greater hurdle was deciding how to structure the individual discussion groups One a s- option was to let each class team run its own focus group For example, the design team would run its own focus group solely discussing design- related topics The advantage of this approach was that it would allow each team to develop the discussion as to derive the most useful input for their work The disadvantage was that with such a narrow scope of discussion topics, it would be difficult to engage each participant, who would be randomly assigned to a group, in something they may have no interest in 4 114 A second option was to have mixed groups, in which each individual discussion group would have topics pertaining to each class team for example, two design related topics, two infrastructure related topics, and two market feasibility related topics Under this second option there was the further decision of whether to have identical sets of questions for each discussion group, or to have different questions for each group The advantage of this second option was that there was likely to be enough of a variety of topics within each discussion group that all community members would be able to participate The disadvantage was that we would get less focused input, and the class teams would have less opportunity to get detailed comments on the topics they felt were important After much discussion between team members and with the class as a whole, the consensus was made to have mixed groups and unique sets of questions In this setup, there would be three sets of topics, consisting of two topics from each team Three discussion groups would be formed Each would be run by three facilitators, one from each class team The next step was to come up with discussion topics Each of the other class teams submitted a pool of discussion topics that the Community Needs Assessment Team edited into the three sets of discussion topics At the event itself, members of the public were given color -coded nametags as they entered the budding The colors, red, blue and yellow, corresponded to a focus group they would go to after the open house portion of the event concluded Once the open house was over, Eric Dyer from the Community Needs Assessment Team announced the beginning of the focus group portion of the evening The public was directed to tables that corresponded with the color of their nametag, and general rules for discussion were outlined The focus group discussions were then allowed to run for about half an hour During each discussion, a class member other than the facilitators served as the note -taker for the group After focus group discussions -5 i15 concluded, the entire meeting reassembled into the audience area of seating facing the stage of the hall Each focus group nominated a community member from the group to present the results of their group discussion to the audience After all groups presented, the floor was opened to general comment The input the class received from the focus groups confirmed much of what we had heard at the scoping meeting and from the Farmer's Market survey The community felt that the existing industrial uses within the Smoky Hollow district were vibrant and served a valuable purpose in buffering the rest of the community from the heavier industrial use at the Chevron refinery There was more acceptance of our project and possible development and change within the district after the public was shown that we were seeking to make a gradual introduction of new uses within the district, that industrial uses would be largely preserved, and that any retail within Smoky Hollow would be specialized so as to complement, not compete, with the newly revitalized Main Street downtown district The concerns related to having housing sited within a largely industrial district again were voiced There was acceptance of the possibility of residential uses that were not single - family homes, such as live -work lofts, senior housing, high - density housing and affordable housing Many business owners expressed concerns over who would foot the bill for the extensive infrastructure improvements outlined as necessary by the Capital Improvements Team The two community meetings and the Farmer's Market survey made up the bulk of our team's interaction with the general community In addition to these meetings, members of the class attended Economic Development Advisory Council (EDAC) meetings on March 16, 2005, and May 11, 2005, set up by the City for students to meet with business owners representative of El Segundo and Smoky Hollow The class also presented findings at a Planning Commission public hearing on May 26, 2005, and used the comments of the Commission to refine the final presentation of the project at the City Council public hearing on June 6, 2005 -6- i16 EVALUATION OF EFFORTS The task of assessing the needs of the community seems at first to be a simple one, but as the team got into the more involved processes surrounding the actual organization of an event, we learned that there was much more to it than met the eye Challenges Our challenges came mainly in coordinating not only the public, but also the need for classmates in the other three teams to take on the additional work to support our the effort Our classmates, who had their hands full with the work related to their own teams, needed to create presentations for the community events or to submit potential discussion topics for the focus group session The class should be commended, however, for their willingness to take on this extra work to help our team accomplish our tasks In the end all efforts came together to successfully produce the final project As a team, we also learned about survey question structure Our Farmer's Market survey included ranking questions that would have worked well if used separately, but unfortunately we had two ranking questions directly following each other that used different ranking systems, and the directions were unclear As a result, we were unable to use the results for portions of the survey We learned from this experience to more carefully screen the discussion topics used in the focus groups, to ensure we would be able to use this valuable input As stated in the previous section, perhaps our greatest challenge was reaching N- consensus amongst ourselves as a team as to how best organize the focus group event There were strong arguments for and against the two methods In the end, we turned to the democratic process and polled the entire class as to which method they preferred As they would be the facilitators for the event, and since the input would be to inform their own team projects, it seemed only fair to involve them in the decision This was how we finally decided to go with the option of having mixed sets of questions rather than sets of questions corresponding to each team Perhaps the lesson from this -7- 1 �' N- experience was that it was all right to turn to the rest of the class when we needed help, and not to handle all matters within the team One last challenge we faced was gathering useful and detailed input from the community We realized that much of this had to do with how we asked questions and our approach to the issues We needed to ensure that our questions and statements were unbiased and neutral so as to not "lead" the respondent to one response or another, and also to consider the different sensibilities of residents, business owners, and developers In addition, we felt we should not give too much away about the specifics of the project in progress, so as to not give the impression that things were decided when in fact they were dust concepts being discussed by the various teams These constraints often made it difficult to ask pointed, specific questions, and we often heard the same general themes from the public at each event an acceptance to a general concept of change in Smoky Hollow, but more resistance once specific details were developed, a concern about combining residential and industrial uses, business owners concerned about the effects on their own businesses, and community members who questioned the role of the student teams as it related to the City In the end, however, the team and the class as a whole were able to work through these challenges and learn from them They served as the experiences that strengthened and improved our final project Successes Apart from these challenges, we had many successes in the course of this project We had good attendance at our public events about 40 -50 community members attended the first community meeting in the Council Chambers, we received 106 written surveys at the two Farmer's Markets and talked to even more community members who did not complete written surveys, and we had about 25 -30 attendees at the open house and focus group session, which gave each focus group a minimum of eight participants to discuss the issues i18 We were successful in drawing out the mayor needs and concerns of the community regarding Smoky Hollow, and these issues were all taken into account by the teams and had a great effect on the shape the final project eventually took The Market Feasibility Team's role was complementary to ours in that they analyzed economic conditions rather than community input to make recommendations for the project Nevertheless, they took careful consideration of the comments we received from the public to ensure that they crafted balanced options for the district that took into account the concems of vanous El Segundo communities — residents, business owners, and developers The Infrastructure Team, budding on their analysis of maps and data provided by the City, paid closer attention to the issues of sidewalks and parking after the public repeatedly commented about them In fact, the recommendation for some sort of business association to manage parking in Smoky Hollow came directly from suggestions by community members The fact that Smoky Hollow was preferred as an area of industrial uses, combined with our own research findings that industrial uses were vibrant in the area, led to the design team's approach of gradual development catalyzed by a few carefully placed opportunity sites The concerns over mixing residential with industrial uses led to the focus on specialized housing that would be more compatible with industrial uses, as y well as a recommendation that anyone planning to reside in Smoky Hollow acknowledge that industrial uses and related risks existed in the area Concerns over retail possibly competing with Main Street led to a recommendation for specialized retail, of the more industrial, arts and crafts type, to dominate in any future Smoky Hollow retail development As for our second goal, we were successful in that we gave the public an opportunity to participate in our work process Their opinions and views were essential to guiding the protect, and they had a very strong influence in the final work Considering the above, the Community Needs Assessment Team believes that we accomplished our goals in eliciting community input that would be useful to our classmates in shaping the final protect, and In giving the community the chance to express their needs, concerns and opinions PHOTOS FROM MAY 16, 2005 OPEN HOUSE AND DISCUSSION SESSION > °ti FIGURE 1 The market feasibility team speaks with community members during Open House -10- t�i.l I-- FIGURE 2 Class member Lisa Sims speaks with a member of the public FIGURE 3 Class member Alison Nelson (standing, left) explains a design team map to her focus group - 11 - a it-i FIGURE 4 A community member's children watch the discussion FIGURE 5 Class member Desyl Wood (left) and Community Needs Assessment Team member Eric Dyer (right) take a break from observing the focus groups -12- 2�n ,%- FIGURE 6 With the help of class member Cindy Lai (left), a community member presents the findings of his focus group to the audience FIGURE 7 The audience, including class member Margaret Faoro (foreground, in blue sweater), watches as community members present the findings of their focus groups -13- X23 EXHIBITS A Notes from EDAC Meetings B Open House and Focus Group event organizational document C Focus Group discussion topic sets D Focus Group notes A EDAC Meeting Notes 3 -16 -05 EDAC Meeting (topics arranged by subject for clarity) 1) THE FOLLOWING DATES WERE DISCUSSED FOR COMMUNITY INPUT • March 28th, Scoping Meeting • April 7th & 14th, Farmer's Market 2) EDAC STRUCTURE AND PURPOSE (process was freeform discussion) • *Selected by Mayor and City Council • *Advisory role • *Opinions and reactions to planning concerns • *Diverse interests were represented by the members 3) SMOKY HOLLOW CHARACTERISTICS AND BROAD GOALS • - Community as "business incubator" • - Physical boundaries of Smoky Hollow + 4 zones • -Need for transitions between uses (buffers, gradation of uses, etc ) • -Need to preserve the quality of the community and existing industrial uses • -Need to maintain a "healthy' environment for industrial uses • - Desire to encourage new development • - Desire to increase aesthetic quality of community • - Desire to avoid piecemeal development • -Use of Specific Plan as the tool for revitalization whether development and /or redevelopment should be applied " 24 -14- • -The precise number of property owners and land tenants in Smoky Hollow. was unclear how many owners are absentee? • -The City needs to serve its constituents, the City is always committed although the priorities change, as do the priorities of the City Council each year • -City needs 10 year plan • -The City has sent mailers out to property owners and tenants, and posted public notices regarding the scopmg meeting on the 28th (There has been little feedback in the past from businesses regarding Smoky Hollow direction) • -City funds are limited • - Phasing process - interest in UCI providing phasing of plan implementation 4) HISTORICAL AND PRESENT ROLE OF AEROSPACE INDUSTRY • -Today Smoky Hollow has fewer 3`d tier vendors, more leasing, and a different mix of businesses • -Bush will decide this month whether or not to close the Air Force Base in El Segundo, thereby questioning the vitality of the remaining 15t and 2nd tier industries within Smoky Hollow (LAAFB is not on BRAC list) • -Wyle Laboratories has been in El Segundo for 55 years (and has a remaining 15 year lease), we were invited for a site visit and information session • -Wyle Laboratories "subsidizes" parking for Smoky Hollow residents - parking is based on budding area rather than employee numbers and Wyle Laboratories uses roughly 40% of the parking lots they are required to have • -Two main concerns for Wyle Laboratories - parking & compatibility of uses (they don't want homeowners next door) 'N- 5) FLOOR AREA RATIO (FAR) ISSUE • -Some existing buildings will not be in compliance due to the current code restriction of 0 6 FAR (budding area to lot area ratio) • -Bring non - conforming properties up to code 6) INFRASTRUCTURE • -Sewer Capacity was stressed Who will pay for upgrades? The City or the developers? If it's the developers' responsibility, will this slow or speed -15- i J development in Smoky Hollow? It will depend on the type of development and who will benefit from the upgrades • -Will the potential new mix of uses change the City's allocation of funding for infrastructure upgrades? • -The City has done a "Sewer Master Plan ", and has applied for EPA grants to upgrade sewers • - Although sewers need to be upgraded, they are currently fully functional • -Parks and landscaping were mentioned • -One committee member said that "Infrastructure must lead, so the City must lead" in this effort, City stressed this process to be a "public- private partnership" 7) TOPOGRAPHY /STREET LAYOUT • - Larger blocks are present in the Medium Manufacturing -MM Zone • - Conversion of streets to more effective land -use, as public space or private development • - Streets can also be converted to cul -de -sacs • -Use topography, which can be advantageous for possible parking structure 8) PARKING • - Density differences exist within SMOKY HOLLOW • -Small Business District (SBD) has issues with smaller lots and lack of parking • - Parking structure may be needed? • -Idea of converting the retention basin to a central parking location, however, although this area is central to the community, it is not central to the parking need Most people would not walk from that location to the downtown area for example 9) USE OF DEVELOPMENT INCENTIVE TOOLS • -Limit development regulations • -'Make it make sense', logical and comprehensible incentives • - Flexibility with product choice • -The decreasing Floor Area Ration creates a disincentive to develop -16- i�E • -With the shortage of housing and increase of fobs, we don't want to force out the industrial uses - Interest to develop within Smoky Hollow is mostly external 10) RETAIL AND RESIDENTIAL DENSITY • -Preference/idea/expectation of residential density increasing from north section of Smoky Hollow to south single family dwellings (SFD) in northernmost section, transitiomng gradually to multi -family dwellings (MFD) as one moves south toward the refinery - Should residential uses be permitted south of Grand Avenue? • - Currently, existing town homes were built with a 1 25 parking spaces per unit • - Interest was expressed in adding residential and mixed -use residential • -The City has seen a substantial increase of interest/inquiry about mixed -use development within the area • -The City would be supportive of mixed -use development in certain areas • -Retail flavor near downtown 11) BRANDING • -A new branding, or name change would be good (there seemed to be some agreement about this issue), what are the ramifications of this should it be decided to suggest a name change? • "Smoky Hollow" name derived historically because the smoke from the refinery would settle in the community ,.,_ 5 -11 -05 EDAC Meeting (topics presented in order of discussion) • Each of the UCI teams had a representative present their progress for discussion with the EDAC members The four groups were o - Design • - Market Feasibility • - Community Needs Assessment o - Infrastructure -17- t� i • A summary of the discussion follows • Grand Avenue mixed -use project • -Banks had a problem with comparing this project to other mixed -use projects since there are not any other mixed -use projects built in El Segundo • - Appraisals came in too low • -Banks won't lend • "Banks will drive the whole (Smoky Hollow) project" • Business Association • Solana Beach • -Seed area with certain types of businesses • - Industry is already here • - Nucleus that spreads • —Came from humble beginnings • Link to Downtown • - Downtown is already established • - Question of distinction between Smoky Hollow and Downtown • Develop new name for Smoky Hollow • -Blank slate • -Use Refinery • - Design District • Infrastructure • -Three scenarios evaluated ' o -Do nothing — leave as existing condition • - Improvements in specific areas • - Improvements to entire area • Create Gateways • - suggestions made • - discussion of possible alternatives • Open House 18- 120 I*- o - Format o - Purpose o -Time and location Discussion of Farmers market survey results B Open House and Focus Group Event Organizational Document May 16th Open House Purpose of the Open House. The purpose of this open house is to gather both general and specific comment and criticism from the public and other stakeholder groups for the Smoky Hollow area and the project Additionally, the purpose includes the education of these groups as to our progress and our intentions, and the gathering of support for the Smoky Hollow project among these stakeholder groups These goals are described in greater detail as the "desired outcomes and objectives" for the various sections of the meeting Just as each section has specific and differing goals, each team will have different goals that need to be addressed as well Format of the Open House The open house consisted of three sections 1 Orientation and Open Discussion 6 00 -6 25 2 Focus Group Meetings 6 30 -7 05 3 Focus Group Presentation and Discussion 7 10 -7 30 -19- 129 Orientation and Open Discussion Structure As members of the public arrived to the open house they were given an agenda and a colored sticker, and directed to walk around the room and talk with the different teams there The sticker was used to separate them into their respective focus groups during the second part of the meeting, and were given out according to their interests, to ensure productive and involved focus group discussions The format of the orientation and open discussion permitted each team the opportunity to demonstrate their progress and talk freely with the public about their portion of the Smoky Hollow project In conjunction with this education element, the teams collected general impressions and ideas from the public This was not intended to be a survey session however, and discussion, rather than questioning was the focus Desired Outcomes and Objectives 1 Prepare the public for their focus group discussions 2 Gather general opinions and ideas from the public through discussion 3 Educate the public on our progress and ideas 4 Generate public interest and support for the Smoky Hollow project Focus Group Meetings Structure ~" Participants in the open house were asked to form groups based on the sticker color they received during the orientation and open discussion section once in groups, the public was asked to consider and discuss in detail a series of topics generated by each team Although the topics for discussion were pre - established, time was made available for the groups to discuss other relevant ideas that the team did not present for discussion �..CJ -20- Two or more members of the lead team facilitated each of their focus groups It was recommended that there be only one lead facilitator, with one or two assistants for each focus group The facilitator led discussion while the assistant(s) took notes on comments Facilitators introduced themselves and went over the format of the focus group at the start of the session During discussion, comments were written on flip charts /post -its for ease of viewing by all participants Once a suitable level of discussion had taken place, as determined by the facilitator, the focus group condensed its findings and selected a participant to present these findings to the group as a whole during the group presentation and discussion section of the open house Desired Outcomes and Objectives 1 Directed discussion leading to solid comments, concerns, and recommendations 2 Allow all participants opportunity to voice their opinions 3 Give all participants a sense of meaningful involvement Focus Group Presentation and Discussion Structure During this section of the Open House a representative or representatives from each of the focus groups presented their findings and any points of interest Time limits were determined based on the number of focus groups After each group presented, a few minutes were provided for comment and discussion by the combined groups This section of the Open House was intended to promote solidarity and equal knowledge among the participants Desired Outcomes and Objectives 1 Inform all participants about the various parts of the Smoky Hollow project 2 Give all participants the opportunity to comment on different focus group topics 3 Provide the public with a sense of accomplishment and meaningful participation -21 i.3i , N- Open House Flow Chart Teams present their progress and ideas using poster presentation or other media Open discussion and comment period with public 25 Minutes The public is broken into focus groups to discuss both topic areas established by the teams and those they feel are important but not addressed They will then condense their thoughts for presentation to the combined groups ) 35 Minutes Focus groups come together and each presents their "findings' to the larger group Comments and additional suggestions are taken 20 Minutes" GENERAL PUBLIC 1 Orientation and Open Discussion 1 1 1 1 1 Focus Group Presentation and Discussion 1 " May run over USEFUL PUBLIC OPINION & COMMENT Focus Group Flow Chart Element Time Introduction 5 min Topic Discussions 15 -20 min Open Discussion 5 -10 min Condensation 5 min Total < 40 min FIGURE 8: Open House and Discussion Session Flow Charts -22- i3� S- C Focus Group Discussion Topic Sets Discussion Topics — Set A General o Should the Smoky Hollow district be renamed? Suggestions? Infrastructure — Funding o Who should be responsible for funding infrastructure improvements in the Smoky Hollow area — existing property owners, the City, developers who want to build in the district, or someone else? Why? o Should business owners have a role in identifying and addressing infrastructure concerns in the Smoky Hollow district? If so, how much responsibility does the business owner have compared to say, the City? Market Feasibility — Housing /Residential Uses o Is there a housing shortage in El Segundo? If there were to be housing built in the Smoky Hollow district, what types would be suitable and desirable? What issues would you have with having housing in the Smoky Hollow district? What issues would you have with specific types of housing, such as condos, apartments, lofts ? o Underutilized industrial buildings can be reused as housing in response to a need for more housing, and there is a current market trend for artist live -work spaces What do you think about underutilized industrial buildings being reused in these ways? o How many of you are renters? How many are homeowners? -23- X33 . A- Housing is in high demand in Southern California, driving rents and home prices up Renters Would you be willing to live in the Smoky Hollow district if rents and home prices were lower there than in surrounding areas? Homeowners Same question — if home prices were relatively low in the Smoky Hollow district, would you consider moving there? Design — Neighborhood Traits & "Look" o Think of your favorite places to be — your neighborhood, a local shopping area, or community center What are the specific characteristics that make these places work well - is it a certain architectural style, use of color, use of landscaping and open space, cleanliness, quiet, family- friendly atmosphere, liveliness, something else? Explain why these things make a place work well for you o Does the Smoky Hollow district need aesthetic improvements? What sort of improvements do you think should be made to make the district look better? Discussion Topics — Set B General o Should the Smoky Hollow district be renamed? Suggestions? Infrastructure — Sidewalk issues o The sidewalks in Smoky Hollow are not in the best condition for pedestrians — they are narrow, and on some roads, absent Should sidewalks be improved — ensuring they are complete, widening them — to make them more walkable? Who should pay for sidewalk improvements if they are made? -24- i34 o Do you think better sidewalks would help bring more people into the Smoky Hollow district? o Would better sidewalks and pedestrian access help link the Smoky Hollow district to the small businesses on Main Street? Market Feasibility — Retail /Commercial Uses (this group uses photos of the Cedros Design District) o Should the Smoky Hollow district stay strictly industrial? Should there be a transition out of industrial use? Can new and compatible uses be mixed with the current use? What sort of uses do you think would work well in Smoky Hollow? o What are your thoughts about reworking industrial areas if we can preserve their current uses and architectural styles? "Bergamont Station" in Los Angeles, "The Lab" in Orange County and " Cedros Design District' in San Diego County are examples of this (photos) o When shopping, do you prefer large national chains, such as Home Depot, the Pottery Barn, or the Gap, or smaller local stores, such as boutiques and the shops on Main Street? Why? Design — Identifying Desired Uses. o In the Smoky Hollow district, are there certain services such as dining, retail ` shopping, or entertainment, that you think there should be more of? This can be in terms of adding new places or extending the hours of business for existing places Conversely, are there things you think there should be less of? Again, by removing places or shortening hours of business -25- i35 Discussion Topics — Set C General o Should the Smoky Hollow district be renamed? Suggestions? Infrastructure — Parking and Transportation Issues o Do you think there is a parking problem in the Smoky Hollow district? o One possibility is to create one -way streets in order to make room for more parking and wider sidewalks with landscaping What do you think about this? Market Feasibility — Industnal Uses o Should Smoky Hollow keep its current uses — mainly industrial? If not, what sort of uses do you think should go in the district? o If industry were to stay in Smoky Hollow, what types of industrial use do you see as viable for the long term research & development, warehousing, something else? Are the current uses of aerospace and defense viable for the long term? Are there uses you see as NOT viable for the long term in the district? o Many business owners and developers have indicated that the City's floor area ratio regulations have hurt investment in the district Floor area ratio compares a building's square footage to its lot size .r- What do you think of relaxing the floor area ratio standards — allowing more square footage in relation to lot size — in order to promote development and intensification of use? Is this a good idea or not? Design — Branding, Gateways o Should the Smoky Hollow district be visually unique from the rest of the city — should it have its own "look"? -26- i.� • West end of Smoky Hollow, property owners dust own buildings but do not live there Just collect rent • Need to increase square footage • Parking Incentives o Possibly get owners to make /pay for improvements • See better maintenance of buildings in the area • Retail pulls away from the Main Street • Sculptures, specialty retail would be ok in the area • How support the parking and the people that will visit the area since there is a lack of available parking • Aesthetic improvements / Design • Possible 1 way is for parking? Issues serious traffic study needed • El Segundo Blvd Different to drive around • Commercial area so need El Segundo Boulevard to be wide to accommodate trucks • Great for studio space and living there o Studio lofts on ground under construction 0 500 sq ft limitation on caretaker end decrease that for studio units • Shared parking may be needed • Pay attention to bus routes • 1 way streets can be used as a calming device • Could put more traffic onto other streets • Who is responsible for infrastructure `N 0 Possible Assessment District to do a Business Improvement District Streets and gutters need to be improved • Lots are small, this is a big problem Blue Group [The following are NOT in order of importance ] RENAME -28- i.�� • Like it (history, community heritage), "winner" • Object (looking forward), "Smoky" no good PARKING • It is a problem • One -way streets o -Maybe difficult for trucking • On -site tandem parking • Strict trucking hours o -This usually is NOT decided by the business owners, putting them at a disadvantage • Redevelop the area to accommodate parking and trucking needs SIDEWALKS • Fine for some, problem for others • Very important for overall city appeal COMPATIBILITY • Noisy for housing and other impacts, difficulties for police and fire dept • Don't put residential any closer to Chevron • Stick to industrial & commercial • Concern that schools will become overcrowded with an increase in housing FAR Increase it • Shared parking responsibility • Problem with moving businesses to accommodate parking ` CHARACTER • Focus on Downtown • Improve streetscapes • Market is forcing change -29- 1,J9 Yellow Group Input from Community — INFRASTRUCTURE • 1 property owner has a problem of city tree roots getting into the sewer and damaging the line Owner is upset that the repair cost is passed onto the property owners even though the cause of the problem are city trees • Property owners and business owners question who is going to pay for new or improved sidewalks to be ADA compliant • Incorporating sidewalks a building requirement? General Comments — INFRASTRUCTURE • The community does not feel the need for much infrastructure improvement if you are dust speaking of sidewalks They feel they are adequate They are fine with what exists now • The tenants fear that additional cost incurred on the property owner will be passed onto them, high rent prices may drive them out of the area Input from Community — HOUSING • Some members of the group are open to condos but feel more strongly for mixed -use or live -work units • Yes there are housing shortage, but they are concerned about incompatibility of °,- uses • Some do not see the need for live work units, because most of the property or business owners already live in El Segundo 4 -30- ,.ti General Comments — HOUSING • The general sense remains that they feel that Smoky Hollow has the reputation and character to be a manufacturing area or unique businesses • They don't feel that the character of the area need to be improved or changed by adding housing to the area • Smoky Hollow has always been the buffer zone between Chevron and the residential area, and it should remain that way Input from Community — DESIGN The members of the community looked at the sample pictures shown to them, and feel that the examples do not apply to Smoky Hollow area at all They don't think awnings are necessary since there is very little sidewalks throughout They do not feel fagade enhancements are relevant because Smoky Hollow area is very hilly, therefore, rooftops are more visual than facades General Comments — DESIGN The community did not see the need for any design intentions They feel that they area is manufacturing and should look that way They like landscaping, trees, and fagade enhancements but are not willing to >- spend money on them -31- �i II. CASE STUDIES INTRODUCTION There are many possibilities for the future of Smoky Hollow, and much can be learned by looking at similar areas In nearby communities that have introduced new development Into characteristically Industrial areas Two such examples are Bergamot Station In Santa Monica, California, and The Lab In Costa Mesa, California These two examples represent developments that paid great attention to the existing conditions of the Industrial areas surrounding them, either by taking an adaptive reuse approach or by careful site design If uses other than Industrial are introduced to Smoky Hollow, we recommend that careful consideration be taken In regards to how such potential development Impacts adjacent existing uses Introducing uses other than Industrial may present both opportunities and constraints, and these must be considered by looking both at the Smoky Hollow area In particular and El Segundo as a whole The case studies that follow are offered not as examples of what should or ought to happen, but as two successful examples of development In Industrial areas that speak to the many options possible In the Smoky Hollow area CASE STUDY ONE BERGAMOT STATION ART CENTER Bergamot Station Art Center, located by the City Yard In Santa Monica, California, Is a leading example of an adaptive reuse project that takes an existing Industrial site and converts Its use to other functions This site is an Interesting example of the PS power of the concentration of similar uses, here characterized as an artist's enclave, which capitalizes on the urban and Industrial nature of the site as well as its unique history Bergamot Station, while having locational constraints and a poor relation to Its surrounding context, uses design elements within the project cohesively, building on FIGURE 9 Bergamot Station, -32- Santa Monica, : 'i 4 I the existing Industrial character of the site It has developed a distinct sense of place that distinguishes It from surrounding neighborhoods Bergamot Station Art Center's opportunities and constraints offer a unique set of lessons that can guide our thinking about the use of space in the Smoky Hollow area History Bergamot Station was initially developed In 1875 as a western terminus, barn and repair stop for the Pacific Electric Railway's "Big Red Cars" which ran from Los Angeles to the Santa Monica pier In 1953 the site was converted in to a celery packing operation, then an ice plant The American Appliance Company, a water heater manufacturer, later took over the site Finally, the City of Santa Monica bought the property For quite a while the site sat empty, plans for a new rail line and transit stop were developed and subsequently scrapped The City then turned to developer Wayne Blank to transform the site Wayne had previously transformed a Santa Monica airport hangar into artist's studios In 1994, Wayne hired Frederick Fisher and Partners Architects to design the Art Center This architecture and planning firm from Santa Monica is renowned for their ability to develop projects that are sensitive and relate to their urban and historical contexts Fisher developed a plan that gutted and reused the existing structures at Bergamot Station to provide space for artist's galleries, working art studios, live /work and retail The plan for the interior of the space was characterized by the strong and varied use of day lighting, as well as the integration of interior and exterior space, the use of gardens and courts as adjuncts to rooms, and a consistent response to the climate and traditions of California The intention of the site as a whole was to provide a central location that would allow visitors to park and view art in a concentrated area, with -33- FIGURE 10: Existing industrial structures were reused for gallery space. X43 N- a campus -like atmosphere, without the considerable amount of driving that was necessary to access galleries around Los Angeles Commerce, Community & Culture Bergamot Station currently houses over thirty contemporary art galleries It draws serious artists, collectors, curators and art lovers from around the world It also contains FIGURE 11 Current uses include art galleries and services to support visitor needs working art studios, a restaurant/cafe, post - production film studios, a frame shop, a screenwriters collaborative called Writer's Boot Camp, The Santa Monica Museum of FIGURE 12 Current uses also include working artist's studios and related retail -34- �4 1 Art (a Frank Gehry designed building), bookshops, a beauty salon and architecture and design offices This concentration of related uses has turned this site Into a focus of regional cultural /entertainment that allows for expanded artist business networks and associated economic clustering effects In addition to art- oriented uses and units These units were designed by architects Pugh + Scarpa, a local Santa Monica firm well known for progressive architecture that is responsive to Its site and surrounding context, and is a leader in designing energy independent LEED certifiable buildings Principals In the retail, the site also includes live /work firm are actively involved In the local community, In fact, Gwynne Pugh was FIGURE 13: Live[Work Units maintain appointed to the local Planning industrial character of the site. Commission in 2004 The new building completed construction in 1999, and consists of three artist live /work lofts The units are split -level and are comprised of bedroom space In the loft with public space on primary level Bergamot Station has emerged as an Important focus of the arts community in California, and has become Integral to the cultural scene in Los Angeles It regularly hosts events in the gallery spaces and in the shared open environments These include events like the MOCA auction, AIDS Project Los Angeles Annual Fundraiser, and the West Side Children's Charity It also has become an outdoor movie venue in conjunction with the Santa Monica Independent Film Festival, and has recently hosted open -air screenings for the Commercial Directors Guild FIGURE 14 Shared outdoor space is used for cultural events -35- Y��J Design Considerations Location, Signage, Entrance Monumentation Bergamot Station exhibits has constraints In terms of Its location that are similar to that of El Segundo's Smoky Hollow area The site is located adjacent to the Santa Monica Freeway on Michigan Avenue, but does not have strong visual access from the freeway nor from the mayor arterial surrounding the site Similarly, Smoky Hollow Is easily accessible from the 405 freeway and Sepulveda Boulevard However, the boundaries of the site are Indistinct and permeable Bergamot Station relies on two Ingress /egress points, both partially obscured from the street, and difficult to find Smoky FIGURE 15 Bergamot Station is easily accessible to the highway, but has limited visibility from It Hollow's physical boundaries are visibly permeable, which grant it greater access than Bergamot Station, and has continual opportunities for pass- through traffic, both distinct advantages of the site Bergamot Station relies on freeway and on- street signage to direct visitors to the Art Center The entrance to the Center Is not distinct nor does It have an entrance monument The main entrance consists of a gate with an unobtrusive sign that does not demonstrate the character of the uses found within the site FIGURE 16 Entrance is indistinct and lacks character -36- Security fencing surrounding the site acts a visual barrier The buildings that do front the street have limited access points, lack windows and doors, and have little relation to the street FIGURE 17 Gates and fencing around Bergamot Station acts as a visual barrier to interior uses Smoky Hollow benefits from being visible from the street, with sidewalks that allow for pedestrian traffic It has the opportunity to identify its boundaries by using signage and an entrance monument to help define the character of the site, and to guide visitors Into the area from both the downtown, and from the outer boundary of the city (Sepulveda and El Segundo Boulevards) Design elements within the Center Bergamot Station has an abundance of parking within the campus area The parking lot dominates the center of the site, almost to the point of being an eyesore, but Is a crucial element In the site as Santa Monica lacks sufficient parking When thinking about provision of parking for day and evening uses, Smoky Hollow should FIGURE 18 There is plenty of parking, but it dominates the visual field -37- ii% consider consolidating and sharing lots for parking while also providing adequate street parking that does not dominate the visual field Within the Art Center gates, Bergamot Station uses cohesive design elements to help define the existing Industrial character of the site Exteriors of the buildings are similar FIGURE 19 Signage within Bergamot Station is visually distinctive It accurately reflects the creative and artistic character of the uses it defines and facades are complementary Slgnage varies but does not visually compete with other elements Use of bold color and metal on building facades delineate different uses FIGURE 20 Use of bold color defines space and creates visual interest l�8 Eg Even very small design elements are well thought out and Interesting Imprints of corrugated steel are used as molds for concrete planters Small the Installations are FIGURE 21 Small scale design elements are Interesting and unexpected unexpected and visually stimulating These serve to build a cohesive character for the site Resident artists and retailers also use design elements to effectively break down the large expanse of the campus site Into smaller, more Intimate areas that are easily FIGURE 22 Personalization of space softens the landscape and provides visual Interest personalized Color, landscape and awnings define spaces Furniture, plantings and personal objects create Intimate, semi- private areas in a vast public space i49 -39- FIGURE 23 Movable planters, benches and basketball hoops show that there is pedestrian scale life happening in this working artist's community The combination of all these elements shows visitors that Bergamot Station Art Center Is a creative, vital, well -used and cared -for site Smoky Hollow's existing industrial nature, its high occupancy rate of buildings, and Its current concentration of craftsmen Indicate that It is already a vibrant working community Considering the use of cohesive design elements to tie together and define the site, personalizing and aesthetically upgrading exterior space to showcase how actively productive the community is, and drawing visitors into the area will serve to highlight the already existing successes of the Smoky Hollow neighborhood yJ(1 mom CASE STUDY TWO THE LAB (ANTI -MALL) The Lab, located 1 2 miles from South Coast Plaza in Costa Mesa, California, is a prime example of a successful specialty retail development in an industrial area While El Segundo already enjoys access to several small to large -scale retail developments nearby, there is a distinct lack of alternative retail options available, especially for younger residents The Smoky Hollow industrial area, having a very low vacancy rate in general, could benefit from the introduction of specialty retail, if only to assist in defining what uses are desirable in the area However, the introduction of specialty retail in Smoky Hollow would need to be carefully integrated into the existing fabric, and attention would need to be paid to compatibility with surrounding buildings and uses, as well as the area as a whole Introducing such development in Smoky Hollow is a viable possibility, and a look at The Lab in Costa Mesa, California, provides a useful example of successful integration of specialty retail into an industrial area -41- History The Lab is the brainchild of Shaheen Sadeghi, an Orange County resident, ex -high end fashion designer, and ex -surf industry CEO Beginning in 1992, Sadeghi teamed up with New York -based designer Ron Pompei, to, "create a retail community for a new generation of mall rats, filled with tenants who wouldn't dream of proffering their wares in a traditional retail setting" (Adams, 2004, p 110) Originally, Sadeghi was focused strictly on creating a retail environment geared towards the "Generation X -ers" whom he observed as being ignored by traditional retail developments, but whom he felt, could at the same time, wield tremendous spending power The Lab was built on a 3 acre, dilapidated, 1950s era warehouse complex that used to house a military night vision goggles manufacturer (Johnson, 1997, p D -10) Instead of demolishing the buildings and starting with an empty lot, Sadeghi and Pompei decided to keep the funky, industrial warehouses as the basis for the design of the site Sadeghi and Pompei chose to play up the industrial nature of the buildings by adding to it in an artistic manner Many of the facades, and design accoutrements used at the Lab were actually recycled from on site Exposed beams, broken concrete slabs, a water fountain made from 55 gal barrels, a crushed car mounted on the side of a building, rusted sheet metal, metal scaffolding and concrete floors have all been used to create an FIGURE 25 55- gallon drums found environment that fits well with the history of the site and on-s were used to consttrr uct a fountain the structures themselves, but brings them to life as something more than a couple of old warehouses Sadeghi has complemented the, "post - industrial aesthetic" of the site by landscaping extensively with drought - tolerant plants to, "reflect environmental awareness' (Adams, 2004, p 110) -42- Commerce, Community & Culture The Lab is capable of housing up to 16 tenants Current tenants include three restaurants the Gypsy Den (coffeehouse/ cafe), Habana (Cuban cuisine) and Zlpangu (Japanese - fusion), retail anchor Urban Outfitters, and a host of smaller retailers such as Blends (a high -end sneaker shop), Arth (custom hats), and Crew Salon (The Lab, 2005) The makeup of the tenants constantly changes to keep up with the directional shifts youth oriented, high -end fashion goes through every few years Overall, the selection of tenants has helped the Lab to be likened to "funky London, artsy Soho, and trendy Melrose" (McKibben, 2003, p B -4) FIGURE 26: Flexible space allows for an interesting mix of retailers. As the Lab (an acronym for "Little American Business ") came into being, Sadeghi decided to expand beyond retail to develop a sort of cultural community center (Maestri, 1994, p AA09) Lounge areas decorated with eclectic vintage furniture and old Persian rugs, a magazine rack specializing in "Gen -X" approved reading, a small stage for concerts, meandering pathways with benches, and outdoor patios have all become part of the site layout, In addition to the physical features of the site, other steps have been taken to create a cultural community asset During the Lab's 12 -year life, it has hosted a weekly farmer's market for local organic growers, a non -profit theater company, weekly concerts and poetry readings, fashion shows for local designers, and offered space for local artists to display their work Sadeghi has taken even further WINE FIGURE 27 This common area provides a venue for community events iJ 1 steps, Including offering scholarships at local Orange County art schools, and supporting local charities through fundraisers that allow shoppers to buy and plant vegetable seeds on site, or decorate walls with purchased tile shards (Adams, 2004, p 110) The effect has been to create a sense of ownership and community among the shoppers Success of The Lab The Lab has turned out to be a successful venture for Sadeghl In 1997, Sadeghl proved his commitment to his project by purchasing the 40,000 ft site for $4 075 million, stating, "we want to be here for the long term, so we bought the buildings and the dirt " and, "from a purely business perspective, it looks like Bristol Street has a good, improving future" (Johnson, 1997, p D -10) According to Sadeghi, there has yet to be an unprofitable year for the Lab, Retailers regularly take in annual sales per square foot of $250 to $1,100 and tenant's rent is comparable to the trendy parts of LA around $2 50 a square foot (Adams, 2004, p 100) (Steinhauer, 1996) A key to success for Sadeghl has been the ability to read and interpret what the market is doing and adapt accordingly He's noticed duiing the FIGURE 28 This fountain not only demonstrates lifetime of the Lab so far, that It's popular The Lab's unique reuse of existing materials found on site, but also with a much larger demographic than he provides public space within the development for shoppers to relax initially aimed for As such, he is now trying to steer the Lab towards a slightly older, slightly more sophisticated market demographic that appreciates unique goods and has the supplemental income to spend on them (Montgomery, 2002) .1 -44- tJ i Relevance to Smokv Hollow The industrial- turned - artistic nature of The Lab provides a design theme that fits well with the existing structures within the Smoky Hollow study area Although lot consolidation would remain an Issue, the adaptive reuse approach favored by The Lab's developer would translate well for an area In which there has not historically been much attention paid to exterior aesthetic qualities An adaptive reuse approach in Smoky Hollow would also be sensitive to the existing businesses and craftsmen In the area by not creating a development atmosphere that "edges out" those who have made Smoky Hollow what it Is today In addition, a retail development aimed towards a specific market demographic, If done correctly, could become a regional draw throughout the South Bay area, becoming an actual destination rather than a dust another neighborhood strip+ mall An important factor will be to determine whether the demand exists for something like the Lab In the South Bay area Considering that The Lab's target market population spent $89 billion in malls nationally In 1993, It seems certain that the demand does exist (Adams, 2004, p 110) Census data for 2000, further suggests that El Segundo might be a good location for a youth - oriented lifestyle market Median household Income in El Segundo is $61,341 and 56% of the city population is under the age of 34, compared to Costa Mesa's median income of $50,732 with 49% of the population being under the age of 34 (Ll S Census, 2000) The market analysis could be further strengthened by looking at demographic figures for FIGURE 29 Parking located at the periphery of The Lab reduces visual and noise concerns for the development as a whole the larger region that would be potentially served by these sorts of developments -45- c55 Depressed industrial space rental rates of around $0 75 per ft 2 in El Segundo might also make the site attractive to a commercial developer, considering the much higher rents that Sadeghi is able to collect from his tenants (City of El Segundo, 2004) However, the low vacancy rate (2 5 %) among the areas zoned for industrial uses may pose a challenge to acquiring the necessary acreage for a project comparable to the Lab or the Camp (City of El Segundo, 2004) The challenge to obtain space could be further exacerbated by the locational requirements of this sort of project A retail project like the Lab would best be served by being near a major arterial In the case of Smoky Hollow, the prime location would be along the east end near Sepulveda Blvd This is the only portion within Smoky Hollow that could provide the visual access and traffic intensity similar to that found on Bristol Street A possible second site would be at the west end near the downtown area A development similar to the Lab could help to further reinvigorate the downtown area, although the current lack of exposure and traffic might act as a deterrent Design Considerations for Smoky Hollow In sum, The Lab offers a wealth of examples for the healthy and successful integration of specialty retail into an area primarily characterized by industrial uses The Lab's frontage on Bristol Street allows for visibility and a sense of openness to the community This would need to be a consideration in Smoky Hollow, especially since the area is tucked away from major arterials like El Segundo Boulevard and Sepulveda Boulevard In addition, parking for specialty retail is always an issue, especially when located in areas not equipped for an influx of shoppers The Lab provides a useful example of locating parking at the periphery of the site, easily accessible from the main street, Bristol St Locating parking at the periphery of the development also lessens its impact on the pedestrian and community spaces, visually and in terms of noise However, one limitation of the location of The Lab is that there is not much opportunity for expansion into adjacent sites, making it difficult for future innovations and additions This would be a significant consideration in Smoky Hollow, considering the industrial nature and low vacancy rate of the buildings in the area -46- �5i; TO RENAME OR NOT TO RENAME RECOMMENDATIONS Smoky Hollow It is very close to the Chevron Refinery It is also an area heavily characterized by industrial uses But it also has a hidden diversity of use, with a few residences and some craftsmen's studios, for example Smoky Hollow is not dust an industrial area Would Smoky Hollow benefit from a name change? We recommend that future community meetings be held to first gauge the interest of the Smoky Hollow residents in changing the name and to then decide on what names most people can reasonably agree upon as suitable for their community We also recommend, more specifically, that several districts, or areas, be called out as definitive of the area, and that these districts be named This could even be done without renaming the Smoky Hollow area in general For example, the following areas could potentially be designated, formally or informally, as districts in Smoky Hollow and names chosen through a public process and facilitated by the City 1 Specialty retail/mixed use area 2 East side industrial /manufacturing 3 Craftsmen's studio area 4 Downtown El Segundo gateway /corridor Potential names we generated for illustrative purposes include the following, corresponding to the above categories 1 "The Refinery" 2 "The Factory" 3 "The Assembly" 4 "The Hollow" The naming of these districts would be important for the image of the City and should strongly consider the positive aspects of the uses within their boundaries It is also imperative that the public be included in the decision - making process It is possible that L -47- residents may not favor renaming Smoky Hollow or designating districts within Smoky Hollow As such, public participation in this process is very important REFERENCES Adams, Melissa (2004, September 30) An Anti Decade Earlier OC Metro, p 110 Bergamot Artist Lofts (2005) Real Estate Architects, Pugh + Scarpa http llwww realestatearchitects comfindex phplgallerylfirm smglelpugh_scarpa Retrieved on May 2, 2005 City of El Segundo (2004) El Segundo Real Estate Office and Commercial Space http / /www elsegundo orglbusinesslrealestatelspace php Retrieved on March 16, 2005 Johnson, Greg (1997, January 21) The Lab, Here to Stay, Buys'the Budding and the Dirt ' Los Angeles Times, p D -10 Maestri, Cathy (1994, December 9) Shoppers Buying Into the Anti -mall The Press Enterprise, p AA09 McKibben, Dave (2003, January 20) The Lab A Shopping Experiment Los Angeles Times, p B -4 Montgomery, Tiffany (2002, April 3) Oasis on Bristol Orange County Register, Cover Steinhauer, Jennifer (1996, April 18) Anti -mall Retail's Future or Clever Marketing Approach? Journal Record Stone, Sasha (1999, September- October) Bergamot Station Marks Its First Five Years Santa Monica Mirror http //www smmirror com/VolumeIhssue15lbergamot html Retrieved May 2, 2005 United States Census Bureau (2000) American Factfinder General Profile of Demographic Characteristics 2000, Costa Mesa and El Segundo http //factfmder census gov Retrieved on March 16, 2005 Yoshiyama, Cindy (2004, November - December) Ten Years at Bergamot Brentwood Magazine Online http llwww brentwoodmagazine comlmedia- 3lNov- Dec - 041104 shtml Retrieved May 2, 2005 9" III. DESIGN INTRODUCTION Design guidelines are a commonly used urban planning and design tool They are used to encourage and describe quality development in new areas, as well as to enhance and revitalize older areas For Smoky Hollow, the design guidelines are intended to aid the city, neighborhood district, budding owners, tenants, architects and contractors to achieve a visually attractive and functional community Business and industry within Smoky Hollow serves as a valuable asset to EI Segundo, while the architecture provides great potential to enhance community aesthetics These guidelines are intended to illustrate desired community design features and urban design principles This will attract investment and enhance economic activity by encouraging high quality design and site planning The design guidelines for the Smoky Hollow community focus on five opportunity sites These opportunity sites were designated based on location, existing character, and design potential Not only do these sites have high visibility within the community, but they also serve as examples for the future development of Smoky Hollow's sub - districts Consequently, each site category sets a design precedent for future development The overall goals for the project include the following . Identify the character and defining features that contribute to the scale, pattern, streetscape, architectural, historic, and urban character of Smoky Hollow • Recommend exterior maintenance, cleaning, and rehabilitation techniques for the various architectural materials and features within the study area • Promote the sensitive use and placement of quality, customized signage to complement the unique character of commercial and industrial areas in Smoky ■ • • 11 • Illustrate ways to make additions to buildings that do not compromise their intrinsic value and treatment of the area -49- i9 5 • Recommend approaches for mfill construction that achieve design solutions compatible with the architectural context • Maintain side and rear facades of buildings that contribute to budding character of Smoky Hollow • Continue the practice of painted murals on building facades • Maintain and restore masonry and brick as the most prevalent budding material in Smoky Hollow • Use lighting as an important design component to highlight major architectural and urban design features • Strengthen the aesthetics and functionality of streetscapes as an important aspect in attracting residents and visitors OPPORTUNITY SITES The five opportunity sites were broken down into four mayor sub - district categories industrial, mixed -use, alley, and two gateway sites, which address all (potential) uses within Smoky Hollow 1 Smoky Hollow Gateway Comer of S Sepulveda Boulevard & E El Segundo Boulevard The gateway on the east end would announce the presence of Smoky Hollow by increasing its visibility at the intersection of Sepulveda Boulevard and El Segundo Boulevard The Design Team selected this location as the main gateway to the Smoky Hollow community due to the high visibility of this corner, given the approach of drivers coming from the 1 -405 Freeway and Sepulveda Boulevard 160 I&ITI>e 2 Smoky Hollow Downtown Gateway Intersection of Franklin Avenue & Standard Street A human -scale gateway on the west end would attract pedestrians from Downtown El Segundo Pedestrian arches over sidewalks as well as a cornerstone would create a sense of arrival into the community This gateway location was selected due to its proximity to the Downtown Specific Plan overlay zone, to encourage pedestrian activity between the downtown area and Smoky Hollow supporting business in both parts of El Segundo, not drawing business away from downtown This intersection is at the entry to Smoky Hollow with three corners in Smoky Hollow, it is a connection point between Smoky Hollow and the rest of the city Additionally, Franklin Avenue is important as it is the longest street and one of the most direct pathways through the Smoky Hollow community 3 Industrial Opportunity Site Northeast comer of Grand AvenuelNevada Street intersection The industrial opportunity site would maintain an appropriate atmosphere, while improving landscaping, building facades, and streetscape to create a smooth link with the surrounding community Grand Avenue is the most prominent thoroughfare within the Medium Manufacturing District of the Smoky Hollow community since it is the main street to enter southern El Segundo The aesthetic qualities of the industrial buildings on this street are important in conveying their contribution to the area 4 Mixed -Use Opportunity Site On south side of E Franklin Street between Penn Street & Sierra Street (expansion of the north end of the Alley Opportunity Site) -51- i6 The mixed -use opportunity site would allow for an acceptable mixture of uses to enhance community viability, and neighborhood security Such a site would soften the edges of Smoky Hollow and allow for a transition within the community and between neighboring districts This opportunity site will serve as an extension of the Alley Opportunity Site proposal This will introduce a mixed -use element while providing an appropriate transition between the alley area to the south and the Multi -Family Residential (R -3) to the north of Franklin Street 5 Alley Opportunity Site Between Penn Street & Sierra Street (running North - South) The alley opportunity site would utilize alley access to the buildings and enhance the urban environment for pedestrians Such pedestrian access would reduce the need for sidewalk infrastructure and also facilitate a sense of community Additionally, the alley opportunity site provides a compelling transition from Downtown and is announced by the western gateway The Alley Opportunity Site has been selected at this location since it is a central alley within the Small Business Industrial Zone (SB) intending to serve this area in addition to those in the Medium Manufacturing Industrial Zone (MM) Pedestrians can easily reach this site from the downtown area or eastern blocks of Smoky Hollow The locations for these opportunity sites exemplify Smoky Hollow's potential for enhanced community and urban design Each of these sites build off of the architectural character, and reference the community's industrial /manufacturing background These sites are intended to preserve the desirable features of the Smoky Hollow Community and maintain its unique identity Residents value Smoky Hollow for being a relatively 'out of the way' community where they can conduct business and practice their art or trade without negatively impacting neighbors These design guidelines are intended to preserve these facets, while improving aesthetic quality, -52- ' '�3 pedestrian safety, amenities, and how the community interfaces with the rest of El Segundo Smoky Hollow is a unique community that deserves to be preserved, maintained, and celebrated OVERALL RECOMMENDATIONS • Enhance the pedestrian experience through streetscape improvements, such as street trees, paving techniques, and lighting • Identify and accentuate community boundaries • Create one -way streets, where practical, to allow for angled parking, street trees, and sidewalks • Utilize bulb -outs as a traffic calming measure and to allow for landscaping • Encourage pedestrian friendly uses • Infill underutilized parcels to strengthen the urban fabric • Introduce scale to existing buildings through the use of color, lighting, banners, panels, or other artistic devices that would mitigate the interruptions to streetscape rhythm and scale • Plant trees along the area's streets (that comprise the boundary of Smoky Hollow) and use scale, form, and planting patterns to establish a clear hierarchy of street networks • Incorporate color and visual interest onto building facades to attract people into the neighborhood • Introduce streetscape elements such as artist - inspired designs, distinctive site markers, bus stops, and sidewalk paving patterns -53- L IV. MARKET FEASIBILITY BACKGROUND AND GENERAL OVERVIEW Los Angeles County is the most populous county in the country with dust over 10 million residents, and currently is growing at an annual rate of 1 6 %, according to a March 2005 survey done by the Public Policy Institute Growth is driven by a combination of high fob availability, birth rates and in- migration Traditionally, Los Angeles County is a region that sprawled in order to achieve acres of single -family dwellings at a low density There has been increasing pressure to revitalize core properties, increasing density by strengthening underutilized areas within the urban framework This serves the dual purpose of protecting outlying areas from unnecessary growth while combating the fob- housing imbalance that is straining infrastructure throughout the region The Smoky Hollow area of the City of El Segundo is an area targeted for potential change While it remains economically vital, the area's growth has stagnated since the last Specific Plan, leaving it vulnerable to piecemeal development that might contrast unfavorably with the improvements in the rest of the city Additionally, there are maintenance and infrastructure issues that require attention In order to best assess the market potential for change in the area, it has been divided into three potential pathways The first would focus on including some type of housing into the neighborhood The second focuses on pros and cons of retaining the current industrial nature The third option explores the possibility of introducing some type of niche retail market into the area Any of these options maintains consistency with the General Plan Land Use Objectives and take into account the vitality of the area and the understandable concerns of residents and businesspeople that are uncertain about change -54- J_ HOUSING USES General Market Conditions The intent of the Market Feasibility analysis is to assess the potential housing market for the Smoky Hollow by assessing the rising pressure of housing needs, according to the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) and the pattern of real estate housing trends SCAG's housing projections for the South Bay Cities Subregion is to increase by 4,371 housing units between years 2000 -2005 with 4,802 additional units between 2005 -2010 The Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) study by SCAG shows a construction need of 78 units based on the income levels in El Segundo Based on the current real estate market trend, any types of housing is generally viable in the region, but, given the constraints of the Smoky Hollow area, specialty niches type housing such as condos, artist lofts, live -work units, or senior housing are likely to be the most feasible Currently there is a shortage of affordable housing in the South Bay region New housing is at high demand based on the current market conditions El Segundo is currently a sellers market with the April 2005 median home price at $509,230, which is a 12 5% increase compared to a year ago El Segundo is dominated by single -family residences of which 59 1% of the housing stock is valued at $300,000 to $499,000, creating a shortage of apartments /condos available for renters or first time buyers The median price for condos has also risen by 24 2% from $303,060 in January 2004 to $376,300 in January 2005 -55- i6o TABLE 1 California Housino Market at a Glance Housing Market Indicators State of Reporting Current Last Period Year Ago M -to -M % California Period Period Change Existing Home Sales SAAR Aril 2005 658,059 634,700 640,710 37% Median Home Price Aril 2005 $509,230 $496,550 $452,680 26% Unsold Inventory Index months Aril 2005 30 28 1 3 71% Median Time on Market April 2005 280 300 233 -67% (days) Housing Affordability Index (HAI) March 2005 18% 19% 21% -10% 30- year- fixed- rate mortgage FRM April 2005 586% 593% 583% -007% Source California Association of Realtors Existing and Planned Housing Smoky Hollow has developed as a mixed -use neighborhood with some housing randomly woven In which is largely apartments and located above Grand Avenue This area is currently zoned to allow housing and would likely be the best location for any additional units as It would allow the industrial buffer to be maintained between the refinery and the residential sections This would also help to mitigate land use conflicts between residents and more "industrial' uses Development is already occurring within the neighborhood with several new condo units and the introduction of office space Introducing some type of additional housing in the area would not be a new use, but properly defining locations and uses at this stage could help to mitigate later land use Issues -56- i�4; FIGURE 30: Median Home Values for Southern California. Source http //www losangelesfb com TABLE 2 Adopted Existlnq Need —All Income Housinq Problems Detail El Segundo Income Level (% of Median) Less 30% to 50% to 80% to Greater Total than 50% 80% 95% than 95% 30% Renters 269 309 562 461 2,523 4,122 All Households Owners 129 141 304 130 2,091 2,794 Total 397 450 866 591 4,613 6,915 Households Renters 230 297 472 226 384 1,607 Households With any Owners 78 47 113 39 671 946 Problems Total 308 343 585 265 1,055 2,553 Households Households Renters 226 274 472 221 314 1,505 With Owners 78 45 113 39 671 943 Overpayment Total 303 318 585 260 984 2,448 Households Renters 230 17 71 26 98 441 Households Owners 78 6 19 9 60 172 With Overcrowding Total 308 23 89 35 158 612 Households Source Southern California Association of Governments -57- L Site Opportunities and Constraints Located within the South Bay region, El Segundo is located conveniently near the coast, Downtown Los Angeles, and LAX, which makes the city an ideal location for the concentration of aerospace businesses as well as the increase in the craft industries It is also located adjacent to many coastal cities such as Santa Monica, Manhattan Beach, Redondo Beach, Hermosa Beach, Marina Del Rey, and Playa Del Rey, which are cities with a high cost of living based on the expensive real estate Another benefit of El Segundo's location is the ease of access from the 405 Freeway and the 105 Freeway El Segundo is largely hidden away from view from the freeway, but residents of the City like the fact that once they exit he freeways, they encounter very little surface traffic Local residents generally assume that those who drive into the City either live or work in the city The City hardly experiences through traffic in the downtown and residential portions of the City The seclusion of the City creates a sense of a small town community within the urban fabric El Segundo is also constrained by its location The 105 Freeway, the beach, the Chevron Refinery, and the adjacent cities bind the physical growth of the City The two dominant uses in El Segundo are single -family residential and commercial The City has a strong economic base that provides an abundance of fobs for the residents as well as for the Los Angeles region However, as the real estate market continues to climb, many seek to live in El Segundo, which is currently near build -out Since the City has few areas to expand, Smoky Hollow is the ideal section for the City to consider expansion in response to the housing crisis and specific housing needs Appropriate Housing Types - Examples A housing shortage is being experienced throughout Southern California In the South Bay in particular, the housing shortage is most obvious as a lack of affordable housing The aerospace industry had dump started the economy for the City of El Segundo The abundance of jobs and the continual growth of light to heavy manufacturing businesses 68 -58- i flourished in the Smoky Hollow area Located only miles from the coastline, the abundance of fobs, weather, and location has made El Segundo a popular choice for residents, as a result, 78% of the renter households in the city are overcrowded Other than the downtown, commercial zone and manufacturing zone, single - family housing dominates the city The housing prices in the city average $300,000 - $499,999 and monthly rent for apartments is $750 -$999 per month Renters are faced with a very tight market due to the lack of apartment buildings in the city The steady population growth is translating into a housing crunch throughout the region, the South Bay cities are no exception Any time there is available space housing must be considered as a possibility Adding or including housing would be appropriate for the Smoky Hollow area The following are suggested types of housing to consider Artist's Lofts Live -Work Live -work artist lofts have become popular for many developers because lofts are generally a type of housing that are adaptive re -use developments, which take underutilized or abandoned commercial or industrial buildings and convert them to lofts These lofts usually have a higher ceding height compared to a standard apartment, which are appealing to many renters Artists are generally interested in loft units because of the open floor plans FIGURE 31: Live -Work Lofts. and high ceilings that compliment and enhance their workspace Artist lofts also function as live -work units because many of the renters may choose to work in the same space they occupy This can help to provide artists the freedom to work within their own schedules -59- 16 'J The architectural character of Smoky Hollow lends Itself to artist lofts or live -work units As some of the Industrial manufacturing spaces become underutilized or run down, converting these spaces to artist lofts will not only appeal to the market of creative Individuals or local artists but supplement the housing needs in the South Bay Region Condos /Apartments Condominiums or apartments traditionally have been the alternative housing in higher density markets Buying or renting condos or apartments are a convenient and affordable housing alternative This provides options for singles and new workers, for those who cannot afford to buy a single - family home, those who do not want the additional FIGURE 32 Condos /Apartments responsibility of a larger home or yard, and those Individuals who are not ready to permanently relocate to the area The average list price for condominiums is $221,651 and these units are typically on the market for less than 30 days (EI Segundo General Plan) The housing market for El Segundo is "hot' Apartment rental prices are also relatively high On average, 1- bedroom is $735 per month, 2- bedroom is $1,050 per month, and 3- bedroom is $1,700 per month El Segundo In particular has very few apartments available for rent Based on the data, there Is a low percentage in vacancy rate, Indicating a market for new condos or apartments in the Smoky Hollow area Condos or apartments are traditionally offered in various plan configurations to accommodate a variety of lifestyles and needs. Most apartment complexes offer studios and 1, 2 or 3 bedroom apartments The main difference between apartments -60- and homes is that apartment renters do not have private yard spaces, they may have balconies, patios or decks only Otherwise, apartments are designed to have similar components typical to a traditional single - family home, but with less square footage Based on the high demand and low supply of condos and apartments, adding new condos or apartments will increase the supply in housing and make rental prices stable and more affordable New developments within Smoky Hollow will generate interest for those who want to live in the area but cannot afford the high rents elsewhere Affordable Housing Another type of housing that would supplement the shortfall of housing stock is to develop some affordable housing integrated within the existing Smoky Hollow fabric According to the U S Department of Housing and Urban Development, the "generally accepted definition of affordability is for a household to pay no more than 30 percent of its annual income on housing Families who pay more than 30 percent of their income for housing are considered cost burdened and may have difficulty FIGURE 33 Affordable Housing affording necessities such as food, clothing, transportation and medical care " The El Segundo General Plan states that "approximately one -third of all households In El Segundo are spending more than 30% of their income on housing Of these overpaying households, two - thirds are renters, representing 36% of the total renter households In the City " By providing affordable housing In the Smoky Hollow area, housing stock and density could be increased with fewer impacts on the existing residential areas Affordable housing can be developed through a combination of zoning incentives, cost - effective construction techniques, and governmental subsidies that can be rented or purchased by households who cannot afford market rate housing in the community. -61 - 4 7 1 This type of housing would meet the needs of local people who cannot afford accommodation through the open or low cost market, or through subsidized housing Many communities have opposed affordable housing in their neighborhoods for fear of a drop in real estate prices Today, architects have been providing creative design solutions and with smart use of building materials have been able to build affordable housing that is consistent with the quality of regular apartments and condos in the area Senior Housing Another viable option of housing that could be appropriate for Smoky Hollow is senior housing The City of El Segundo has special needs households who are certain segments of the population that have difficulty finding affordable housing that meets their special needs, The City has 1,120 households headed by elderly persons Of these households, 454 consist of elderly persons who live alone (El Segundo General Plan) Many seniors live alone and are locked into paying high rents or high mortgages They can FIGURE 34 Senior Housing choose to live in senior housing that is designed specifically for their use, and reduces their monthly living expenses Senior housing can either be small or large scale housing complexes that have dwelling units specifically designed for occupancy by persons of fifty -five (55) years of age or older This type of housing is restricted to seniors and usually includes no support services or staffing to address the special needs of aging residents Senior housing can includes lifestyle amenities such as a tennis court, swimming pool, golf course, fitness center, clubhouse and /or restaurant -62- There may be a few locations in the Smoky Hollow area that could be ideal for senior housing These would include areas where seniors could easily access public transportation and be within walking distance of essential services and amenities A site adjacent to the Downtown Main Street area, where the seniors are able to walk to Main Street for services, shopping, socializing and to the weekly farmer's market, might be one such possibility. Housing Component as it relates to the Alley Mixed -Use Opportunity Site The early opportunity sites selected by the Design Team within the Smoky Hollow area are areas intended for gateway opportunities or have sites ideal for alley improvements and have potential for mixed -use developments Smoky Hollow currently operates as a vital manufacturing zone Traditionally, Smoky Hollow has been the buffer between the Chevron refinery and the residential zone Many residents like the separation The addition of housing in the area would indicate infiltration into the buffer zone Housing in Smoky Hollow may be incompatible with the adjacent uses and could pose potential problems in the long run The noise and pollution levels in the manufacturing zone may become a nuisance for residents in the potential housing, Therefore it is important that residents understand the conditions they are moving into, and should acknowledge, through a covenant of the potential incompatible elements The Alley Mixed -Use Opportunity Site is surrounded by light industrial businesses and directly across the street are medium density apartments If different types of housing are being considered within Smoky Hollow, the Alley Mixed -Use Opportunity Site would be ideal for such uses Introducing mixed -use development with live -work or apartments in the units above retail will not only address the housing crunch in El Segundo but also provide a transition from the residential zone to the remaining industrial /manufacturing sections of Smoky Hollow -63- i��,- INDUSTRIAL / MANUFACTURING USES General Market Conditions The intent of the Market Feasibility analysis for industrial uses within the Smoky Hollow area is to assess the current level of performance and to identify the opportunities and constraints as they relate to the preservation of industrial uses and their impacts on other possible land uses within Smoky Hollow Strategies for possible augmentations to the industrial sector are analyzed in relation to the addition of various other land use types, as well as in relation to maintaining the character of the land as it is seen today Industrial employment throughout the Los Angeles five- county region has been on a steady decline, down to 484,200 fobs in 2004 from 811,600 fobs in 1990 (LAEDC, 2005) However, Los Angeles County remains the top employing mayor manufacturing metropolitan area in the United States (LAEDC, 2005) Competition with low -cost producers, such as China, is a mayor cause of the employment drop Another mayor factor is the shortage of available space for industrial uses Essentially all of the existing industrial space within Los Angeles County is occupied (2 4% vacancy rate (LAEDC, 2005)), however, the industrial sector is not able to expand due to most large available parcels and older industrial buildings going to housing and retail developments It is being predicted that industrial firms will begin to look to Santa Clanta and the Antelope Valley for development opportunities if the current trend continues (LAEDC, 2005) The LA -Long Beach port area remains vibrant and continues to grow, spurred by a steady increase in international trade This has put pressure on warehousing and transportation facilities in the region Existing Industrial Uses Smoky Hollow was designed as a separate district to house industrial uses within El Segundo in an effort to separate these uses from housing Smoky Hollow has traditionally been the location of firms involved with the manufacturing of aerospace 1 r7 `t Ime products Along with the Chevron refinery, this creates an environment with a number of negative externalities that does not lend the area to many other uses Most of the buildings in the area are somewhat out of date, being built in the 1950's and 1960's Parking space is limited, as are pedestrian walkways along the roads Despite these characteristics, Smoky Hollow is a successful location for industrial uses, largely due to its location near the Los Angeles Air Force Base, LAX, and the port of Los Angeles Current Industrial Performance As previously stated, Smoky Hollow is a successful location for industrial uses This statement is based on the following facts - Los Angeles County was the top manufacturing center in the nation in 2004 - As of Q2'04 South Bay had the second highest manufacturing employment in Los Angeles County at 83,801 jobs In the South Bay region industrial facilities had a vacancy rate of 2 5% in Q1'05 - In Q2'04 industrial facilities within El Segundo had a vacancy rate of 2 5% - Class B office space in El Segundo had a 6 5% vacancy rate in Q2'04 - Office vacancy rates in El Segundo in Q2'04 were 24 3% for Class A space Site Opportunities and Constraints Opportunities - Existing industrial firms can act as a base for employment and revenue - Costs of production in China are going up - Collaboration with the Los Angeles Air Force Base - International access through the Port of L A & LAX Constraints - Lack of available land for future growth for the sector Encroachment of incompatible land uses a rt .) 1 -65- Difficult to expand existing facilities Inadequate Infrastructure for trucking traffic - Aging facilities Strategies for Industrial Uses Smoky Hollow can continue to be a successful Industrial district, even with various other land uses encroaching Into the area If the floor /area ratio limits are increased, existing firms will be able to expand their businesses and encourage them to update their current facilities This can also be used as an Incentive for the firms to consolidate their facilities in order to make available land that can be developed for the use of shared or district parking, which can also help to create a buffer between current and future housing and retail developments Due to the area's proximity to Los Angeles International Airport and the ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach, it could still retain its Industrial /blue collar character In spite of downturns In Industrial manufacturing If one were to arise Potential transformations of Smoky Hollow In the future could be as a logistics hub, or warehousing, If Industrial employment were to dry up SPECIALTY RETAIL USES General Market Conditions - Local and Regional As can be ascertained from the demographic data (see Table 4) for Smoky Hollow, retailers must keep In mind that communities surrounding Smoky Hollow have a diverse population In regards to Income, race, education, household size, and distinct cultural tastes and preferences Specialty retailers and developers need to be aware of these distinct tastes, the population Is not homogenous As demonstrated from Table 3, population and demographic shifts will continue to grow over the next 25 years Thus it is essential that any retail added to the Smoky Hollow Plan area cater to the demands of all of these individuals with varying tastes and needs IABLE 3 Future population projections for El Segundo Population 2000 2005 2010 projected 2020 projected 2025 projected 2030 projected 16,111 16,787 16,930 18,249 18,877 19,479 -66- a 1 1 6 TABLE 4 Smokv Hollow Demoaraphlcs Pop- Facts: Census Demographic Quick Facts 2004 Report Trade Area: 300 E PINE AVE, EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 -3056, Total 0.00-600 Mlles 0.00-1000 Miles 0.00 -15.00 Miles Description Radius % Radius % Radius % Population 2000 Census 431,524 1,852,645 3,911,239 1990 Census 402,464 1,775,563 3,736,115 Growth 1990 -2000 722% 434% 469% Households 2000 Census 161,959 686,667 1,337,400 1990 Census 155,863 667,892 1,292,207 Growth 1990 -2000 3 91 % 2 81 % 350% 2000 Population by Single Race Classification 431,524 1,852,645 3,911,239 White Alone 218,126 5055 762,633 4116 1,628,011 416 Black or African American Alone 78,054 1809 470,841 2541 649,349 166 American Indian and Alaska Native Alone 2,705 063 11,470 0 62 29,643 0 8 Asian Alone 29,061 673 159,031 858 371,183 9 5 Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone 2,362 055 6,124 033 16,028 04 Some Other Race Alone 80,611 1868 357,943 1932 1,029,866 263 Two or More Races 20,605 477 84,604 457 187,159 4 8 2000 Population Hispanic or Latino 431,524 1,852,645 3,911,239 Hispanic or Latino 151,209 3504 627,602 3388 1,817,028 465 Not Hispanic or Latino 280,315 6496 1,225,043 6612 2,094,212 535 2000 Tenure of Occupied Housing Units 161,959 686,667 1,337,400 Owner Occupied 66,661 41 16 282,973 41 21 500,295 374 Renter Occupied 95,299 5884 403,694 5879 837,106 626 2000 Households by Household Income 161,901 687,279 1,338,719 Income Less than $15,000 22,083 1364 126,702 1844 281,774 21 1 Income $15,000 - $24,999 17,334 1071 82,941 1207 185,879 139 Income $25,000 - $34,999 18,348 11 33 82,192 11 96 169,042 126 Income $35,000 - $49,999 23,765 1468 101,440 1476 193,482 145 Income $50,000 - $74,999 29,420 1817 117,445 1709 208,253 156 Income $75,000 - $99,999 18,197 1124 66,202 963 111,659 8 3 Income $100,000 - $149,999 17,708 1094 62,050 903 98,942 7 4 Income $150,000 - $249,999 10,175 628 32,613 475 56,385 4 2 Income $250,000 - $499,999 3,117 1 93 9,825 143 19,458 1 5 Income $500,000 or more 1,754 1 08 5,868 085 13,845 1 0 2000 Average Household Size 264 267 287 2000 Average Household Income $71,647 $62,760 $60,348 2000 Median Household Income $49,634 $42,660 $37,532 2000 Per Capita Income $27,127 $23,562 $21,019 Prepared on May 6, 2005 © 2005 CLARITAS INC All rights reserved 1 800 866 6511 -67- r 7 7 , Existing and Planned Retail • Plaza El Segundo (Construction planned for 2005) o Located in the southern portion of the City of El Segundo at the northeast corner of the intersection of Sepulveda Boulevard and Rosecrans Avenue o Approximately 110 -acre site slated for commercial development, including retail and industrial uses. o Construction of 425,000 square feet is planned to begin early 2005 o "Big Box' retail is planned Strong interest from Petsmart, Kohl's, Whole Foods, Borders, Linens -n- Things, World Market, and other large retail chains • Campus El Segundo (Construction planned for 2005) o Located dust south of Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) on the west side of El Segundo o Approximately 46 5 acres planned for mixed -use development Possible commercial uses may include office, research and technology - related communications and web - hosting facilities, light industrial, hotel /conference area, retail, restaurants, retail, day care, and public service uses o Construction of 2 175 million square feet of mixed -use development o Able to accommodate a wide range of uses, heights and budding square footages • Downtown El Segundo (Existing Retail) • Specific Plan adopted by the Downtown Task Force in 2000 • "It is the focal point for the community and one of the cohesive elements that ties the community together " • Resident - oriented, pedestrian focused, retail and service uses • Uses include small retail shops such as jewelry stores, clothing boutiques, salons, flower shops, and other small scale commercial uses 178 .: Site Opportunities and Constraints Smoky Hollow has both constraints and opportunities that must be assessed when determining possible future uses Small lots, noncontiguous ownership, current uses, lack of sidewalks, and lack of theme contribute to constraints that must be addressed when assessing the future of the area Two critical items for the future redevelopment of Smoky Hollow, which must be addressed, is lack of parking and low Floor Area Ratio (FAR) standards When assessing the feasibility of retail we were concerned about saturation of the market There is a lot of big box retail in the vicinity of El Segundo including the upcoming Plaza El Segundo development Additional retail of this type in Smoky Hollow is likely not feasible In addition, "big box' retailers require parcels able to accommodate large buildings with a lot of additional space for parking They are generally located along mayor corridors with high visibility Due to the lack of large, contiguous parcels of the same ownership as demonstrated by the list of parcels and associated square footages and the lack of visibility of Smoky Hollow, it is not feasible to plan large commercial uses As we heard from community input and City staff, we also want to avoid competing with Downtown El Segundo Given Smoky Hollow's industrial nature, "main- street" retail is easy to avoid Locating similar retail shops may draw customers away from downtown, and prevent a sufficient customer base for either area Smoky Hollow was intended for industrial purposes Pedestrian use was not anticipated and therefore, was developed without sidewalks in some areas One of the main constraints for transitioning Smoky Hollow into an area other than industrial will be accommodating pedestrians This can be accomplished by creative design techniques such as one -way streets to accommodate sidewalks and landscaping, as well as closing alleys for pedestrian use Sufficient road and alley adjustments must be made to form contiguous pedestrian movement -69- 19 PARKING AND FLOOR AREA RATIO Two main constraints for the future redevelopment of Smoky Hollow are parking and Floor Area Ratio limitations Bringing more people into Smoky Hollow requires a place for them to park Other communities have solved parking problems by creating a Parking Management District or Association, either privately or publicly managed With sufficient parking, the City or a Smoky Hollow Association can use parking credits as an incentive to attract an anchor tenant to Smoky Hollow Another solution is to implement a business improvement district to address overall needs of Smoky Hollow such as parking and pedestrian - oriented amenities such as sidewalks, landscaping, signage, and other related items Low (FAR) standards are a significant factor in the lack of redevelopment occurring in Smoky Hollow Due to historical influences described below, it is advantageous to maintain old, existing structures built when FAR standards were higher There are limited incentives to build new structures in Smoky Hollow If El Segundo wants to see redevelopment in Smoky Hollow, new FAR standards must be implemented The following section describes the history of FAR in Smoky Hollow, and concerns about the impact of higher FAR standards on the community, recommendations for new FAR standards, and an incentive program that the City should implement to achieve desired results TABLE 5 Non - Residential Floor Area Ratio standards in El Segundo Non - Residential FAR Standards in El Segundo Zone FAR Neighborhood Commercial 0.5 Downtown Commercial 1 0 General Commercial 1 0 Corporate 08 Smoky Hollow Specific Plan 06 Urban Mixed -Use North 1 3 Urban Mixed -Use South 1 3 471 or 124th St Specific Plan 54 1* Aviation Specific Plan 0.2 Corporate Campus Specific Plan 1 0 Light Industrial 06 Heavy Industrial 06 '(with or without water facility) -70- iSU History of FAR in Smoky Hollow The current, low FAR limitation discourages landowners from expanding or changing their businesses Many properties within Smoky Hollow are above the maximum 0 6 FAR A map of all properties within Smoky Hollow and their respective FAR is attached as Figure 37 Until the adoption of the General Plan 1992 (effective January, 1993) Smoky Hollow enjoyed a higher FAR In 1986, the existing Medium Manufacturing Zone used to be called the M -1 Zone, and the Small Business zone used to be the CM Zone The zones did not perfectly correspond, but the areas were nearly the same The M -1 Zone had an FAR of 1 0 and the CM zone did not have an FAR limit Density was controlled by other mechanisms such as parking, landscaping, and setbacks It was not until the 1992 General Plan that the 0 6 FAR was introduced to these zones According to City documents, instead of FAR, density was going to be tied to average daily vehicle trips While not stated, it is speculated that the City wanted to avoid penalizing low activity and low impact uses As policy evolved over the next several months, changes occurred and instead of tying density to vehicle trips, a 0 6 FAR was adopted Most of the development in Smoky Hollow occurred prior to 1992 There has been limited development in the past 20 years since the Smoky Hollow Specific Plan was adopted Some development occurred prior to the first General Plan of 1947, which was built to a much larger FAR when there were no city regulations It is acknowledged that since the FAR was changed to 0 6, there has been very little activity In 2003, an Ordinance was passed to allow nonconforming structures the ability to expand over 0 6 FAR standards Although there is no staff report indicating the reason why this happened, it is speculated that the City Council tried to be equitable in the way they dealt with businesses in the Smoky Hollow area Since structures built prior to the -71- ig� 0 6 FAR adoption could build to 1 0 the City Council gave a one -time window of opportunity to allow nonconforming businesses the same opportunity as their neighbors and were allowed to build an additional 20% or 15,000 sq ft, whichever is greater To ensure that it was equitable to conforming business owners, the opportunity was limited to three years After May 6, 2006, all property owners have to conform to 0 6 FAR standards If business owners want to demolish and re -build their structures, expand their business to additional adjacent land, or re- locate to a different parcel within Smoky Hollow, they must conform to existing 0 6 FAR standards For business owners who have nonconforming structures built with a higher FAR there is no incentive to re -build There is little or no incentive to change existing and aging structures This low FAR has discouraged redevelopment of Smoky Hollow Concerns There are concerns about changing the FAR within Smoky Hollow The first concern is the compatibility of intensification with the rest of El Segundo The majority of the surrounding land uses include multi - family residential, single - family residential, neighborhood commercial, mixed -use, and the Chevron Refinery Any increase in the FAR has to consider the impact of to existing infrastructure in adjacent areas The City of El Segundo also has to take into consideration what intensification of the FAR will do to Smoky Hollow Raising the FAR will result in increased water use, wastewater disposal, and electricity It will also result in increased groundwater withdrawal Prior to implementing changes, an environmental assessment will have to determine the affect a higher FAR will have on roads, parking, noise, air quality, and traffic circulation -72- X82 Recommendations for FAR • We recommend a 1 3 FAR in the mixed -use and alley opportunity sites All properties taking advantage of increased FAR must participate in the "FAR Incentive Program" described below o These sites will be identified as "pocket overlay' areas. o These sites will accommodate uses other than industrial and will benefit from intensified FAR o Other areas of mixed -use in El Segundo currently allow an FAR of 1 3 and will therefore be compatible with how El Segundo envisions the development of its mixed -use areas • We recommend either a 1 0 or 0 8 FAR in all other areas in Smoky Hollow depending on the size of the lot All properties taking advantage of increased FAR must participate in the "FAR Incentive Program" described below o To encourage lot consolidation, 1 0 FAR is allowed for all properties over 15,000 square feet o An FAR of 0 8 is allowed for all properties less than 15,000 square feet o All properties that do not participate in the FAR incentive program are required to maintain a 0 6 FAR FAR incentive Program • Incentive program for increased FAR o All properties that participate in the "FAR Incentive Program" must demonstrate superior architecture including design, fagade, budding articulation, and materials, o All participating properties must demonstrate superior landscaping design All projects will be required to submit a Landscape Concept Plan representing careful thought to landscaping and how it will complement both the budding and the Smoky Hollow Plan area o The City of El Segundo will establish a Smoky Hollow Design Commission to assess architecture and landscaping design standards -73- 48,E o All projects applying for increased FAR are required to pay into a Smoky Hollow fund to pay for pedestrian- related amenities such as sidewalks, enhanced pavement, signage, benches, and other amenities Fees will also be used for future infrastructure maintenance Funding will be used solely for Smoky Hollow improvements SPECIALTY RETAIL FEASIBILITY Generating billions of dollars in revenue annually, Southern California possesses one the most competitive and successful retail markets in the nation The types of retail options vary, but generally fall into seven specific categories, which include grocery, home d@cor, electronic, closeout discount, general merchandise, outlets, and bookstores Although it may seem as though consumers are provided with a wide range choices where they can satisfy their shopping needs, numerous retail establishments are designed and organized in such a manner to create retail malls or "power centers " Due to the perpetual duplicated design and layout of these malls, these establishments lack imagination and a sense of identity that allows them to be distinguished from other malls Despite the continued widespread success of Southern California's retail, this industry is in a state of turmoil Consumers and shoppers constantly encounter the same hackneyed retail malls and centers that possess no identity or distinctiveness from the rest of planned establishments, such that it is resulting in shopper fatigue and boredom Too many of these malls have the same stores, making the shopping experience less enjoyable than before Although the existing establishments serve their purpose by offering the products and services needed to fulfill the immediate demands of consumers, they fail in providing a unique experience As vital as these retail malls may be, they are slowly becoming obsolete The lack of uniqueness in shopping centers needs to be corrected and improved Thus, there is still an urgent need to provide retail establishments that are unique and create a memorable experience for its shoppers ONE In light of the fact that Southern California has such a diverse population, it is then safe to assume that the needs, demands, and tastes of its population are accordingly diverse With this in mind, it makes no sense to continue developing the same unimaginative types of retail centers that follow the same prosaic formula The mainstream retailers are not meeting many of the consumer demands, which provides for a huge opportunity to include and appeal to these various markets Aside from appealing to various demographics and markets, the type and design of the "retail center" needs to fit with the surrounding character and facilities in the area In the case of Smoky Hollow, as previously mentioned, there are several constraints to development that are prevalent, but that should not serve as a deterrent to development Much opportunity for success and creating something special lies in this area. Possible Specialty Retail Scenario The rich history and industrial nature of Smoky Hollow should not be ignored, but rather utilized and integrated into the central theme of the project The talents and values of the Smoky Hollow community are also significant aspects that should be included For example, there are many architects, sculptors, glassblowers, surfboard shapers, and so on in the community The talents and skills of these artisans and craftspeople should not go ignored Perhaps various industrial buildings could be refurbished and used as establishments where crafts are put on display, and where visitors can be introduced to the art and process involved with some of these crafts The glass blower may explain the intense detail and work that go into making each piece, as well as provide a brief history of the changes that have taken place in the community over time The surfboard shapers and other artisans may also participate in something similar. This will not only allow individuals to have a deeper understanding and appreciation for the crafts, but reinforce pride and cohesion within the community -75- L As is seen in other successful specialty retail districts, the presence of an "anchor" is an essential element to success In the case of Smoky Hollow, such an establishment may be a jazz cafe or restaurant of some sort, perhaps with a creative name like 'The Refinery," that will display some of the local crafts and history It might also be effective to consider using signage, painted paths, and informational historical markers throughout the site so that people would be able to conduct their own "walking tours" on the existing (but limited) sidewalks This would assist in creating a "sense of place" and connection to the community Case Studies During the community forums, many participants expressed interest in allowing other unique, "non -retail mall' uses into Smoky Hollow The Market Feasibility team analyzed and assessed several existing, specialty retail sites in order to determine what elements of the establishments were essential and fundamental to the success of the area We then took this knowledge and applied the applicable elements to Smoky Hollow Our goal was to maintain the integrity of historic industrial Smoky Hollow by utilizing the existing industrial buildings, while giving the area a "face -lift" with fagade improvements as well as any other work needed to revitalize the area The first example of specialty retail that our group looked at was the Cedros Design District in Solana Beach, which is located north of San Diego It was an old industrial area where over time, architects, furniture makers, designers, and other specialty shops moved into the area and became an integral part of the community Existing structures were re -used and re- invented, thus evolving into and creating a new "place" with a memorable experience that was unique from others in the surrounding area Such elements as awnings, signage, and other architectural treatments were used to make fagade improvements, so as to maintain the integrity and character of the old structures, but using them in a way to create a sense of place and integrate them into the existing industrial fabric -76- 1 The second example is Bergamot Station in Santa Monica This warehouse complex was once the site of a train depot for the Red Line trolley In the 90's it was converted into an enclave of thirty art galleries and the Santa Monica Museum of Art This complex combines Bohemian style with the wealth of the Westside This stylish cultural center is often frequented with artists, designers, collectors, and tourists who come to look at the various pieces of furniture, jewelry, sculptures, and paintings on exhibit This warehouse complex was transformed through the creative use of signage V. UTILITIES AND PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE (This portion of the report is currently under staff review) 181 -77- VI. DESIGN GUIDELINES FIGURES FIGURES 1 -7 Photos from May 16, 2005 Open House and Discussion Session FIGURE 8 Open House and Discussion Session Flow Charts FIGURES 9 -23 Photos of Bergamot Station, Santa Monica, CA. FIGURES 24 -29 Photos of the Lab (Anti- mall), Costa Mesa, CA FIGURE 30 Median Home Values for Southern California FIGURES 31 -34 Examples of Housing Types Appropriate in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 35 Aerial Photograph of Smoky Hollow FIGURE 36 Estimated Building Square Footage in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 37 Estimated Floor Area Ratios in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 38 Smoky Hollow Street Pavement Condition FIGURE 39 Smoky Hollow Sewer lines FIGURE 40 Sewer Line Deficiencies in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 41 Sidewalks in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 42 Stormdrains in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 43 Smoky Hollow Fiberoptics Access FIGURE 44 Proposed Opportunity Sites for Smoky Hollow � -88- 8S TABLES TABLE 1 California Housing market at a Glance TABLE 2 Adopted Existing Need —All Income Housing Problems Detail TABLE 3 Future population projections for El Segundo TABLE 4. Smoky Hollow Demographics TABLE 5 Non - residential Floor Area Ratio in El Segundo TABLE 6 Generation Rates i�a ILROZ The second example is Bergamot Station in Santa Monica This warehouse complex was once the site of a train depot for the Red Line trolley In the 90's it was converted into an enclave of thirty art galleries and the Santa Monica Museum of Art This complex combines Bohemian style with the wealth of the Westside This stylish cultural center is often frequented with artists, designers, collectors, and tourists who come to look at the various pieces of furniture, jewelry, sculptures, and paintings on exhibit This warehouse complex was transformed through the creative use of signage V. UTILITIES AND PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE (This portion of the report is currently under staff review) -77- i90 Y i' 1 • . ,1�w9 1 1 f 1 _ C ' W O Li L rr 0) /rte W 3 O 2 Y O E N SEPULWDA N3lN30 MOl ~ 8 DNVIAWn > VOMI QQ ymmals $ NfQd z S NO(T 9+S SNdAw:)n3 ONVONVls T 2 30V1d13MIMY h31N NOW, N WY V03A r d 8NI �' � N Im o U. 'BLOV-11T acr i J 3 D a z a � a � � 0, tp Vi 0 0 J I i NI ul n F O x Y ti C d N 0 0 LL Q C a m d W W tG a1 W Q LL 1J� O Q L O O 3 0 O O N SW WEDjk Y VNVKD i n W s sys�^a ,D MOM a3w3� Aiolvcrom aVIAMM y VJJIWI WMIS NN3d N0073NS Srtt"T#7n3 aavaNgs y 37YN13)IaY/l A31W mvn W a V03A r 88858 O O 7 N 0 0 0 n a N A TO 0 11 n i N 1 G� o o 00 6 Y O E N C O A tC m Q L O O LL 9 Y W r M w 0 LL i93 c .O O U A� W a 3 _o 2 Y O E co SEP,L"E'oA ra3,^m� "VI a c 8 sux+ It ri a LL a > NDION* NM a l l i i Q S + ? N d va+aoinV� c w N 15 40 NQO3n0 NP n0 VUVA3N 3N n3W33 w W MOIVJrlOS z U3 arounvw 3 -41„D; W Y y Vi¢/3151 O� N MN3d z - Y sniaaiV�n3 '' 7 Y ONdONViS � o NVW 3�V1d19Nn%Y A3»Y co co ci O w 'v 0 C d l0 IL m N 3 O O 0 CO G U) M W C7 LL d l 1 9 I wN W C 3 N 3 0 TO i Y O M%" 0 0 f I b3A a a a a o c o 0 N N 1N ■ N Ci] 0 d c m 3 m N 3 0 0 x T Y O E N of M W LL 195 J W a a a ■ � S w a a C Vl o I ..1 D 1 N Ci] 0 d c m 3 m N 3 0 0 x T Y O E N of M W LL 195 d V m C J 3 3 0 0 Y O X I 0 SEPULVEDA- J W �A3f�'YId3S m SIdM l � 0 C O N w a a j KL 4p srswx m W Sao m5mwo J % VVA3N W > N le z+w 3 l 13 NN3d r rvl OMM5 S VN3W SNLdA 2 } UMYOIVLS O MINI X I Y 3 3 0 0 N d VIIg10dIN9 r i S I snuAirxe 4L1RJ11gL NNI 3797d13AtlM1 W a +(o 3 N g 0 m 0 0 O T Y O N C tf! Y d 9 N a W LL I L 97 IS m o a x E Y V W a +(o 3 N g 0 m 0 0 O T Y O N C tf! Y d 9 N a W LL I L 97 .0 m L E L O 4" cn O 2 Y ,,E^ V/ a m Ty. a VRMOjINJ r 8 SFvuLWD r'1 V03A I I f srsNdH — — F -- MOl ~ 8 uwlwvn S VtIWOI { VyM315 i t NN 3d C NOQ13t45_ � � Sf11dAlYJfl't 1 NVW d1d�NMMY _ —A31'h — — O ffi N1 0 O T Y O E M C .y C E Y y v w Ix I �J8 c uj a N o v O to G j i a a d E N E C d w w �J O ffi N1 0 O T Y O E M C .y C E Y y v w Ix I �J8 V Y CL 0 A� W U. 3 0 2 x 0 ''E^ V/ 4V A OZ— jZ7 a- 0 y n a w 'u5 W VNVI s Z J W z o z a 2 �v_x(� m od SION I 111 K W u 3 U w LAJ NOISNI M 4 2 > q SVSMN / IIL S O U Y Z YINtla!'KJ Q r f- S C U7 x wN U N093W ND`a3tlD W O aj Y V C U) E CL n o W a •. d X Va7njN VMA3N Q% ii O I > N31N3O > MO1 ~ 0 W W OMIA;;km Z +U! Z Y 3 VuWOI S YNN31S g 0 N NN3d a a NOa73M5 O O > abvmvks kz O NVW y a VMI3MNV)t tlJ m V Q N V w a 0 d a_ LL 3 O T Y O E N di W 0 CD LL 0 1. , O Q �C O CL CL O 3 O O O E U) 0 00 o Y O E N w w m N 7 0 O O. Q O 'O 4) N O CL O a w a c� U. �I }(i VI. DESIGN GUIDELINES FIGURES FIGURES 1 -7 Photos from May 16. 2005 Open House and Discussion Session FIGURE 8 Open House and Discussion Session Flow Charts FIGURES 9 -23 Photos of Bergamot Station, Santa Monica, CA FIGURES 24 -29 Photos of the Lab (Anti- mall), Costa Mesa, CA FIGURE 30 Median Home Values for Southern California FIGURES 31 -34 Examples of Housing Types Appropriate in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 35 Aerial Photograph of Smoky Hollow FIGURE 36 Estimated Building Square Footage in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 37 Estimated Floor Area Ratios in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 38 Smoky Hollow Street Pavement Condition FIGURE 39 Smoky Hollow Sewer lines FIGURE 40 Sewer Line Deficiencies in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 41 Sidewalks in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 42 Stormdrains in Smoky Hollow FIGURE 43 Smoky Hollow Fiberoptics Access FIGURE 44 Proposed Opportunity Sites for Smoky Hollow -88- 200 TABLES TABLE 1 California Housing market at a Glance TABLE 2 Adopted Existing Need — All Income Housing Problems Detail TABLE 3 Future population projections for El Segundo TABLE 4 Smoky Hollow Demographics TABLE 5 Non - residential Floor Area Ratio in El Segundo TABLE 6 Generation Rates 101)n :• EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE. November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS & BOARDS AGENDA DESCRIPTION: Consideration and possible action regarding the announcement of the appointments of candidates to the following Committees, Commissions and Boards (CCBs) Capital Improvement Program Advisory Committee ( CIPAC) and Community Cable Advisory Committee (Cable) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION: (1) Announce the appointees to the CCBs, if any and terms of office, (2) Alternnaativ�e' �, discuss and take other action related to this item A K R UND 8 DISCUSSI N Committee /Commission & Board CIPAC Cable # of Openings 2 ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS. N/A FISCAL IMPACT: N/A ORIGINATED: Appointees) Term Expires) 11/30/09 10/31/09 10/31/09 Date. October 20, 2005 � 01'3 3 R W m f W O Z LL O N Q O G � OLL O tl i Z> m W NH W ,O 0 a u� aq i�mnnmo �'NN 5 Nh l7 N N P R < W m p h P m nv onN N p LL LL p w m m z U Wa w f z m LL U 4° i LL w ZZ�2p( om z nO a i LLpz LLu w �5 o °z�gai��m F jz�wY 02111 �wpapppwww�n�- Jmm�y . Q Z m QjLL�LLwa�z_�au N� T $ 7 4 p LL J Z S W z C U f~ W h 6 J O W W N jy F Oj F F F J Z U~ LL W 1 J N F Q J Z N W m VWf ¢LL�3a pQ �Op LLLLZZQ¢ ;Fj, ym�FJ W 1KW pQa� W K W(J iJWKQV N "'rQ -w �LL�1im Q z C Wp y�y 0 °o pWp d LL 0��v,ad OOUa =.Im ���? 33�w�3rcu�u�o R gog8o������m �'��RRme��53�eeo�Bo u 0 h a x �a w ° � aW^wu o ¢ o UJ 0 rt0rt w aJ O F_ W Z 2 tl J Q o< w z J 0 N Y U W_ U O O w �\ � � T ni m tl i a � f aq 5 5 n nx02 ° a u ° =�0 n e er xn W x x y E m `v E N \ N?b I `w InxC L L V W p O12 d y W E" -8. w a E d E d° E 3 U a c� i p ¢ 1 tif:xu O u Y o O it pU R' m u UW K W � � T ni CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER 1017/2005 THROUGH 10/2012005 Date Payee Amount Description 10/6105 Health Comp 4,54113 Weekly claims 9129 10/6/05 IRS 192,255 66 Federal Taxes 10/6/05 Employment Development 41,221 52 State Taxes 10/7/05 Cal PERS 298,74547 PERS Health 1017/05 West Basin 840,581 20 H2O payments 10/12/05 Federal Reserve 5000 Employee EE Bonds 10/12/05 Federal Reserve 10000 Employee I Bonds 10/12/05 Lane Donovan Golf Ptr 18,877 16 Golf Course Payroll Trf 10/13/05 Cal PERS 245,886 99 PERS Retirement 10/14/05 Health Comp 2,251 31 Weekly claims 1017 10/19/05 Health Comp 53050 Weekly claims 10114 10/20/05 La Salle 43,725 00 ABAG monthly payment 10/20/05 IRS 185,442 49 Federal Taxes 10/20/05 Employment Development 39,553 75 State Taxes 1017- 10/20/05 Workers Comp Activity 7,85291 SCRMA checks issued DATE OF RATIFICATION: 11/1/05 TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE: Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by 1,921,615 09 Date /0 'Z% U� Date U Dat 1,921,615.09 Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo I r REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL TUESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 2005 - 5 00 P K CALL TO ORDER — Mayor McDowell at 5 00 p.m ROLL CALL Mayor McDowell Mayor Pro Tern Gaines Council Member Boulgandes Council Member Busch Council Member Jacobson Present Present — arrived at 6 03 p m Present Present Present CLOSED SESSION The City Council moved into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, et seq ) for the purposes of conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator, and /or conferring with the City Attorney on potential and /or existing litigation, and /or discussing matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel), and /or conferring with the City's Labor Negotiators, as follows CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — EXISTING LITIGATION (Gov't Code §54956 9(a)) — 3 matters City of El Segundo v City of Los Angeles, et al , LASC No. BS094279 Yeaton v City of El Segundo, LASC Case No BS096351 Bressi v City of El Segundo, LASC Case Nos BC288293 and 288292 CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — ANTICIPATED LITIGATION Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956 9(b) -1- potential case (no further public statement is required at this time), Initiation of litigation pursuant to Government Code §54956 9(c) -2- matters DISCUSSION OF PERSONNEL MATTERS (Gov't Code §54957) — 0 matter CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54957 6) -0- matter CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATOR (Gov't Code §54956 8) -1- matter Purchase of Real Property (Parcel Nos 4138 - 004 -016 (primary parcel), 4138 - 004 -008 and 4138- 004 -015) City Negotiator Jeff Stewart, City Manager Property Owner Federal Express Corporation/Thomas Properties SPECIAL MATTERS — 0 matter Council recessed at 6 50 p m 5 MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 18, 2005 PAGE NO 1 REGULAR MEETING OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL TUESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 2005 - 7 00 P M 7 00 P M SESSION CALL TO ORDER — Mayor McDowell at 7 00 p m INVOCATION— Pastor Dino Tumbuan of Saint John's Lutheran Church PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Carl Jacobson PRESENTATIONS — (a) Presentation of donation of over $21,000 for the victims of hurricane Katrina by Ron Swanson, BIII Fisher and Ed Minske organizers of the South Bay Gulf Coast Relief Fund, to Captain Isaias Braga, Salvation Army, Redondo Beach District (b) Mayor McDowell and Council Members presented a Proclamation to Mark Trujillo, Recreation & Parks, and costumed children, proclaiming Monday, October 31, 2005 as Halloween Frolic in El Segundo, from 3 30 p m to 6 00 p m on the 300 and 400 block of Main Street, El Segundo ROLL CALL Mayor McDowell - Present Mayor Pro Tern Gaines - Present Council Member Boulgandes - Present Council Member Busch - Present Council Member Jacobson - Present PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per person, 30 minute limit total) Individuals who have received value of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves prior to addressing the City Council Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of $250 While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to take action on any item not on the agenda The Council will respond to comments after Public Communications is closed Liz Garnholz, resident, spoke regarding agenda item number 15, a letter to the California Energy Commission supporting the request by El Segundo Power, LLC amending the conditions of certification BIO -1 A PROCEDURAL MOTIONS Consideration of a motion to read all ordinances and resolutions on the Agenda by title only MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 18, 2005 PAGE NO 2 " U MOTION by Council Member Boulgandes, SECONDED by Council Member Jacobson to read all ordinances and resolutions on the Agenda by title only MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 510 B SPECIAL ORDERS OF BUSINESS C UNFINISHED BUSINESS Consideration and possible action to amend the Downtown Specific Plan by expanding the current boundary and incorporating the commercially zoned parcels along the 200 block of West Grand Avenue located between the current westerly boundary of the Plan area and Concord Street MOTION by Council Member Boulgarides, SECONDED by Mayor ProTem Gaines to continue item to November 1, 2005 City Council meeting MOTION PASSSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 5/0 Consideration and possible action to amend El Segundo Municipal Code Section 2- 2 -4(B) Disaster Council Composition, to include a City Council Member and a School District Member (Fiscal Impact None) Mark Hensley, City Attorney, read by title only ORDINANCE NO 1388 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING EL SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE § 2 -2 -4 (B) REGARDING DISASTER COUNCIL COMPOSITION Mayor ProTem Gaines introduced the ordinance with the amendment that the Council Member term of appointment be for one year 3 Consideration and possible action to create an ad hoc committee to consider and make recommendations to the City Council regarding the Implementation and potential funding of the Aquatics Master Plan (Fiscal Impact. None) Council consensus create an ad hoc committee to consider the implementation and funding of the Aquatics Master Plan with a report to Council during the FY 06 -07 discussions Committee to be formed for a period of 6 months with primary focus on site selection, funding, and time line. Approve the appointment of Cindee Topar, Colleen Glynn -Rich, Ron Swanson, Barbara Briney, Henry Stuart, Anne Marie D'Agostino, Kelly Kemp and Sara Combs to the committee and Council representatives Council Members Boulgarides and Busch MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 510 D REPORTS OF COMMITTEES, BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 18, 2005 PAGE NO 3 021 8 4 Consideration and possible action regarding the setting of a date and time for Interviewing candidates to the Capital Improvement Program Advisory Committee (CIPAC) and Community Cable Advisory Committee (Cable) Council consensus to set date for Interviews of candidates to the above - listed CCBS, from 6 00 p.m. to 7.00 p m Tuesday, November 1, 2005, to be continued to 6 00 p m Tuesday, November 15, 2005, If necessary MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 5/0 5 Consideration and possible action regarding the Annual Report of the Planning Commission Presentation to be made by the Planning Commission Chair (Fiscal Impact None) Robin Funk, Planning Commission Chair, gave the report Council consensus to receive and file Annual Report of the Planning Commission E CONSENT AGENDA All items listed are to be adopted by one motion without discussion and passed unanimously If a call for discussion of an item is made, the item(s) will be considered individually under the next heading of business 6 Approved Warrant Numbers 2549652 to 2549939 on Register No 01 in the total amount of $914,344 83 and Wire Transfers from 9/23/2005 through 10/6/2005 in the total amount of $547,071 90 Authorized staff to release Ratified Payroll and Employee Benefit checks, checks released early due to contracts or agreement, emergency disbursements and /or adjustments, and wire transfers 7 City Council Meeting Minutes of October 4, 2005 8 Adopted Resolution No 4438 calling for, Resolution No 4439 requesting County services and Resolution No 4440 adopting regulations for candidates' statements for the General Municipal Election, April 11, 2006 9 Approved Contract No 3538 with Martin & Chapman Co for election support and services for the General Municipal Election, April 11, 2006 (Contract amount not to exceed $31,000) Authorized the City Manager to execute a standard professional services contract with Martin & Chapman Co to provide election support and services 10 PULLED FOR DISCUSSION BY MAYOR PRO TEM GAINES 11 Accepted the work as complete on the project for the Underground Fuel Storage Repairs Phase II at the Maintenance Facility (150 Illinois Street) and approved of Change Order #1 in the amount of $34,283 12 — Project No PW 05 -09 — Approved Capital Improvement Program (Final contract amount $87,952 25) Authorized the City Clerk to file the City Engineer's Notice of Completion in the County Recorder's Office MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 18, 2005 PAGE NO 4 12 Accepted the work as complete on the project for the Urho Saari Swim Stadium (aka El Segundo Plunge) Steel Roof Truss Repair (219 West Mariposa Avenue) and approved Change Order #1 in the amount of $24,997 63 — Project No PW 05 -01 — Approved Capital Improvement Program (Final Contract Amount $124,89763) Authorized the City Clerk to file the City Engineer's Notice of Completion in the County Recorder's office. MOTION by Council Member Busch, SECONDED by Mayor ProTem Gaines to approve Consent Agenda Items 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 12 MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 5/0 CALL ITEMS FROM CONSENT AGENDA 10 Consideration and possible action to receive and file a report on the consumption and purchase of gasoline and diesel fuel for City operations (Fiscal Impact none at this time) Mayor ProTem Gaines requested when contract renewal is considered, a clause be included that 6 the City declares an emergency, and a state of emergency does exist, that prices are not artificially inflated Council received and filed NEW BUSINESS 13 Consideration and possible action to contract with Beach Cities Transit to provide bus services to replace the discontinued Metropolitan Transit Agency (MTA) bus route 439 through El Segundo for a period of two years (Fiscal Impact $128,706 annually for two years — Prop A funds) MOTION by Council Member Busch, SECONDED by Council Member Jacobson to execute Contract No 3536 as approved to form by the City Attorney, with Beach Cities Transit to fund the proposed portion of the 439 replacement line, subject to the following a) the City's participation would be contingent on the cities of Redondo Beach, Manhattan Beach, Hermosa Beach, and Los Angeles also participating, b) El Segundo would participate with the other cities, c) the agreement would cover a period of two years, d) the amount will not exceed $128,706 annually MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 5/0 14 Consideration and possible action to obtain an appraisal to determine fair market value of City -owned property located directly east of 150 and 160 S Sepulveda Boulevard. (Fiscal Impact Approximately $5,000) Mayor McDowell announced a possible conflict of interest due to his employment and possible client associations Mayor McDowell left the dais at 7.58 P M Seimone Jurjis, Planning and Building Safety Director, gave a report MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 18, 2005 PAGE NO 5 2i MOTION by Council Member Busch, SECONDED by Council Member Boulgandes to authorize staff to obtain an appraisal of the property MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 4/0 Mayor McDowell not participating due to a possible conflict of interest due to his employment and possible client associations Mayor McDowell returned to the dais at 8 05 P M G REPORTS — CITY MANAGER — NONE H REPORTS — CITY ATTORNEY — NONE REPORTS —CITY CLERK — NONE REPORTS — CITY TREASURER - NONE K REPORTS — CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS Council Member Boulgarides — Reported on the community meeting on R -1 development and announced that it was well attended He also reported on the Homecoming parade Council Member Busch — 15 Consideration and possible action to forward a letter to the California Energy Commission supporting a request by El Segundo Power, LLC to amend Condition of Certification BIO -1 set forth in the El Segundo Power Redevelopment Final Decision (No fiscal impact) MOTION by Council Member Boulgarides, SECONDED by Mayor ProTem Gaines to approve the letter to the California Energy Commission. MOTION PASSED BY UNANIMOUS VOICE VOTE 5/0 Reported on the small business and government group meeting at the AQMD, and stated that permits can be accessible through the AQMD web site He also commented on the Ted Lieu oath of office ceremony on October 16, 2005 Council Member Jacobson — He also reported on the R -1 sub - committee, and requested a point City Council and Planning Commission meeting to further educate the public. Mayor Pro Tern Gaines He commented on the one day, one trial Jury duty system MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 18, 2005 PAGE NO 6 N Mayor McDowell — He announced the completion of Thomas Properties acquisition of the Fed Ex site for the El Segundo Plaza Project He also commented on his conversation with the Air Force Base Commander regarding the need for more mass transit, and further commented on the "slug transit' mode of transportation used in the Washington D C area and how "slug transit' was organized Council Member Jacobson requested an update on the SAMS protect Mayor McDowell stated that a move -in date had been schedule and he would invite Col Joseph Coldispoti to make a presentation. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5 minute limit per person, 30 minute limit total) Individuals who have receive value of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves prior to addressing the City Council Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of $250 While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to take action on any item not on the agenda The Council will respond to comments after Public Communications Is closed Juli Potter, resident, spoke regarding R -1 property and increasing development She requested a moratorium be placed on R -1 building in the city Liz Garnholz, resident, spoke regarding the Aquatic Master Plan and the Urho Saari site. She also stated she disagreed with item 15 on the Power Plant MEMORIALS — NONE ADJOURNMENT at 8 37 p m Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 18, 2005 PAGE NO 7 n EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE. November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda AGENDA DESCRIPTION: Consideration and possible action to amend El Segundo Municipal Code Section 2 -2-4 (B), Disaster Council Composition, to include a City Council Member and a school district member Fiscal Impact None RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION. 1) Second reading and adoption of Ordinance No 1388; 2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION. El Segundo Municipal Code ( "ESMC") Section 2 -2 -4 (B) describes the composition of the City Disaster Council The City Disaster Council was established by Ordinance 917 on January 4, 1977 Staff is requesting that the City Council consider adopting an ordinance amending ESMC Section 2 -2 -4 (B) Disaster Council Composition The first recommended amendment is to add a school district member to the list of representatives having an official emergency responsibility under Section 2 -2-4 (B) (5) The second recommended amendment is to add a City Council Member to the City Disaster Council The Council Member is to be appointed by the Mayor to serve on the City Disaster Council for a period of one year on a rotating basis under ESMC Section 2 -2-4 (B) (6) ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Ordinance No 1388 FISCAL IMPACT: None Operating Budget. None Amount Requested: None Account Number* N/A Project Phase. N/A Appropriation Required. _Yes X No ORIGINATED BY: DATE. 10/19/05 Kevin Smith, Actinq Fire Chief to City ,13 l4: ORDINANCE NO. 1388 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING EL SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE § 2 -2 -4 (B) REGARDING DISASTER COUNCIL COMPOSITION, The Council of the City of El Segundo does ordain as follows SECTION 1 El Segundo Municipal Code ( "ESMC ") § 2 -2 -4 (B) is amended to read as follows 5 "Such representatives of the school district, civic, business, labor, veterans, professional or other organizations having an official emergency responsibility, as may be appointed by the Director with the advice and consent of the City Council 6 A Council Member appointed by the Mayor to serve for a period of one year on a rotating basis," SECTION 2 If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the city council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable SECTION 3 Repeal of any provision of the El Segundo Municipal Code does not affect any penalty, forfeiture, or liability incurred before, or preclude prosecution and imposition of penalties for any violation occurring before this Ordinance's effective date Any such repealed part will remain in full force and effect for sustaining action or prosecuting violations occurring before the effective date of this Ordinance SECTION 4 The City Council determines that this ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act California Public Resources Code 21000, et seq , CEQA ") and the regulations promulgated thereunder 14 California Code of Regulations 15000, et seq , the State CEQA Guidelines ") because it consists only of minor revisions and clarifications to an existing municipal code and specification of procedures related thereto and will not have the effect of deleting or substantially changing any regulatory standards or findings required therefor This ordinance is an action that does not have the potential to cause significant effects on the environment SECTION 5 The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original ordinances, make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting, and, within fifteen 15) days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law Page 1 of 3 SECTION 6 This Ordinance will take effect on the 31st day following its final passage and adoption PASSED AND ADOPTED THIS I ST DAY OF NOVEMBER, 2005 Kelly McDowell, Mayor Page 2 of 3 STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of the City is five, that the foregoing Ordinance No 1388 was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting on the 18'h day of October, 2005, and was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the I" day of November, 2005, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following roll call vote AYES NOES - ABSENT ABSTAIN ATTEST Cindy Mortesen, City Cl APPRi Mark C Page 3 of 3 -EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING- Consent Calendar AGENDA DESCRIPTION: Consideration and possible action regarding the approval of the examination plan for the Personnel Merit System job classification of Police Sergeant RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION 1) Approve the Examination Plan, 2) Alternatively discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: Section 1 -6 -9 of the El Segundo Municipal Code, entitled "Examinations ", provides that the Personnel Officer shall review and recommend to the City Manager, who in turn shall recommend to the City Council, an appropriate examination plan and weights for each portion of the examination for Personnel Merit System job classifications Approval of exam plans for Merit System fob classifications in all City Departments has been required since the passage of initiative Ordinance No 586 in April 1962 - continued on next page - ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS. None FISCAL IMPACT Operating Budget Amount Requested. Account Number Project Phase Appropriation Required, _Yes X No ORIGINATED DATE. October 25, 2005 ,ok 44 1 �9"4ef Bret M. Plumlee, Director of Administrative Services DATE: I Ma Agenda 540 F- 1 / BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION- For departments other than the Police and Fire Departments, the plan may consist of any one or combination of the following techniques 1 Written, 2 Oral, 3 Demonstration, 4 Any evaluation of education, expenence, or skills or physical fitness, which fairly evaluated the relative capacities of the applicants Police and Fire Departments The examination plan, for entrance or promotional, for the Police and Fire Departments, shall consist of a written examination and one or more of the following 1 Oral; 2 Demonstration, 3 Any evaluation of education certification, experience, or skills or any test of manual skills or physical fitness, which fairly evaluates the relative capacities of the applicant The proposed examination plan reflects the elimination of the multiple choice written test component from the previously approved exam plan Police Department management staff and the El Segundo Police Officers' Association are in agreement with the elimination of the multiple choice written test from the examination process for the following reasons 1) The multiple choice written test has been conducted on a pass /fad, qualifying basis only and thus had no weight in the examination process. 2) It has provided no measurable benefit to the promotional process and the content of the multiple choice test is duplicated to a large degree in other phases of the Police Sergeant examination 3) It has added unnecessary stress and anxiety to applicants 4) It has prolonged the testing process and required an inordinate amount of study and preparation time for applicants 5) The Police Sergeant and Police Lieutenant testing process will now be identical in testing components and their assigned weights. POLICE SERGEANT Promotability Evaluation Writing Skills Exercise External Oral Board (Closed - Promotional) Weighted 33 33% Weighted 33 33% Weighted 33 33% �z EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda AGENDA DESCRIPTION- Consideration and possible action to action to waive the formal bidding process and authorize the purchase of gasoline and diesel fuel for City vehicles and equipment through the use of spot market purchasing (Fiscal Impact not to exceed $230,000 annually) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION. Recommendation — (1) Authorize staff to purchase gasoline and diesel fuel for City vehicles and equipment through the use of spot market purchasing in an amount not to exceed $230,000, and /or (2) Alternatively discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION- The City operates its own fueling facility at the Maintenance Facility at 150 Illinois Street. The Public Works Department purchases the fuel, tracks consumption, and charges each department for the fuel they use through Vehicle Operating Charges On average, 72,000 gallons of gasoline and 14,000 gallons of diesel fuel are consumed by City vehicles annually In 2002, City Council awarded a fuel contract to Falcon Fuels for a three -year period This was the result of a competitive bid from the Los Angeles Metropolitan Public Purchasing Agents' Cooperative (LAMPPAC) Participating cities in LAMPPAC, including El Segundo, combined their estimated fuel needs and secured competitive contract fuel prices through their combined buying power This contract expired on September 30, 2005 and LAMPPAC is not pursuing a joint purchase at this time (Please see "Background and Discussion" on following page) ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None FISCAL IMPACT- Operating Budget. $230,000 /year Amount Requested. $230,000 /year Account Number: 001 - 102- 0000 -0801 Project Phase: N/A Appropriation Required: No DATE: Steve Finton. Director of Public Works BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: (continued) During the past few months, staff researched various options for fuel purchases and reported those options to Council on October 18, 2005. Typically, agencies enter into long -term fuel contracts The fuel price under these contracts is tied to a weekly fuel price baseline reported in a weekly industry report and is typically the baseline price plus a markup. Under the City's last long -term contract, there was virtually no markup The recent volatility in the market has forced vendors to raise the markup under long -term contracts to as much as 5% making long- term contracts unattractive Therefore, it is not recommended that the City enter into a long- term fuel contract at this time Many agencies, including the Cities of Manhattan Beach, Culver City and Hawthorne have opted to purchase fuel through spot purchases in lieu of entering into long -term contracts Spot purchasing consists of shopping around each time fuel is needed and purchasing fuel from the lowest priced vendor Reasonable prices can be secured through spot purchasing and fuel availability should be affected Pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) § 1 -7 -10, relating to purchases and supplies, the City Council may at any time, by a majority vote and without amending the ESMC, waive purchasing procedures or alter proceedings to fit a specific purchase, when the waiver is not in violation of State law. Spot purchasing is the sort of modified purchasing arrangement that requires such a waiver by Council. It is possible that the total of purchases from any one vendor may exceed $10,000, therefore, Council approval of spot purchasing is requested Staff will monitor long -term contracts available in the industry When the terms of long -term contracts improve such that the price is a few cents over the market baseline, staff will again recommend entering into a long -term fuel contract. In fiscal year 2004 -2005, the City expended approximately $200,000 for fuel. This is roughly 25% more than the previous year Current fuel price trends indicate that the City will expend an estimated $230,000 on fuel in fiscal year 2005 -2006. Staff will continue to monitor fuel prices and will return to Council for a mid -year budget adjustment if required to cover tobtobfuel costs 220 EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT MEETING DATE- November 1, 2005 AGENDA HEADING: Consent Consideration and possible action to approve the enlargement of the City Storm Water Detention Basin /Pump Station No 18 (located at 2050 Hughes Way) at developer cost to accept flows generated from the Plaza El Segundo development (located at 680 Sepulveda Boulevard) (Fiscal Impact, none) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION: Recommendation — (1) Approve the enlargement of the City Storm Water Detention Basin /Pump Station No 18 (located at 2050 Hughes Way) at developer cost to accept flows generated from the Plaza El Segundo Development (located at 680 Sepulveda Boulevard), and, (2) Alternatively discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION- Drainage plans initially submitted for this development included construction of underground detention facilities in parking areas to detain storm flows and discharge them slowly to the City's Detention Basin /Pump Station No 18. The plan was very expensive and presented maintenance problems to both the City and the developer. The City and the developer have worked together to develop a more functional alternative The alternative plan would enlarge the City's Detention Basin at the developer's cost to accommodate the additional storm water generated from the development (Background and Discussion continued on next page) ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None FISCAL IMPACT. Operating Budget- N/A Amount Requested: NIA Account Number: NIA Project Phase: N/A Appropriation Required- No ORIGINATED BY: DATE / Steve Fenton, Director of Public Works rt, BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION. (continued Detention Basin /Pump Station No. 18 is located at 2050 Hughes Way and borders the Plaza El Segundo development on the northeast It is a 55- foot -deep earthen basin approximately 7- acre in size with the capacity to detain about 20 million gallons of storm water Storm water enters the basin through gravity storm drains then is pumped out of the basin at a controlled rate into the County storm drain system Detention Basin /Pump Station No 18 was constructed with expansion in mind In 1988, a contiguous parcel of property, 1 25 acres in size, was dedicated to the City for basin expansion This portion of the basin property has not been fully excavated and is not yet contributing to the capacity of the basin There is the opportunity to excavate within the existing basin property and expand basin capacity by as much as 80% According to the developer's calculations, an additional 10,000,000 gallons of storage would be required in the City's basin to accommodate flows from the development. As stated above, the basin is able to accept this expansion which would be accomplished through the removal of approximately 50,000 cubic yards of earth from the basin Staff recommends that Council allow the developer to proceed and expand the basin This would provide required detention of storm water, would also simplify the portion of the system to be maintained by the City, and would reduce the developer's initial installation and ongoing maintenance costs. Enlarging the basin would pose no long -term impact to the City's basin operations As part of this proposal, the developer has agreed to construct additional improvements at the City's pump station inlet to prevent blockage by debris during storms. This has been an ongoing problem for Public Works staff During storms, staff must be stationed at the basin to monitor the inlet and clear debris accumulations If approved to enlarge the basin, the developer will construct a large trash rack over the inlet that will significantly increase the surface area of the inlet and reduce the impact of any blockages The developer is currently preparing detailed plans to enlarge the basin If Council approves this request, the Public Works Department will verify that the plans are adequate and will issue the appropriate encroachment permit for the work to proceed. EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT MEETING DATE. November 1, 2005 AGENDA HEADING: Consent Agenda Consideration and possible action to approve a Professional Seances Agreement with Risk Management Professionals, Inc in the amount of $25,230 to provide professional services for the preparation of the City of El Segundo 2005 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) (Fiscal Impact = $30,000) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION Recommendation — (1) Authorize the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement as approved by the City Attorney with Risk Management Professionals, Inc in the amount of $25,230, (2) Approve a contingency in the amount of $4,770 for additional emergency response planning as directed; and, (3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION, The Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) is a document prepared by the City in response to the California Urban Water Management Planning Act enacted in 1983 (Background and discussion continued on the next page......) ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Scope of Work FISCAL IMPACT: Operating Budget Amount Requested. Account Number, Project Phase: Appropriation Required $30,000 $30,000 501 - 400 - 7103 -8228 Agreement for Professional Services No ORIGINAT D BY. DATE: October 24, 2005 Steve Fenton, Public Works Director REVIEWED BY, DATE- cart, CetV Mani staff report 10 -24 2005 A 2 J HLOC BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: (continued) The Act requires that every Urban Water Supplier providing water to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre -feet of water annually to prepare and adopt an UWMP The Act requires Urban Water Suppliers to prepare plans that describe long -term resource planning to ensure adequate and reliable water supplies The City's Urban Water Management Plan must be filed with the California Department of Water Resources The City has prepared a 2000 UWMP and the 2005 UWMP will be an update of the 2000 plan In August of 2005, the City issued a Request for Proposals Pursuant to a review of the five (5) proposals received, staff recommends retaining Risk Management Professionals, Inc to provide the professional services for the City's 2005 UWMP Risk Management Professionals, Inc has prepared the UWMP for other water agencies such as Cities of Manhattan Beach, Seal Beach, Irvine Ranch Water District, Tustin, City of Orange Water Department and others Risk Management Professionals, Inc has extensive experiences in Security Vulnerability Assessment and Emergency Response Planning The Proposed agreement will also include enhanced emergency response planning to be funded through the recommended contingency This planning will provide the most effective plan of action to be taken to conserve water in the event of emergency By evaluating the vulnerability of each of the city's water sources, and the delivery and distribution systems to events such as earthquakes, regional power outages, system failures, terrorist attack, and other events specific to the City of El Segundo's water sources, the consultant will prepare a catastrophic supply interruption plan In addition the UWMP will include specific actions designed to minimize the impact of supply interruption on the service area UWMP staff report 10 24 -2005 EXHIBIT "A" SCOPE OF WORK 1-25 SECTION 4,0 - APPROACH & SCOPE OF WORK As part of the proposed project, Risk Management Professionals will prepare an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) Update for the City of El Segundo in accordance with the associated regulations and guidance documents the Urban Water Management Planning Act ( "Act "), the 2005 Urban Water Management Planning Worksheets, the 2005 Urban Water Management Plan Demand Management Measures Worksheets, and the Guidebook developed by the California Department of Water Resources entitled "Guidebook to Assist Water Suppliers in the Preparation of a 2005 Urban Water Management Plan " Task Z.. Collection and Aeview The Project Team will review pertinent documents and determine the City of El Segundo's current resources (e g., maps, reports, general and specific plans such as equipment, water supply, billing records, and demographic information) Furthermore, the Project Team will discuss and describe existing water management tools and options that are used to maximize resources Task 2 -A: Coordination of Plan with Other Agencies In order to ensure synchronized information exchange, the City of El Segundo is required to coordinate data for the UWMP with regional agencies and wholesale suppliers The City of El Segundo is also required to notify counties and cities within the service area of potential changes to the UWMP and of meetings at which potential changes will be discussed Using the exchanged information, the Project Team will develop and submit a completed Water Service Reliability Assessment to impacted cities and counties within 60 days of UWMP submission to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) As part of this task, the Project Team will monitor and develop a detailed description of the 4 -1 coordination involved in preparing the 2005 UWMP This includes an agency coordination list with the associated coordination actions taken The coordination actions may include, but are not limited to, datalinformation exchange and review, participation in plan development, comments on the plan, receiving a copy of the draft and final report, and sending a notice of update, public hearing, and adoption Task 2 -B: Service Area Information with a 25 -Year Projection The UWMP will discuss a variety of demographic factors which may affect water use supplied by the City of El Segundo, including but not limited to • Current and projected population (projected in 5 -year increments from 2005 to 2030) level and density • Climate characteristics based on the last 30 years' information on the NOAA website and CIMIS website, including standard monthly average of rainfall, temperature, and the evapotransporation rate • Housing density • Future commercial and industrial development • Projected income levels Note reliable information sources, such as state, regional or local agencies, will be used and listed to obtain demographic and projected data Task 2 -C: Water Sources Tthe City of El Segundo purchases all of its water from the West Basin Municipal Water District (WBMWD) and does not rely on local groundwater The City is required to provide this supplier with the amount of water it plans to purchase for the next 25 years, in 5 -year increments In addition, the City of El Segundo must coordinate with and obtain written information from these suppliers quantifying the amount water available to the City for the next 25 years, in 5 -year increments The Project Team will summarize these expectations in wholesale water supply projections using the aforementioned increments Task 2 -D: Reliability of Supply The UWMP will include a description of the reliability or the vulnerability of the water supplies to seasonal or climatic shortage For this task the Project Team will be required to do the following 4 -2 • Quantify each supply identified in Acre -Feet per Year (AFY) for the determined normal year, single -dry year, and the multiple -dry year period • Coordinate with the City of El Segundo staff to determine the basis of water year data to be used for the following intervals o Normal Water Year • Single -Dry Year • Multiple -Dry Year Period • Identify factors resulting in inconsistency of supply (e g , legal, environmental, water quality, climatic) • Describe plans, if any, to supplement or replace inconsistent water sources with alternative sources, • Obtain documentation of the amount of water expected to be delivered by WBMWD during normal, single -dry, and multiple -dry years If the wholesale agency has sources of water that are not available at consistent levels, the wholesaler's information must show the reliability of the source and include plans to supplement or replace the inconsistent sources with alternative sources or water Demand Management Measures Task 2 -E: Transfer and Exchange Opportunities The UWMP Update will describe water exchange and transfer opportunities including proposed quantities for the City of El Segundo on the short -term and long -term Task 2 -F: Water Use by Customer Type Using a 25 -Year Projection The UWMP will provide the past, current, and protected water use by sector in the City of El Segundo service area in an effective way to show growth patterns Since, the City of EI Segundo's residential population is overshadowed by its daytime employee population, the water use projections will be based on service connections and amount of usage, rather than mere population projections The plan will quantify the water demands from 2000 to 2030 in 5 -year increments by the following sectors • Sales to other agencies • Commercial — Metered and Unmetered • Industrial — Metered and Unmetered o Landscape — Metered and Unmetered 4 -3 ti�� o Agriculture — Metered and Unmetered • Additional Water Uses and Losses • Single Family — Metered and Unmetered • Multi - family — Metered and Unmetered • Institution /government — Metered and Unmetered • Saline water intrusion barriers, groundwater recharge, or conjunctive uses • Total Water uses Metered demands will be quantified based on the number of service connections and total deliveries in AFY Unmetered demands will be quantified based on the total deliveries in AFY Task 2 -G: Demand Management Measures The Urban Water Management Planning Act requires that information related to Demand Management Measures (DMMs) be provided by water suppliers in their UWMPs. The 14 DMMs that must be addressed are as follows 1 Water survey programs for residential customers 2 Residential plumbing retrofit 3 System water audits, leak detection, and repair 4 Metering and commodity rates for connections 5 Large landscape conservation programs and incentives 6 High - efficiency washing machine rebate programs 7 Public information programs 8 School education programs 9 Conservation programs for commercial, industrial, and institutional accounts 10 Wholesale agency programs 11 Conservation pricing 12 Water conservation coordinator 13 Water waste prohibition 14 Residential ultra -low -flush toilet replacement programs Since the City of El Segundo is not a participant in the California Urban Water Conservation Council, the City is required to conduct thorough analysis of the Demand Management Measures The analysis is required to include the following information is 2 � • Detailed discussion of each of the 14 DMMs the City is implementing or has scheduled for implementation • Description of the program for each DMM and other measure currently being implemented, the implementation schedule (currently and through 2010), and the methods used to evaluate the measure's effectiveness • Evaluation of any DMMs and other measures scheduled for implementation, including economic and non - economic factors, cost - benefit analysis identifying total benefits and total cost, a description of funding available to employ any planned water supply project that would provide water at a higher unit cost, efforts to work with other relevant agencies to ensure the execution of the measure as well as to share the cost of implementation, and a description of the water supplier's legal authority to adopt the measure will be prepared Task 2 -H: Evaluation of Demand Management Measures Not Implemented In compliance with the Urban Water Management Planning Act, Risk Management Professionals will assist in the development of an evaluation of each DMM not implemented In the process of evaluation, priority will be given to DMMs or combinations of DMMs that require lower incremental costs that would be employed if expanded or additional water supplies were sought Key features and components of the evaluation are listed below • Economic as well as non - economic factors (i e, environmental, social, health, customer impact, and technological) will be considered • A cost - benefit analysis, identifying total benefits and total costs will be produced • The funding available to implement a planned water supply project that would provide water at a higher unit cost will be detailed • A description of the City of El Segundo's legal authority to implement the measure will be presented including a description of any efforts to work with relevant agencies to ensure the execution of the measure and to share the cost of implementation Task 2 -I: Planned Water Supply Projects and Programs The UWMP Update will detail expected future supply projects and programs planned by the City of El Segundo, with a timeline for each proposed project 4 -5 Task 2 -J: Development of Desalinated Water The UWMP Update will descnbe the opportunities for the City of El Segundo to develop desalinated water as a long -term supply (e g , ocean water, brackish water, brackish groundwater) Task 2 -K: Water Shortage Contingency Plan The objective of this task is to discuss the urban water shortage contingency that helps to control water consumption in the City of El Segundo's service area during a water supply shortage The UWMP Update will include an urban water shortage contingency analysis, which includes the following sub -tasks Stages of Action The UWMP update will include the identification of the stages of action (within its authority) that the City of El Segundo will take in response to a water supply shortage Estimate of Minimum Supply for Next Three Years The Project Team will quantify the minimum water supply available during the next three years (from 2006 to 2008) based on the driest three -year historic sequence for the City of El Segundo Catastrophic SUppIV Interruotion Plan The objective of this task is to provide a plan during the event of catastrophic supply interruption in the City of El Segundo's service area In this task, The Project Team will evaluate the vulnerability of each source and the delivery and distribution systems to J events such as earthquakes, regional power outages, system failures, terrorist attack, and other events specific to the City of El Segundo's water sources In addition, the UWMP will include specific actions designed to minimize the impacts of supply interruption on the service area Risk Management Professionals has extensive experience evaluating water system vulnerability to each of the aforementioned events through the completion of Security Vulnerability Assessments and Hazard Mitigation Plans Prohibitions, Penalties, and Consumotion Reduction Methods The following prohibitions, penalties, and consumption reduction methods will be detailed in the UWMP am 23i • Mandatory prohibitions against specific water use practices during water shortages, including the stage when prohibition becomes mandatory • Consumption reduction methods used to reduce water use in the most restrictive stages with up to a 50% reduction, including the stage when the method takes effect and the protected reduction associated with the method Reduction methods often include customer allocations, irrigation limited to certain days, restriction on decorative fountains, refilling swimming pools, etc • Excessive use penalties or charges for excessive use and the stage when penalties take effect Analysis of Revenue Impact of Reduced Sales during Shortages The objective of this task is to examine the plan for recovering from the financial impact during shortages To achieve this objective, the UWMP will describe how the City of El Segundo's planned consumption reduction methods, penalties, and prohibitions are likely to impact revenues, and how implementing a water shortage program is likely to impact the City of El Segundo's expenditure In addition, the plan will list proposed measures that the City of El Segundo plans to overcome, like financial impacts during the shortages Reduction Monitoring Procedure The Protect Team will review and update the Reduction Monitoring Procedure, as necessary Task 2 -L: Recycled Water Plan Although the City of El Segundo does not specifically treat wastewater, the City does utilize reclaimed water supplied from the West Basin Municipal Water District for landscaping irrigation The Protect Team will coordinate with the local water, wastewater, groundwater, and planning agencies to determine their respective roles in developing a plan for the use of recycled water In addition, the following descriptions will be included in the UWMP regarding wastewater quantity, quality, and current uses • Description of the wastewater collection and treatment systems in the City of El Segundo's service area • Volume of wastewater collected and treated and the amount that meets recycled water standards from 2000 to 2030, in 5 -year increments 4 -7 ry i r) 4-Jr. • Description of the treatment level, disposal method (such as to ocean, rivers, groundwater recharge, etc ), and quantities for the wastewater projected from 2005 to 2030, in 5 -year increments • Identification of the current uses (2005) of recycled water, including type, place and quantities • Projection of future uses (from 2010 to 2030, in 5 -year increments) of recycled water, including type, treatment level and quantities • Comparison of the actual 2005 recycled uses in the City of El Segundo's service area with uses previously projected by the 2000 UWMP • Description of actions, including financial incentives or installation of dual distribution system, which might be taken to encourage recycled water uses in the City's service area and the projected results of these actions in terms of acre -feet of recycled water used per year from 2010 to 2030, in 5 -year increments Task 2 -M: Water Quality Impacts on Reliability The objective of this task is to analyze and describe how water quality affects water management strategies and supply reliability in the City of El Segundo's service area For this task, The Project Team will quantify and describe the changes in each water supply due to water quality from 2005 to 2030, in 5 -year increments Task 2 -N: Water Service Reliability The objective of this task is to assess the reliability of the City of El Segundo's water service to its customers during normal, single -dry, and multiple -dry water years The UWMP will include the following assessments, • Comparison of the projected normal water supply to the projected normal water demand over the next 25 years, in 5 -year increments • Comparison of the projected single -dry year supply to the projected single -dry year water demand over the next 25 years, in 5 -year increments • Projection of a multiple -dry year period occurring from each 5 -year segment over the next 25 years and a comparison of projected supply and demand during those years As part of this task, The Project Team will assist the City of El Segundo in submitting the completed Water Service Reliability Assessment to impacted cities and counties within 60 days of the UWMP Update submission to the California Department of Water Resources wi 3 A project kick -off meeting and familiarization training will be held with the City of El Segundo management and key members of the Project Team within one week after the City's Notice to Proceed This meeting will introduce the project team, detail the project timeline, review the project scope, review the Demand Management Measures (DMMs) implementation plan contained in the City of El Segundo's 2000 UWMP, review the recycled water plans contained in the City of El Segundo's 2000 UWMP, and discuss whether these items were implemented as planned A meeting will be held during the course of the project to discuss and review progress of the plan, and receive comments from the First Draft Urban Water Management Plan Update Comments will be addressed and incorporated into a Final Draft 2005 UWMP for further review As appropriate, the Project Team will also attend a meeting with the City Council to support the adoption of the 2005 Urban Water Management Plan Additionally, the Project Team will be available by phone and e-mail throughout the course of the project All reports and deliverables will undergo a thorough quality control review process by the Project Team before delivery In addition, a draft of each portion of the report will be issued for key agency personnel to review and approve, so their comments can be incorporated into the final version The Project Team will prepare and submit three (3) hard copies of the First Draft 2005 UWMP Update to the City of El Segundo for review and comment The Project Team will receive, review, and incorporate comments into the Final Draft UWMP Update, and submit three (3) hard copies to the City of El Segundo After adoption, the Project Team will submit three (3) hard copies and one (1) electronic copy of the Final 2005 City of El Segundo Urban Water Management Plan with a no later than due date of January 31, 2006 With extensive City cooperation, RMP is willing to aim to complete the UWMP Update by December 31, 2005 4 -9 4-JIt EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING Consent AGENDA DESCRIPTION. Consideration and possible action regarding approval of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of El Segundo and Independent contractor Ella Sotelo to provide services as the Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION. (1) Authorize the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement approved by the City Attorney with Independent contractor Ella Sotelo to provide services as the Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator (2) Approve appropriations In an amount not to exceed $150,000 per year for services provided by the Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator as set forth in Exhibit "A." (3) Authorize the City Manager to execute extension options in the agreement. (4) Authorize the Manager of the Communications Center to approve invoices for payment, State of California Reimbursement Claim Support Document (TD- 290A), and State of California Reimbursement Claim (TD -290) forms (5) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: The State of California has deemed it vital that each county in California have an individual designated as the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator, and provides a funding source to staff such positions Some of the duties related to the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator position are maintaining the integrity of the 9 -1 -1 Master Street Address Guide (MSAG), disseminating information in a uniform and timely manner to all Public Safety Answering Points (PSAPs), coordinating between local telephone service providers, and assisting with the implementation and routing decisions related to wireless 9 -1 -1 calls Continued next page ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS. Scope of Services (Exhibit A) State of California 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual, Chapter VIII (Exhibit A -1) Schedule of Rates (Exhibit B) State of California 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual, Chapter III (Exhibit B -1) State of California 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator Reimbursement Letter (Exhibit C) FISCAL IMPACT Operating Budget $0 Amount Requested. Not to exceed $150,000 Total compensation for such services of 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator will be fully reimbursed by the State of California 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office Account Number: 001 - 400 - 3101 -6214 Appropriation Required. Yes ORI TED BY, DATE, �- Jack Wayt hief of Police REVIE Ay- DATE- f,, City Manager OJ-3 1 1 The State of California funds 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator positions and reimburses a sponsoring agency up to $150,000 per year for approved travel, mileage and the Coordinator's salary The Professional Service Agreement approved by the City Attorney provides that funding for the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator position is derided solely from the State of California's budget allocation to the Department of General Services, Telecommunications Division, 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office And further, the City is not obligated, under any circumstances, to pay contractor in the event the City cannot be reimbursed by the State of California. The Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator works as an independent contractor through a host city and furnishes all labor, supplies, materials, equipment, printing, vehicles, transportation, and home office space The duties of the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator require travel throughout the county, and therefore, the Coordinator maintains a home -office as a base of operations In 2001, the State of California certified Ms Ella Sotelo, a retired member of the Pacific Bell 9 -1 -1 team, as Los Angeles County 9 -1 -1 Coordinator The State 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office (9 -1 -1 Office) reimbursement process does not provide a mechanism to directly reimburse an individual Therefore, Ms Sotelo is obligated to secure a public safety agency to provide an administrative funding mechanism through which the State reimburses for program expenditures Since September 2002, the Beverly Hills Police Department has sponsored Ms Sotelo as an independent contractor Due to a recent reorganization, Beverly Hills has elected to discontinue their sponsorship of the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator position, requiring Ms Sotelo to solicit a new sponsor from within Los Angeles County Ms Sotelo solicited the City of El Segundo for sponsorship of her position as 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator, recognizing the City has taken an active role in 9 -1 -1 The staff of the Police Department's Communications Division is involved in local and national 9 -1 -1 organizations that foster the technological advancement and availability of 9 -1 -1, and, by promoting research, planning, training and education in the 9 -1 -1 arena Ms Sotelo also recognized the City was an early supporter and participant of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls being routed directly to the El Segundo Public Safety Communications Center rather than being routed to the California Highway Patrol The existing 9 -1 -1 network infrastructure was designed decades ago Over the years, the network has evolved to a complex and very costly patchwork of technology solutions added to the old original infrastructure. The 9 -1 -1 Office recognizes the need for a statewide 9 -1 -1 network strategy that incorporates emerging technologies with a more flexible, sophisticated, and cost effective 9 -1 -1 network in California. The 9 -1 -1 Office has undertaken the Next Generation E9 -1 -1 Network (NGEN) Project to redefine and advance future emergency communication services The Los Angeles County 9 -1 -1 Coordinator will be directly involved in assisting PSAPs within the county during the development and implementation phases of NGEN and future projects impacting the 9 -1 -1 system Staff of the Police Department believes the City will benefit by developing a professional relationship with the 9 -1 -1 Coordinator, and therefore recommends the City sponsor Ms. Sotelo as the Los Angeles County 9 -1 -1 Coordinator ��ij EXHIBIT A Scope of Services A The CONTRACTOR will serve as the Los Angeles 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator CONTRACTOR must perform the duties set forth in the State of California, Department of General Services, Telecommunications Division, 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office, 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual, Chapter VIII, County Coordinator and MSAG Responsibilities (Revised February 2004) Chapter VIII of the 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual, is attached hereto as Exhibit A -1 and incorporated herein by this reference The specific duties to be performed by the CONTRACTOR include, without limitation, the following 1 Act as a central point of contact for the phone companies and the State 9 -1 -1 Office 2 Act as liaison between the telephone companies and Public Safety Answering Points (PSAP) within the county on issues related to call routing and jurisdictional boundaries 3 Prepare Emergency Service Numbers (ESN) assignments forjunsdichons within the county 4 Distribute ESN assignments to PSAPs in the county 5 Arbitrate and resolve ESN boundary assignment problems between PSAPs 6 Assign default ESNs on 9 -1 -1 trunk groups for telephone companies 7 Annually review Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) printout for accuracy and /or changes. 8. Correct ESN assignments on the MSAG printout 9. Conduct training sessions for the PSAP staff (i e , MSAG reconciliation and MSAG change request form procedures) 10 Make copies of the MSAG or MSAG discrepancy list and distribute the list to each jurisdiction within the county 11 Collect MSAG change forms from the PSAPs and monitor their reconciliation effort 12 Review the MSAG change documents for accuracy and acquire the proper signatures 13 Update MSAG changes received from PSAPs through the MSAG maintenance database 14. Interface with the telephone companies for Automatic Location Identification (ALI) updates, inserts, changes, deletions and trouble reports involving misrouted calls 15 Conduct periodic countywide meetings for county PSAP representatives to discuss items such as operational needs, MSAG, State policies and procedures, county policies and procedures, a telephone company's network or equipment changes, etc 16 Work with the State 9 -1 -1 Program Office staff, the California Highway Patrol (CHP) and PSAPs, in the routing of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls EXHIBIT A -1 State of California 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL CHAPTER VIII COUNTY COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES Introduction With changing technology, new Legislation, and an ongoing effort by all agencies for continued improvement to California's 9 -1 -1 system, this chapter is intended as a guide for 9 -1 -1 County Coordinators so they will have an understanding of what their responsibilities are and what the State of California, 9 -1 -1 Program Office expects of them It is estimated that between 50 percent to 100 percent of a County Coordinator's regular work schedule may be spent on 9 -1 -1 related activities In order to effectively maintain the integrity of the 9 -1 -1 Master Street Address Guide (MSAG), disseminate information in a uniform and timely manner to all Public Safety Answering Points (PSAPs), and coordinate between local service providers, it is vital that each county in California have someone designated as the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator is an important part of the 9 -1 -1 environment and is vital to the proper functioning of the 9 -1 -1 MSAG The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator will need to work closely with the service providers that maintain the MSAG, the Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECs), one or more Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (CLECs), and the State of California 9 -1 -1 Program Office The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator is responsible for assigning Emergency Service Numbers (ESN) to address ranges within their county or jurisdiction They will assist in jurisdictional boundary assignments within their county as necessary for ESN assignments and the routing of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls to the appropriate PSAP The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator will be directly involved with implementation of wireless 9 -1 -1 The passage of Assembly Bill 1263, which took effect January 1, 2001, allows for routing of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls directly to local PSAPs under specific conditions The bill further provides that routing decisions will be made in consultation with wireless carriers, providers of 9 -1 -1 selective routing service, and local law enforcement officials Responsibilities of a 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator Although duties may vary by jurisdiction, a 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator should • Act as a central point of contact for the telephone companies and State 9 -1 -1 Program Office, • Act as liaison between the telephone companies and the PSAPs within that county on issues related to call routing and jurisdictional boundaries, • Prepare the ESN assignment list for the jurisdictions within the county, • Distribute ESN assignments to the PSAPs in the county, • Arbitrate and resolve ESN boundary assignment problems between PSAPs, Rev 2/2004 VIII 1 " EXHIBIT A -1 State of California 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL CHAPTER VIII COUNTY COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES Introduction With changing technology, new Legislation, and an ongoing effort by all agencies for continued improvement to California's 9 -1 -1 system, this chapter is intended as a guide for 9 -1 -1 County Coordinators so they will have an understanding of what their responsibilities are and what the State of California, 9 -1 -1 Program Office expects of them It is estimated that between 50 percent to 100 percent of a County Coordinator's regular work schedule maybe spent on 9 -1 -1 related activities In order to effectively maintain the integrity of the 9 -1 -1 Master Street Address Guide (MSAG), disseminate information in a uniform and timely manner to all Public Safety Answering Points (PSAPs), and coordinate between local service providers, it is vital that each county in California have someone designated as the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator is an important part of the 9 -1 -1 environment and is vital to the proper functioning of the 9 -1 -1 MSAG The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator will need to work closely with the service providers that maintain the MSAG, the Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECs), one or more Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (CLECs), and the State of California 9 -1 -1 Program Office The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator is responsible for assigning Emergency Service Numbers (ESN) to address ranges within their county or jurisdiction They will assist in jurisdictional boundary assignments within their county as necessary for ESN assignments and the routing of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls to the appropriate PSAP The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator will be directly involved with implementation of wireless 9 -1 -1 The passage of Assembly Bill 1263, which took effect January 1, 2001, allows for routing of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls directly to local PSAPs under specific conditions The bill further provides that routing decisions will be made in consultation with wireless carriers, providers of 9 -1 -1 selective routing service, and local law enforcement officials Responsibilities of a 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator Although duties may vary by jurisdiction, a 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator should • Act as a central point of contact for the telephone companies and State 9 -1 -1 Program Office, • Act as liaison between the telephone companies and the PSAPs within that county on issues related to call routing and jurisdictional boundaries, • Prepare the ESN assignment list for the jurisdictions within the county, • Distribute ESN assignments to the PSAPs in the county, • Arbitrate and resolve ESN boundary assignment problems between PSAPs, Rev 2/2004 VIII 1 3J • Assign default ESNs on 9 -1 -1 trunk groups for telephone companies, (ILEC and CLEC), • Annually review MSAG printout for accuracy andlor changes, • Correct ESN assignments on the MSAG printout, • Conduct training sessions for the PSAP staff (i a, MSAG reconciliation and MSAG change request form procedures), • Make copies of the MSAG or MSAG discrepancy list and distribute the list to each jurisdiction within their county, • Collect MSAG change forms from the PSAPs and monitor their reconciliation effort, • Review the MSAG change documents for accuracy and acquire the proper signatures, • Forward MSAG change forms received from PSAPs to the MSAG maintenance unit of the telephone companies, • Interface with the telephone companies (ILECs and CLECs) for Automatic Location Identification (ALI) updates, inserts, changes, deletions and trouble reports involving misrouted calls, • Conduct periodic countywide meetings that are attended by PSAP representatives It is suggested that meetings be conducted at least twice a year to discuss items such as operational needs, MSAG, State policies and procedures, county policies and procedures, a telephone company's network or equipment changes, etc , • Work with the State 9 -1 -1 Program Office staff, the California Highway Patrol (CHP) and PSAPs, in the routing of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls Desirable Qualifications of a 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator The State of California 9 -1 -1 Program Office is requesting the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinators to do a variety of tasks Some of these tasks require specific skills and experience but most require only a strong dedication to serve their community and to provide the best 9- 1-1 services possible Following are some of the desirable qualifications of a 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator. • The support and approval of the supervisor(s), • A strong desire to meet the 9 -1 -1 expectations of the citizens they serve, • A good working relationship with all the PSAP personnel, • A good working relationship with the service providers in their area, both ILEC and CLEC, • An excellent understanding of the 9 -1 -1 MSAG and Automatic Number Identification (ANI) Data Base Management System (DBMS), • Accessibility during regular working hours for the benefit of PSAP contacts, (NOTE Voice mad should not be used as a standard means of communication) Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) The MSAG is the heart of the 9 -1 -1 system and enables proper routing of a 9 -1 -1 call to the appropriate PSAP It is a computerized database and living document that contains a list of all street names and the corresponding house number ranges and communities (postal and local when different) Each range of house numbers on a street within a predefined jurisdiction is assigned an ESN Telephone number records contain the actual service address that is used by the MSAG for validation and appropriate ESN Rev 2/2004 VIII2 �40 assignment Before an ESN assignment can occur, it is imperative that the service address assigned to a telephone subscriber precisely match the entry in the MSAG Although MSAG Tariff A -9 states that MSAG reports are available to 9 -1 -1 County Coordinators once annually free of charge, they may find it necessary to request the reports more frequently For a nominal fee, additional MSAG reports are available from the DBMS provider on a quarterly, semi- annual, or annual basis The DBMS provider automatically sends the annual reports However, it is the responsibility of the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator to contact the DBMS provider(s) and arrange to receive the reports at an interval that best meets the needs of the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator The National Emergency Number Association (NENA) standards provide guidelines for making MSAG modifications The State of California, 9 -1 -1 Program Office supports the NENA standards For your convenience, the following are Standards 9 and 10 from NENA Recommended Data Standards For Local Exchange Carriers, ALI Service Providers and 9 -1 -1 Jurisdictions (NENA 02 011, March 2000) ANUALI TROUBLE REPORTING PROCESS • All ANI /ALI Trouble Reports are to be sent to the 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider • The 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider will determine if there are any data base or selective routing problems on their end prior to forwarding the trouble report to the appropriate Service Provider • Within one (1) business day, the 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider will forward all ANI /ALI Trouble Reports to the appropriate Service Provider indicating whether or not trouble was found on their end or if the Service Provider needs to also check their equipment and systems • The Service Provider will have one (1) business day to resolve the ANI /ALI Trouble Report and return it to the 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider Upon receipt, the 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider will return a completion notification to the originator MSAG MODIFICATION PROCESS FLOW • The jurisdiction's authorized 9 -1 -1 Data Base Coordinator is the only entity allowed to approve changes to the MSAG No 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider or Service Provider may make MSAG changes without written authorization from the jurisdiction except for internal telco type fields such as county code and exchange code All Service Providers will obtain an initial complete MSAG via the negotiated medium (CD -ROM, file transfer, diskette, Email, paper) from the 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider per the negotiated contracts As jurisdictions request changes to their MSAG, the 9 -1 -1 Data Base Management System Provider must forward a copy of the request to all Service Providers within one (1) business day This is necessary to ensure all subscriber records contain MSAG valid addresses • If a jurisdiction is requesting an MSAG range (be) deleted and there are TN records attached to the MSAG, it is recommended that the Data Base Management System Rev 212004 VIII 3 �� 1 Provider print the associated TN's and return to the Jurisdiction Data Base Manager prior to making any MSAG changes Complete NENA Standards can be found at, http / /www nena org MSAG change procedures are often multi- phased when the changes require notification to more than one telephone service provider It is imperative that the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator work closely with the DBMS and the service provider(s) Population growth in California that drives new housing, the expanding business climate, an increased number of telephone service providers, and the dynamics of rural annexation, create the necessity for continual MSAG updates and additions The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator is responsible for completing misroute forms, either electronically or manually Electronic delivery provides for better tracking and follow -up of the requested MSAG changes and shall be used whenever available Pacific Bell and Verizon provide for electronic delivery of MSAG changes If the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator needs assistance with electronic delivery of MSAG, they should contact either Pacific Bell or Verizon Both electronic and manual /paper forms MUST INCLUDE the 10 -digit ANI In order to assist the DBMS provider in processing the forms, it is imperative that all helpful information be included The REMARKS /COMMENTS section of the form shall include 1 The County Coordinator's full name and contact telephone number 2 The community code and /or city code 3 Any additional information that will assist in the processing of the request When a street name change, addition, deletion, or other modification to the MSAG is reported to the DBMS provider, it is possible that the change will affect areas served by a CLEC The DBMS provider must forward a copy of the request to all service providers within one (1) business day If the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator is requesting an MSAG range be deleted and there are telephone number (TN) records attached (i e, CLEC service is being provided to TNs) it is recommended that the NENA Standards be followed However, the DBMS provider and the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator may establish their own process flow as long as it will serve to maintain the integrity of the MSAG Any deviation from the NENA Standards shall be documented in writing and signed by the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator and the DBMS provider It is important for the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinators to understand they are responsible for updating information that is maintained in the MSAG The DBMS providers are required to contact CLECs regarding MSAG changes It is the responsibility of the 9- 1-1 County Coordinator to monitor the status of their request to assure completion Emergency Service Number (ESN) An ESN is a three to five digit number representing a unique combination of emergency service agencies (law enforcement, fire, and emergency medical services) The 9 -1 -1 2 4 Rev 2/2004 Vill4 ' County Coordinator is responsible for assigning an ESN to a specific range of addresses within a particular geographical area A default ESN is assigned to a designated default PSAP Whenever a 9 -1 -1 call cannot be selectively routed due to an ANI failure, garbled digits or other cause, the default ESN will route the call to the PSAP that normally would receive most of the calls from that telephone company central office The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator and the selected default PSAP should work together and be in agreement as to the default routing of 9 -1 -1 calls The default ESN(s) should not be provided to any service provider except when requested, using the properly completed Emergency Telephone System plan for Network Services (form TD -280A) No default ESN shall be provided via voice, fax, e- mail or other means of communications other than the signed completed TD -280A Wireless 9 -1 -1 Implementation The passage of Assembly Bill 1263 (AB 1263), which took effect January 1, 2001, allows for routing of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls directly to local PSAPs under specific conditions In addition to jurisdictional considerations, those conditions include agreement among the California Highway Patrol (CHP), the Department of General Services (OGS) 9 -1 -1 Program Office, and the affected local agency, that alternate routing is economically and technologically feasible and will benefit public safety The bill further provides that routing decisions will be made in consultation with wireless carriers, providers of 9 -1 -1 selective routing service, and local law enforcement officials Wireless carriers will be asked to route 9 -1 -1 calls through the public switched telephone network (PSTN) to designated seven -digit emergency lines at the local PSAP With the appropriate lines and equipment, PSAPs may receive "Caller ID" with wireless 9 -1 -1 calls However, this routing method will NOT provide location information The 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual, Chapter IV, Wireless 9 -1 -1 Services, has been revised and is available on the 9 -1 -1 Program Office web page at http l /www td dqs ca gov /services /911 Click on "9 -1 -1 Operations Manual" The 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator will be an integral part of the improvements being made to wireless 9 -1 -1 call routing They may be asked to work as a liaison between the 9 -1 -1 Program Office, CHP, and the local PSAPs, to coordinate meetings and disseminate information They will need to have a basic understanding of Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Report and Order 94 -102, Phases I and If and a general understanding of AB 1263 CLEC /ILEC Coordination This section is intended as a brief guide for 9 -1 -1 County Coordinators with regard to ILECs and CLECs As soon as reviews are complete, Chapter IX of the 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual will fully explain the 9 -1 -1 Program Office policy regarding CLECs deploying network services within the State of California Rev 2/2004 VIII5 2 2 The California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) requires that all CLECs providing voice network services in California provide access to 9 -1 -1 Asa result, in order to maintain the MSAG and provide ESNs, the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinators may now need to coordinate with more than one service provider To eliminate some elements of error, the default ESN number(s) should not be provided to any service provider except when requested using the properly completed Emergency Telephone System plan for Network Services (form TD -280A) No default ESN shall be provided via voice, fax, electronic mail or other means of communications other than the completed TD -280A Additionally, when an ILEC has sold a block of telephone numbers to a CLEC, those numbers should not be added to the ALI DBMS until such time that service has been issued by the CLEC County Coordinator Reimbursement This information has been revised and moved to Chapter III Rev 2/2004 VIII 6 s.44 EXHIBIT B SCHEDULE OF RATES A CITY shall compensate CONTRACTOR for satisfactory performance of services rendered and expenses incurred under this Agreement Compensation for services rendered will be based on the actual hours worked by CONTRACTOR at the hourly rates set forth below, in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) for the first contact year The maximum amount of compensation, hourly and expense rates for any extension(s) thereafter shall be specified in a properly executed and authorized written amendment to this Agreement B The maximum amount of compensation or the rate of compensation may be increased by written amendment to the Agreement at any time during the Agreement period should the CITY receive notification, in writing, from the State of California that the annual reimbursement commitment to the CITY has been increased Hourly Rates A For the initial twelve (12) month period of this Agreement, the rate of compensation to CONTRACTOR shall be Fifty -Five Dollars ($55 00) per hour This hourly rate is inclusive of all overhead costs If CONTRACTOR works less than one whole hour, compensation will be prorated in quarter -hour increments B. For the second twelve (12) month extension option, the rate of compensation to CONTRACTOR shall be Fifty -Six Dollars ($56 00) per hour This hourly rate is inclusive of all overhead costs. If CONTRACTOR works less than one whole hour, compensation will be prorated in quarter -hour increments. C For the third twelve (12) month extension option, the rate of compensation to CONTRACTOR shall be Fifty -Seven Dollars ($57 00) per hour This hourly rate is inclusive of all overhead costs If CONTRACTOR works less than one whole hour, compensation will be prorated in quarter -hour increments D For the forth twelve (12) month extension option, the rate of compensation to CONTRACTOR shall be Fifty -Eight Dollars ($58 00) per hour. This hourly rate is inclusive of all overhead costs If CONTRACTOR works less than one whole hour, compensation will be prorated in quarter -hour increments E For the fifth twelve (12) month extension option, the rate of compensation to CONTRACTOR shall be Fifty -Nine Dollars ($59 00) per hour This hourly rate is inclusive of all overhead costs If CONTRACTOR works less than one whole hour, compensation will be prorated in quarter -hour increments 2 45 Reimbursable Expenses- A Mileage Rates CONTRACTOR shall be reimbursed for the direct costs of mileage for travel necessary to perform the duties under this Agreement Mileage will be reimbursed at a cents - per -mile rate in an amount equal to the annual standard car mileage allowance as determined by the Internal Revenue Service ( "IRS ") The current rate set by the IRS is $ 40 5 per mile, effective October 1, 2005 B Travel Rates CONTRACTOR shall be reimbursed for direct costs of transportation, lodging, meals, and incidental expenses to undertake necessary out -of -town travel and /or overnight travel 1 The class of air travel shall be limited to standard coach The lack of seating on flights is justification only in the event that the travel had to be undertaken on very short notice through no fault of CONTRACTOR day 2 Meals and associated tips shall be limited to Thirty-Six Dollars ($36 00) per C Other Rates Conference registration fees, and incidental expenses related to 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator business, and, annual membership dues to the National Emergency Number Association ( "NENK) shall be reimbursed as outlined in pages 4 — 6 of the State of California, Department of General Services, Telecommunications Division, 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office, 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual, Chapter III, Funding (Revised August 2005) Chapter III of the 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual, is attached hereto as Exhibit B -1 and incorporated herein by this reference Disallowed Expenses A Should the State of California disallow any of the expenses submitted and refuse to provide reimbursement, CITY will in turn disallow payment for those same expenses to CONSULTANT Immediately following fortification of payment refusal from the State, the disallowed expenses will be withheld by CITY from the next payment to CONSULTANT 4.46 EXHIBIT B -1 State of California 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL CHAPTER III — FUNDING INTRODUCTION III 2 Need More Information? III 2 How to Communicate with the California 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office (9 -1 -1 Office) III 2 FUNDING POLICIES "New" Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) 1113 PSAP Expenses III 4 PSAP Expenses Eligible For Reimbursement III 4 Education III 7 Network Services III 8 Eligible PSAP Network Services 1118 Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) 111 10 9 -1 -1 CPE Defined 111 10 Master Purchase Agreement for 9 -1 -1 CPE III 10 CPE Funding Allotment 111 10 Residual Funds III 11 CPE System Maintenance After Five Years III 11 CPE Replacement Parts and Equipment Repairs III 11 Standard 9 -1 -1 System 111 12 Service /Equipment Approval List - Residual Funds 111 13 CPE Provisioning 11114 Measured Call Volumes 111 14 CPE Funding Level Calculations 111 14 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 111 16 GIS Funding Allotment 11116 Authonzed Use of GIS Allotment Funds 11116 FUNDING PROCESSES FOR SERVICES & EQUIPMENT III 17 9 -1 -1 System CPE Replacement or Certified Upgrade 9 -1 -1 System CPE Reimbursement Claim Process 111 18 9 -1 -1 System CPE Direct Funding Process 11120 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) GIS Reimbursement Claim Process 111 23 GIS Direct Funding Process 111.25 Network and Other 9 -1 -1 Services/CPE Reimbursement Claim Process 111 27 Direct Funding Process 111 28 PSAP Expenses Reimbursement Claim Process 11129 STATEMENT OF WORK (SOW) 111 30 Rev 81512005 III 1 "d 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL CHAPTER III - FUNDING INTRODUCTION The administration of funding for equipment and services related to the answering of 9 -1 -1 calls is based upon laws passed by the California State Legislature Most of the pertinent code sections relating to the reimbursement of 9 -1 -1 equipment and services can be found in the California Revenue and Taxation Code Sections 41001 —41176 In essence, the laws indicate that the State of California, Department of General Services, Telecommunications Division, California 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office (9 -1 -1 Office), shall manage the State Emergency Telephone Number Account and reimburse agencies for equipment and services necessary to answer 9 -1 -1 calls Section 41138 also provides authority to local agencies to obtain equipment from any vendor, however, reimbursable costs cannot exceed those that have been approved by the 9 -1 -1 Office The goal of the 9 -1 -1 Office is to enable each public safety answering point (PSAP) to provide the fastest, most reliable, cost - effective telephone access to emergency services for any 9 -1 -1 caller in California The objective of the 9 -1 -1 Office in defining the funding policies outlined in this chapter is to provide sufficient funding to each PSAP to successfully manage their local operations in compliance with all 9 -1 -1 standards Need More Information? The entire Revenue and Taxation Code, as well as applicable sections of the Government Code, are included in the appendix of the State of California 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual The manual and other 9 -1 -1 Office documents can be found on the 9 -1 -1 Office website, as follows www td dgs ca gov /services /911 To view the 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual upon reaching the 9 -1 -1 Office homepage, scroll down and select " 9 -1 -1 Operations Manual' How To Communicate With the 9 -1 -1 Office A complete list of 9 -1 -1 Office staff including agency consultant assignment areas, e-mail addresses and telephone numbers may be viewed at our website address noted above To view this list upon reaching the DGS Telecommunications Division homepage, scroll down (if necessary) and select "California 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office ", scroll down and select " 9 -1 -1 Staff Organization List' Or, you may reach our office at the following telephone numbers Telephone (916) 657 -9207 FAX (916) 657 -9882 When corresponding with the 9 -1 -1 Office, please direct correspondence to State of California Department of General Services Telecommunications Division California 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office 601 Sequoia Pacific Boulevard, MS -911 Sacramento, CA 95814 -0282 Rev 8/5/2005 1112 �:is 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding To be established as a new public safety answering point (PSAP) and receive 9 -1 -1 Office funding, the agency must meet the following criteria Bea public agency as defined in Government Code Section 53101 "Public agency as used in this article, means the state, and any city, county, city and county, municipal corporation, public district, or public authority located in whole or in part within this state which provides or has authority to provide firefighting, police, ambulance, medical, or other emergency services" Commit to answer 9 -1 -1 calls 24 hours per day, seven days per week for at least five years 3 Provide documentation to support an anticipated call volume of 300 or more 9 -1 -1 calls per month (PSAPs that answer less than 300 calls per month will be considered on a case -by -case basis) Note The 9 -1 -1 Office encourages PSAPs to consider PSAP consolidation, when appropriate, to make more efficient use of PSAP and 9 -1 -1 Office resources All requests to fund new 9 -1 -1 systems that will answer calls diverted from previously funded PSAP locations will be considered on a case -by -case basis Exceptions may be made in those cases where it can be demonstrated that funding a new PSAP will result m an overall reduction in 9 -1 -1 costs and /or a measurable Improvement of 9 -1 -1 service Rev 8/5/2005 1113 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding PSAP EXPENSES FUNDING POLICY With changing technology, new legislation, and an ongoing effort by all agencies for continued improvement to California's 9 -1 -1 network, the 9 -1 -1 Office recognizes that PSAPs dedicate considerable resources to support effective response to 9 -1 -1 callers in their community It is the policy of the 9 -1 -1 Office to reimburse PSAPs for documented costs directly associated with this effort PSAP Expenses Eligible For Reimbursement The following are categories of PSAP expenses that may be approved for reimbursement Categories and activities that require pre - approval by the 9 -1 -1 Office before the expense is incurred are noted in parentheses PSAPs may request reimbursement for these expenses by following the reimbursement claim process provided at the end of this chapter WAGES Designated PSAP Managers, designated County Coordinators, and PSAP designated individuals may be reimbursed documented wages (straight time salary and benefits) for the following 9 -1 -1 related activities 1 MSAG /ESN - time spent performing 9 -1 -1 Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) tasks necessary to effectively maintain the integrity of the MSAG, including emergency services number (ESN) jurisdiction assignment and modifications to ensure proper routing of wireline and wireless 9 -1 -1 calls Reimbursement for contracted MSAG /ESN services, in lieu of reimbursement for the 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator's performance of these activities, requires prior written approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office The PSAP shall use their local procurement process when selecting a provider for MSAG /ESN services The request for prior approval shall include a cover letter on agency letterhead and a copy of the entire MSAG /ESN contractor's bid The proposed MSAG /ESN contract and /or the request letter must provide a description of 9 -1 -1 MSAG /ESN activities to be performed and the objectives that must be met by the contractor The 9 -1 -1 Office will review the request and respond in writing to the local agency with a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) identifying MSAG /ESN contracted services eligible for reimbursement from the 9 -1 -1 Office Once reimbursement for an MSAG /ESN contractor is approved, PSAPs may request reimbursement for these expenses by following the reimbursement claim process provided at the end of this chapter 2 Dissemination of 9 -1 -1 related information to county PSAPs - time spent by designated County Coordinators for this activity 3 Coordination of 9 -1 -1 services - time spent by PSAP Managers and County Coordinators coordinating wireline /wireless services between 9 -1 -1 service carriers and the 9 -1 -1 Office 4 9 -1 -1 system certified upgrade or replacement - time spent on activities related to the procurement of 9 -1 -1 customer premise equipment (CPE) that has been approved for funding by the 9 -1 -1 Office 5 Training (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) - time spent to travel to /from and attend specifically defined 9 -1 -1 training that is pre- approved by the 9 -1 -1 Office and held within the State of California Documentation including a class agenda with a sign -in sheet showing the signatures of attendees or a certificate of completion must be provided to confirm attendance Rev 8!512005 1114 �:JO 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 6 Special meetings (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) -time spent traveling to /from location and documented attendance at an advisory or project meeting requested by the 9 -1 -1 Office Documentation including a dated meeting agenda on agency letterhead and a sign -in sheet showing the signatures of attendees must be provided to confirm attendance 7 Countywide PSAP Manager's meeting (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) -time spent traveling to /from the meeting location and documented attendance (County Coordinators may include time spent planning and coordinating the meeting) 8 CaINENA quarterly meeting and annual conference (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) - time spent traveling to /from the meeting location and documented attendance (not to exceed 8 hours of attendance each day) Reimbursement for this time is limited to the pre- approved designated County Coordinator and pre- approved designated PSAP Manager Reimbursement for the CaINENA quarterly meeting is limited to one per year at the location (North or South) nearest the PSAP location MILEAGE — Designated PSAP Managers, designated County Coordinators, and PSAP designated personnel that have been pre- approved by the 9 -1 -1 Office may be reimbursed documented mileage incurred while traveling to perform activities in direct support of the PSAP 9 -1 -1 call taker function The rate of reimbursement will be based on the PSAP's current documented policy for mileage reimbursement If no PSAP policy is provided, the State of California, Department of Personnel Administration (DPA), mileage reimbursement rate will be applied TRANSPORTATION (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) Designated PSAP Managers, designated County Coordinators, and PSAP designated personnel that have been pre- approved by the 9 -1 -1 Office may be reimbursed for documented (receipts required) transportation costs (air, railway, bus, rental car, tolls, and parking) incurred while traveling to destinations over 50 miles from the PSAP location to perform activities in direct support of the PSAP 9 -1 -1 call taker function The rate of reimbursement will be based on the PSAP's current documented policy for transportation reimbursement If no PSAP policy is provided, the State of California, DPA, transportation reimbursement rate will be applied LODGING (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) Designated PSAP Managers, designated County Coordinators, and PSAP designated personnel that have been pre- approved by the 9 -1 -1 Office may be reimbursed for documented (receipts required) lodging expenses incurred while traveling to destinations over 50 miles from the PSAP location to perform activities in direct support of the PSAP 9 -1 -1 call taker function The rate of reimbursement will be based on the PSAP's current documented policy for lodging reimbursement If no PSAP policy is provided, the State of California, DPA, lodging reimbursement rate will be applied MEALS (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) Designated PSAP Managers, designated County Coordinators, and PSAP designated personnel that have been pre- approved by the 9 -1 -1 Office may be reimbursed for documented (receipts required) meal expenses incurred while traveling to destinations over 50 miles from the PSAP location to perform activities in direct support of the PSAP 9 -1 -1 call taker function The rate of reimbursement will be based on the PSAP's current documented policy for reimbursement of meals If no PSAP policy is provided, the State of California, DPA, reimbursement rate for meals will be applied 051 Rev 8/5/2005 1115 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding MEMBERSHIP (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) Annual membership to the National Emergency Number Association (NENA), California Chapter (CaINENA) may be reimbursed by the 9 -1 -1 Office Reimbursement will be limited to the pre- approved designated County Coordinator and pre- approved designated PSAP Manager A current membership number must be provided when requesting reimbursement REGISTRATION (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) Reimbursement for the cost of registration to attend the annual CaINENA Conference and Trade Show and a CaINENA quarterly meeting may be funded by the 9 -1 -1 Office Reimbursement will be limited to the pre- approved designated County Coordinator and pre- approved designated PSAP Manager. Reimbursement for the cost of registration (receipt required) to attend a quarterly meeting is limited to one per year at the location (North or South) nearest the PSAP location INCIDENTAL EXPENSES (PRE- APPROVAL REQUIRED) Expenditures related to performance of reimbursable activities (for example printing costs for the dissemination of 9 -1 -1 related information to PSAPs by the County Coordinator) may be funded by the 9 -1 -1 Office Rev 8/5/2005 Ills 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding EDUCATION FUNDING POLICY Funding by the 9 -1 -1 Office for public education materials and /or services for use in selected advertising campaigns or community awareness events that is specifically focused on the proper use of 9 -1 -1 may be available from the 9 -1 -1 Office Pre - approval is required for all education funding requests and each request will be evaluated on a case -by -case basis The written request to the 9 -1 -1 Office for funding pre - approval must include 1 a detailed description of the educational product and /or services provided and how they address the proper use of 9 -1 -1, 2 a detailed list of costs for which the PSAP is seeking reimbursement, and, 3 a plan for presentation of the material (for example, a community safety day, booth at local fair, or school events with a listing of schools and classes) Unless purchases are made using a state contract vehicle, such as the California Multiple Award Schedule (CMAS), a master purchase agreement (MPA), or a master service agreement (MSA) where the 9 -1 -1 Office may pay directly, all funding must be based on the Reimbursement Claim Process, Network and Other 9 -1 -1 Serwces/CPE, outlined in this chapter The 9 -1 -1 Office does not fund general crime or safety education material -�J.3 Rev 8/5/2005 1117 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding NETWORK SERVICES FUNDING POLICY Every telecommunications carrier offering local voice network (wireline and wireless) service in California is required by the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) to provide customer access to 9 -1 -1 Therefore, it is the policy of the 9 -1 -1 Office to provide cost recovery funding to telecommunications carriers for delivery of wireline and wireless 9 -1 -1 services in the State of California Funding shall be contingent upon compliance with the National Emergency Number Association (NENA) recommended standards, contingent upon compliance with the standards, policies, and procedures defined by the 9 -1 -1 Office, and based on the CPUC tariff rates and state contracted rates NOTE Coordination for system moves and /or system replacement that impact network services should be coordinated with all stakeholders including the PSAP manager, state 9 -1 -1 Office consultant, equipment contractor, and network provider(s) Eligible PSAP Network Services The following items are eligible for 9 -1 -1 Office funding as stipulated PSAPs must use either the Network and Other 9 -1 -1 Servlces/CiPE, Reimbursement Claim Process or the Direct Funding Process, as indicated in parentheses () after each item below Funding processes are outlined at the end of this chapter 7 -Digit Emergency Lines - Unlisted (Reimbursement Claim Process) The 9 -1 -1 Office does not mandate or fund the publication of 7 -digit emergency numbers PSAPs may request reimbursement for two unlisted 7 -digit emergency lines These lines shall be used to answer transferred 9 -1 -1 wireline or wireless calls only Calls answered on these lines shall be answered in a similar manner and with the same priority as 9 -1 -1 lines Any previously 9 -1 -1 Office- funded personal communications systems (PCS) or wireless 9 -1 -1 telephone lines will be considered the non - published 7 -digit emergency lines Funding includes installation, monthly service, taxes, caller ID feature (where available), and telephone system line cards (new systems only) If call traffic on these lines exceeds capacity, the 9 -1 -1 Office may fund additional lines after verification of call traffic 9 -1 -1 Telephone Lines /9 -1 -1 Trunks (Direct Funding Process) The 9 -1 -1 Office will fund the number of 9 -1 -1 telephone lines necessary to answer emergency calls at a P 01 grade of service No less than two telephone lines per routing tandem will be funded at each PSAP Funding will include installation charges, monthly service, mileage charges and toll charges associated with the answering and transferring of 9 -1 -1 calls Additional justification must be included in requests with excessive mileage (more than 50 miles) to connect a PSAP to a tandem switch Installation and monthly service for pre- approved relocated services will be funded, however the overlap in billing for two locations is limited to a maximum of one month ALI Dial Backup Circuit (Direct Funding Process) The purpose of the automatic location identification (ALI) dial backup circuit is to restore the ALI database connection should the primary ALI retrieval circuit fad An analog telephone line and associated equipment (modem and cabling) will be funded Funding for the analog telephone line will include installation, equipment, toll and monthly service Installation and monthly service for pre- approved relocated services will be funded, however the overlap in billing for two locations is limited to a maximum of one month �Jc Rev 8/5/2005 1118 AUurrer 111 — Funding MANUAL Retrieval CircUi One di9ltal ALI retrievs (Direct P this circuit tot al cir Urrdrng, r'ro and m0 er PSAP cunt with two virtual htow se CPE will be funded, rvrce Installatro funded channels ever the n and month) per PSAP Fundinhe equipment nee Alter An overlap in billing fOf two Service far pre g will include iY to Requestsefor n wer Circuits (prr °cations ,s limited relocat stallatlon equip nnect method to mate nsw cf FUnarn9 Pr °c d to a maxrmufn of eryices Will weent eth alte Telephone systo e 9-1.1 calls er circuits will ess) Of calls Ystem fails or the comet ne nearest apnro funded by the one month must are If a PSAP answers unicatrons ce priate g-1 7 Office e to an altern answer point that Haar PSAP rn the event a P authorza routi om the`1 "1 calls from tt at ahead rs evacuated p 9 circuits m two y has dire SAP's' Provide an expedient trop nece or ct ere 1 q alternate ans i'Sgp ssa del ore tandems the to the feasible alternat ofshann Call war fundrn agreeing to an calls to more a 1`1 Offic e sarr,e tandem a routing location Is hen ca load with Other pcAp shall not be ed calls one t local PgAPf Ada dditronal'tch . month is moved however, the overlap b Yond es to used to reroute gc1 �mpanY any ear e of over) the exisfn9 alte 1 call ifaffic quest for CPE ap in billing for two o irol of the SAP nswo' confi r the purpose Maintenance cations is limit,,, °i when the PSAP ina wiill. analog telephone lephono Line to a PSAP Y e funded, Funding will or remote(rnain enanarn9' Process aximum of one Foreign Lan include instal lati ce °f custo ) The g`q 1 O� °age Interprets on, equipment aher premises equipment sefvices to all p wtll espy lish anon Services d monthly Serce by a contractor -1-1 retation serves APS W� be the cont �ctacf 9 -q -q Office actor 9-1-1 Office consuita For add,to provided a hecessary to Consultant) The or nt, gal details on this account or �teepho'ne 1-1 c t interpretation Management Inf service col(MIS) an ►nation g sa a contract, please co,rita��ss to the sYstern iM15 d display of Y em (Contact network tole) is currently funded 1 call traffic 9 -q "1 ffice CO Your available torphone lines, data dad and provi statistic via a Consultant) access to thevinwmet•canhatPSAP,essrn dInd by state o f network m consultant. tern 9 and archrvm Contra fcollots Fu anagemen Pro vi d the collected data rnclud t information receive paper c Y have Connection to °p1eg of various to the Spec r, PSAP data Office t0 a state anous stahsh intern @f deter contracted MIS cal met from W' Out is connected t0 mmn mice aP m their th their assignedt9,1 E allot for the production 9.1 1 Once 9'1 `1 Office consultant plan. tO seek u nasirf jor each call traffic If eporas's required obtain this se b tithe g_1 -q Office, th PSAP,s not currently 9,1 ,1 the PSAP should contact Rev 8/5/2005 1119 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding It is the policy of the 9 -1 -1 Office to ensure high quality and best value for local agencies in the procurement and maintenance of 9 -1 -1 customer premise equipment (CPE) and services To accomplish this, the 9 -1 -1 Office staff will advise and support PSAPs in their efforts to procure 9 -1 -1 CPE that maximizes the ability of PSAP personnel to efficiently and effectively answer and process 9 -1 -1 calls To receive 9 -1 -1 Office funding, the PSAP must follow the funding process for the reimbursement or direct funding as outlined in this chapter (refer to FUNDING PROCESSES FOR SERVICES & EQUIPMENT, 9 -1 -1 System CPE Replacement or Certified Upgrade) 9 -1 -1 System CPE Defined: Includes all equipment and systems used within the PSAP to answer 9 -1 -1 calls This includes, but is not limited to, 9 -1 -1 workstations, telephone key systems, controllers, servers, cabling, and /or ancillary systems and products associated with the delivery and receipt of 9 -1 -1 calls Master Purchase Agreement (MPA) For 9 -1 -1 CPE: The State of California has implemented a Master Purchase Agreement (MPA), contract DGS -0026, that provides PSAPs an effective procurement vehicle for system replacement or certified upgrade (where the existing CPE is certified to last, as new, for an additional five years) of their 9 -1 -1 system CPE and services The prices listed on the MPA for equipment and services are the maximum allowable, and the price of systems varies from contractor to contractor PSAPs maybe able to obtain price discounts or additional equipment by soliciting price offers from different providers on the MPA contract, thus increasing the buying power of their annual allotment Use of the MPA is not mandatory, however, PSAPs will need to use their local procurement process should they choose not to use the MPA CPE Funding Allotment: In order to provide funding in an equitable manner throughout the state, the 9 -1 -1 Office has established a CPE funding allotment calculation that is based on each PSAP's volume of 9 -1 -1 calls using the CPE Provisioning Policy (provided in this chapter), the median prices obtained from the CPE contract for a standard system, and the PSAP's 9 -1 -1 call taker staffing commitment The CPE funding allotment for each PSAP is designed to permit the PSAP to accrue funding, on an annual basis, toward their next replacement of a complete 9 -1 -1 system or certified upgrade (where the existing CPE is certified to last, as new, for an additional five years) Upon receipt of a PSAP's request for CPE funding, the 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will perform a 9 -1 -1 call traffic analysis and calculate an annual CPE allotment eligibility amount For clarification, the CPE allotment eligibility amount stops accruing upon installation of the 9 -1 -1 system replacement or certified upgrade for which it was intended Upon request by the PSAP for their next system replacement or certified upgrade, the 9 -1 -1 Office will perform a new call volume traffic analysis and calculate a new CPE allotment eligibility amount with a new accrual beginning the first January after the last 9 -1 -1 system replacement or certified upgrade In an effort to provide flexibility to the PSAP for 9 -1 -1 related funding, PSAPs may request use of the CPE allotment for a special purchase before system replacement or certified upgrade Items that may be eligible for funding are listed in the list of Standard System items and the Service/Equipment Approval List For Residual Funds provided in this chapter However, when it is time to replace or upgrade the PSAP's 9 -1 -1 system CPE, for which this annual CPE allotment is designed to fund, the agency may be required to provide local funding if the remaining CPE allotment funds are insufficient at that time Rev 8/5/2005 111 10 �JU 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding For 9 -1 -1 Office budgeting purposes and to allow the PSAP adequate time to evaluate various 9 -1 -1 system CPE contractors, PSAPs should submit their request for 9 -1 -1 system CPE replacement or certified upgrade and their plan for use of any residual funds to the 9 -1 -1 Office at least 12 to 18 months before planned installation Residual Funds: If the final cost for complete 9 -1 -1 system CPE replacement or certified upgrade is less than the PSAP's CPE funding allotment eligibility amount, this residual amount is referred to as residual funds These residual funds may be used for the purchase of additional 9 -1 -1 Office approved equipment and services as detailed in the Service/Equipment Approval List For Residua/ Funds provided in this chapter. Planning and subsequent request for use of these residual funds must take place when the PSAP prepares and submits their purchase order (PO) package in accordance with the Funding Process for 9 -1 -1 System Replacement or Certified Upgrade as outlined in this chapter CPE System Maintenance After Five Years Five years after installation of a 9 -1 -1 CPE system (which includes one year of system warranty and four years of system maintenance), PSAPs may choose to enter into an agreement with a CPE contractor for additional maintenance Maintenance agreements are not automatic and 9 -1 -1 Office funding requires pre - approval at least two months prior to the expiration of the "existing" agreement Maintenance costs that are directly billed to, or reimbursed by, the 9 -1 -1 Office will be deducted from the PSAP's CPE allotment Contact your 9 -1 -1 Office Consultant to determine the appropriate steps required for pre - approval and subsequent funding by the 9 -1 -1 Office CPE Replacement Parts and Equipment Repairs Funding will be provided for replacement parts and equipment repairs caused by normal use of the equipment PSAPs will not be required to submit for prior funding approval of replacement parts when immediate replacement is necessary to restore normal operation of the CPE PSAPs shall provide a facility with adequate heating, cooling, ventilation, light, electrical supply and overload protection to protect the equipment so that it may operate as intended by the manufacturer Costs to repair damage to equipment, caused by PSAP negligence or the lack of adequate facilities to house and protect the equipment, shall be the responsibility of the PSAP If an act of nature or other circumstance causes damage to the equipment, and the PSAP has made a reasonable effort to protect such equipment, the 9 -1 -1 Office will review and may approve funding requests for replacement parts and equipment repairs All requests for funding replacement parts and equipment repairs for reasons other than those caused by normal use will be evaluated on a case -by -case basis 257 Rev 8/5/2005 111 11 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding STANDARD 9 -1 -1 SYSTEM A standard 9 -1 -1 system includes all 9 -1 -1 CPE and systems used within the PSAP to answer 9 -1 -1 calls This includes, but is not limited to, 9 -1 -1 workstations, telephone key systems, controllers, servers, cabling, and /or ancillary systems and products associated with the delivery of a 9 -1 -1 call The elements of a standard 9 -1 -1 system include the following 01 Cabling A assume a 100 -foot run from demarcation point to 9 -1 -1 workstation with no obstructions B punchdown block at demarcation point for connection to PSAP provided logging recorder 02 Call Detail Records collection - capability for third party contractor to remotely collect real time AN], ALI, and call detail data via network connection 03 Centralized automatic message accounting (CAMA) enhanced 9 -1 -1 (E9 -1 -1) trunk cards 04 Computer - full telephony computer, intelligent workstation (IWS) 05 Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) interface - ANI/ALI output interface to PSAP CAD 06 Headsets 07 Instant recall recorder (IRR) 08 Keyboard 09 Keypad dialer (if no phone set) 10 Keyboard arbitrator 11 Line card with caller ID for unlisted 7 -digit emergency lines 12 Maintenance - one (1) year parts and labor warranty, four (4) year maintenance service 13 Monitor - 17" 14 Mouse 15 Phone set (only if necessary for computer telephony integration) 16 Printer 17 Telecommunications devices for the deaf (TDD/TTY) 18 Training on system use for call takers and supervisors 19 Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) - One UPS serving all backroom equipment (15 minutes) 20 Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) - One UPS serving each position (15 minutes) Rev 8/5/2005 111 12 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding SERVICE /EQUIPMENT APPROVAL LIST FOR RESIDUAL FUNDS A PSAP may request pre - approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office to use residual funds from their CPE funding allotment (in accordance with requirements outlined in the CPE Funding Policy, CPE Funding Allotment of this chapter) to purchase additional 9 -1 -1 services and /or equipment from the list below where the services and /or equipment is planned for use within the communication center and in direct support of 9 -1 -1 call takers Documentation must be provided to describe how the service /equipment will meet this requirement Facility modifications and GIS related equipment must include justification, project plan, and floor plans All requests must include a detailed itemization of costs Funding for the items below that are available on the state MPA should be requested at the time of system replacement or certified upgrade in a concise plan for use of all residual CPE allotment funds and in accordance with the 9 -1 -1 System CPE Direct Funding Process outlined in this chapter Requests for funding of items not on the MPA or not purchased at the same time of the CPE upgrade /replacement, must be requested in accordance with the Reimbursement Claim Process, Network and Other 9 -1 -1 Services/CPE, outlined in this chapter 01 Automated attendant 02 Automatic call distribution (ACD) 03 Call Traffic Study 04 Cards - Centrex/1 MB administrative line card 05 Cards - computer software interface or protocol 06 Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system components 07 Computer - full telephony computer, intelligent workstation (IWS) 08 Computer - spare parts in support of IWS 09 Computer (only for use in the communication center in direct support of 9 -1 -1 call takers) 10 Computer support items (flat screen monitor, keyboard, mouse, wrist rest) 11 Equipment removal expenses 12 Facility modifications necessary to install 9 -1 -1 system 13 Furniture - call taker position, including dispatch chair, desk, and 9 -1 -1 console 14 Geographical Information System (GIS) related services and equipment 15 Headset 16. Interconnection of PSAP administration and 9 -1 -1 telephone system 17 Logging recorder 18 Maintenance for 9 -1 -1 CPE 19 Management Information System (MIS) 20 Moves, adds and changes (costs to perform routine reprogramming or the relocation of equipment within the same location) 21 Power - PSAP facility emergency power generators or battery backup systems 22 Printer, including paper and ribbon products 23 Private Switch ALI (PS -ALI) 24 Radio line control cards and radio interface with 9 -1 -1 CPE 25 Radio dispatch console equipment at the 9 -1 -1 call taker position 26 Telephone set(s) at the 9 -1 -1 call taker position 27 Training on use of 9 -1 -1 IWS for call takers and supervisors 2J�� Rev 8/5/2005 11113 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding CPE PROVISIONING POLICY It is the policy of the 9 -1 -1 Office to use measured 9 -1 -1 call volumes to calculate PSAP 9 -1 -1 CPE provisioning and subsequent CPE funding allocations at a level needed for the PSAP to answer 9 -1 -1 calls at a P 01 grade of service (no more than one busy per 100 call attempts during a normal busy hour) Measured Call Volumes The 9 -1 -1 Office can access PSAP 9 -1 -1 call traffic statistics by way of a web -based management information system (MIS) PSAP connection to a state contracted MIS for the production of call traffic reports is required by the 9 -1 -1 Office to determine current CPE provisioning levels and annual CPE allotment amounts for each PSAP Call traffic associated with ma /or catastrophes, natural disasters, and /or other abnormal call spikes will not be used as a basis for determining CPE provisioning PSAPS not currently connected to these services should contact their assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant to obtain this service CPE Funding Level Calculations The 9 -1 -1 Office has established CPE funding allotment amounts at various funding levels that are based on the quantity of 9 -1 -1 calls, including up to 20 percent of 9 -1 -1 calls that are abandoned before they are answered, and, with exception to funding level five, emergency 9 -1 -1 transferred calls answered by the PSAP on nonpublished 7 -digit emergency lines FUNDING LEVEL ONE - PSAPs that answer 1 to 300 emergency calls per month. PSAPs at this level of 9 -1 -1 call volume will be considered on a case -by -case basis for 9 -1 -1 Office funding Established PSAPs that answer 300 or less 9 -1 -1 calls and emergency 7 -digit 9 -1 -1 transfer calls, including up to 20 percent of total 9 -1 -1 calls that are abandoned before they are answered during the typical busy MONTH, may be "grandfathered" at a minimum level of funding Continued funding for "grandfathered" systems will be assessed on a case -by -case basis as each system is due for replacement or certified upgrade 2. FUNDING LEVEL TWO - PSAPs that answer 301 to 800 emergency calls per month. The CPE provisioning determination for this level is based on the total volume of 9 -1 -1 calls and emergency 7 -digit 9 -1 -1 transfer calls answered at the PSAP, including up to 20 percent of total 9 -1 -1 calls that are abandoned before they are answered during the typical busy MONTH The typical busy month will be based on selection of the three highest call volume months over the previous 18 months, adding the total of the three selected months, then dividing the total by three 3. FUNDING LEVEL THREE - PSAPs that answer 801 to 1200 emergency calls per month. The CPE provisioning determination for this level is based on the total volume of 9 -1 -1 calls and emergency 7 -digit 9 -1 -1 transfer calls answered at the PSAP, including up to 20 percent of total 9 -1 -1 calls that are abandoned before they are answered during the typical busy MONTH The typical busy month will be based on selection of the three highest call volume months over the previous 18 months, adding the total of the three selected months, then dividing the total by three All funding level calculations for PSAPs with a call volume of over 1200 calls per month will be performed using the calculations for funding level four (typical busy hour) AND funding level five (typical busy month) The calculation that provides the highest CPE funding amount for the PSAP will be applied Rev 8/5/2005 11114 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 4. FUNDING LEVEL FOUR — PSAPs that answer over 1200 emergency calls per month. The CPE provisioning determination for this level is based on the volume of 9 -1 -1 calls and emergency 7 -digit 9 -1 -1 transfer calls answered at the PSAP, including up to 20 percent of total 9 -1 -1 calls that are abandoned before they are answered during the typical busy hour The 9 -1 -1 Office will use the following formula to determine the CPE provisioning level and funding allotment amount based on the typical busy hour TYPICAL BUSY HOUR FORMULA: E _ [(Nx2) (T +60 seconds)] /3600 E = estimated 9 -1 -1 call volume during busy hour measured in Erlangs (one Erlang equates to one hour of call traffic) N = number (or quantity) of 9 -1 -1 calls answered during typical busy hour, including up to 20% abandoned calls X2 = the N is doubled to account for emergency 7 -digit 9 -1 -1 transfer calls T = time (estimated average 9 -1 -1 call duration during typical busy hour) +60 = call wrap -up time added to each counted call /3600 = divided by number of seconds in one hour EXCERPT FROM ERLANG B TABLE WHERE P =.01 POSITIONS 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ERLANGS 46 87 1 36 1 91 2 50 3 13 3 78 4 46 5 16 5 88 6 61 7 35 8 11 Example Where a PSAP that answers an average of fifty (50) 9 -1 -1 calls during their typical busiest hours and the average call time for these calls is 80 seconds, the formula would be ((50x2) x (80 +60)]13600 = 3 89 Erlangs of call traffic From the above table excerpt the formula calculates a result of 10 positions to handle between 3 78 and 4 46 Erlangs of call traffic at the P 01 grade of service 5. FUNDING LEVEL FIVE — PSAPs that answer over 1200 9 -1 -1 calls per month. As an alternative to funding level four, that is based on the PSAP's typical busy hour, the CPE provisioning determination for level five is based on the total number of 9 -1 -1 calls answered at the PSAP, including up to 20 percent of total 9 -1 -1 calls that are abandoned before they are answered during the averaged typical busy month The typical busy month will be based on selection of the three highest call volume months over the previous 18 months, adding the total of the three selected months, then dividing the total by three The 9 -1 -1 Office will use the following formula, based on the typical busy month, to determine the CPE provisioning level and funding allotment amount for PSAPs with over 1200 9 -1 -1 calls during a typical busy month TYPICAL BUSY MONTH FORMULA: P = [(A /1000) + (B /2000] P = CPE provisioning level A = total answered 9 -1 -1 calls for the averaged typical busy month /1000 = divided by 1000 B = total abandoned 9 -1 -1 calls (up to 20% of total) during the averaged typical busy month /2000 = divided by 2000 Example Where a PSAP averages 12,300 calls per month over selected three months, this number would be divided by 1000 to equal 12 3 Where the average number of abandoned calls during the same selected months is 2100, this number would be divided by 2000 to equal 105 The CPE provisioning level for this PSAP totals 13 35, which would be rounded up to 14 2 61 Rev 8/5/2005 III 15 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM (GIS) FUNDING POLICY In accordance with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Order 94 -102, the 9 -1 -1 Office has launched a project to implement enhanced 9 -1 -1 services for wireless telephone users throughout California A major emphasis of this project is the redistribution of statewide wireless 9 -1 -1 call volumes to local PSAPs from the California Highway Patrol (CHP) communications centers that handle an overwhelming number of wireless 9 -1 -1 calls As an incentive for PSAP participation in this project that will significantly improve 9 -1 -1 wireless caller response time, the 9 -1 -1 Office will provide participating PSAPs a one -time allotment for costs associated with implementation of a GIS Primary PSAPs that agree to answer wireless 9 -1 -1 calls directly or secondary PSAPs that receive transferred wireless calls through the 9 -1 -1 network may request GIS funding by following the GIS Reimbursement Claim Process or the GIS Direct Funding Process outlined at the end of this chapter GIS Funding Allotment PSAPs approved for GIS funding will be provided a GIS allotment in accordance with the procedures provided in this chapter The GIS funding allotment is based on the PSAP's 9 -1 -1 call volume statistics as determined by the CPE provisioning formulas outlined in this chapter The one -time GIS allotment may be used in current and future years Authorized Use of GIS Allotment Funds PSAPs may use their GIS funding allotment for software, hardware and services necessary to provide the 9 -1 -1 call taker with GIS mapping to be used for the display of Wireless Phase II latitude and longitude of the person that has dialed 9 -1 -1 GIS expenditures submitted for funding must include a GIS plan identifying the scope (task and /or item elements with a description of how the mapping requirement will be met), schedule and resources (itemization of proposed costs) PSAPs may use their GIS funding allotment for the following GIS related expenditures The 9 -1 -1 Office will examine funding requests for GIS related items not listed below on a case -by -case basis 01 Aerial photographs 02 Application interface device 03 CAD integration 04 Computer 05 Computer hardware upgrades 06 Computer software upgrades 07 Computer software used to create /manipulate map datasets 08 Consulting services for GIS 09 Datasets (commercial map datasets where, as a minimum, the dataset must have road centerlines and street address names and ranges) 10 Map maintenance 11 Map data conversion and installation 12 Monitors 13 Personnel time to build and maintain the PSAP portion of the GIS database, including A creation of new map dataset road centerlines using aerial photographs and /or global positioning system (GPS) assisted data collection, B creation of public safety related map layers, C training, and, D verification of map dataset accuracy Activities may include a verification /correction of spatial street centerline data, b verification /correction of street address ranges, street names and spellings, and, c comparison, verification /correction of map dataset and /or Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) Rev 8/5/2005 11116 2640 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding FUNDING PROCESSES FOR SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT Public safety answering points (PSAPs) requesting 9 -1 -1 Office funds may use the reimbursement process or the direct funding process Reimbursement The reimbursement funding process provides the PSAP a vehicle to be compensated for 9 -1 -1 related expenses that are pre- approved for funding by the 9 -1 -1 Office Refer to PSAP EXPENSES POLICY for services that may not require pre - approval Invoices will be sent to and paid by the PSAP The PSAP may then submit a reimbursement claim to the 9 -1 -1 Office Direct Funding With prior approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office, the direct funding process allows the PSAP to order equipment and services and have all invoices sent directly to the 9 -1 -1 Office Direct funding requires a State of California procurement vehicle, such as a state master contract and /or California Multiple Award Schedule (CMAS) FUNDING PROCESSES (Step-BY-Step) In accordance with the funding policies provided in this chapter, four categories of services and equipment (CPE, GIS, Network and Other 9 -1 -1 Servlces/CPE, and PSAP Expenses) are provided on the following pages with detailed funding processes for reimbursement and direct funding PSAP Managers are encouraged to contact their 9 -1 -1 Office consultant for assistance with these processes 46 Rev 8/5/2005 11117 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding Funding Process for: 9 -1 -1 SYSTEM CPE REPLACEMENT OR CERTIFIED UPGRADE 9 -1 -1 System CPE Reimbursement Claim Process In accordance with the CPE FUNDING POLICY outlined in this chapter, PSAPs requesting reimbursement for a complete 9 -1 -1 system CPE replacement or certified upgrade (where the existing CPE is certified to function, as new, for an additional five years) may use the following CPE Reimbursement Claim Process PSAP Requests Funding The PSAP writes a letter to the 9 -1 -1 Office requesting a complete system replacement or certified upgrade For budgeting purposes, the initial request to upgrade or replace 9 -1 -1 equipment must be submitted to the 9 -1 -1 Office at least twelve months (18 months if feasible) in advance of the anticipated installation date The letter shall include A an overview of requirements, B the PSAP's planned number of staffed 9 -1 -1 call taker positions, C the procurement process PSAP plans on using to obtain equipment and services (i e , PSAP will perform a competitive bid or PSAP plans to use DGS- 0026), and, D the desired installation date 2. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues "Pre- Authorization Letter" If the PSAP request meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a "pre- authorization letter" will be sent to the PSAP within eight weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office and will detail the approved allotment amount The pre - authorization letter will also detail the steps the PSAP must follow to obtain final purchase approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP funding request letter does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office 3. PSAP Chooses 9 -1 -1 System From DGS -0026 or Prepares Bid Specifications Once pre - authorization is obtained from the 9 -1 -1 Office, the PSAP may choose to use the state CPE master purchase agreement (MPA), DGS -0026, or they may choose to use their PSAP's competitive bid procurement process PSAPs are encouraged to examine the functional differences of available 9 -1 -1 systems, determine each contractor's ability to provide different services, and obtain multiple price offers from contractors for systems with matching configurations and functionality needed by the PSAP NOTE Coordination for system moves and /or system replacement that impact network services should be coordinated with all stakeholders including the PSAP manager, state 9 -1 Office consultant, equipment contractor, and network provider(s) 4. PSAP Submits a Statement of Work (SOW) or a Bid Specification Once the PSAP has selected a 9 -1 -1 system and has prepared a SOW or the PSAP has prepared bid specifications for a complete system replacement, the PSAP should submit a funding request to the 9 -1 -1 Office with the following documentation A Copy of the "pre- authorization letter" B Statement of Work with an itemization of all system replacement costs or bid specification l 0 4.bi Rev 8/5/2005 111 18 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 5. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues a Commitment To Fund If the PSAP request meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) form detailing the approved amount will be sent to the PSAP within four weeks of the date the funding request was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP letter does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the funding request was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office 6. The PSAP Purchases the 9 -1 -1 System CPE The PSAP uses their procurement process to purchase the system and authorizes the contractor to provide and install the equipment according to the conditions of their contract 7. Contractor Invoices the PSAP Upon satisfactory installation of equipment or service, the contractor will invoice the PSAP. 8. PSAP Submits Claim For Reimbursement Upon payment of the invoice, the PSAP may submit a Reimbursement Claim (TD -290) form to the 9 -1 -1 Office, including the previously approved TD -288 with appropriate 9 -1 -1 Office tracking number, a document confirming the PSAP's acceptance date of the system, and copies of paid invoices with proof of payment (e g copy of cancelled check) 9. 9 -1 -1 Office Reviews, Approves, and Reimburses PSAP Upon receipt of a complete and accurate TD -290 with appropriate documentation, the 9 -1 -1 Office will review and approve the request within two weeks The claim will be forwarded to the Department of General Services, Office of Fiscal Services, for payment processing This final payment process may take up to 90 days rj , .. Rev 8/5/2005 11119 4. 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 9 -1 -1 System CPE Direct Fundinu Process In accordance with the CPE FUNDING POLICY outlined in this chapter, PSAPs are required to follow the procedures below when seeking state funding for a complete 9 -1 -1 system replacement or certified upgrade where the PSAP uses a CMAS contract or state MPA DGS -0026 and invoices will be sent by the contractor to the 9 -1 -1 Office for direct payment PSAPs must follow their own procurement processes when issuing a purchase order to procure 9 -1 -1 systems PSAP Requests Funding The PSAP writes a letter to the 9 -1 -1 Office requesting a complete system replacement or certified upgrade For budgeting purposes, the initial request to upgrade or replace 9 -1 -1 equipment must be submitted to the 9 -1 -1 Office at least twelve months (18 months if feasible) in advance of the anticipated installation date The letter shall include A an overview of requirements, B the PSAP's planned number of staffed 9 -1 -1 call taker positions, C the PSAP's choice of state procurement vehicle (CMAS or MPA DGS- 0026), and, D the desired installation date 2. 9 -1 -1 Office issues "Pre- Authorization Letter" If the PSAP request meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a "pre- authorization letter" will be sent to the PSAP within eight weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office and will detail the approved allotment amount The pre - authorization letter will also detail the steps the PSAP must follow to obtain final purchase approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP funding request letter does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office 3. PSAP Chooses 9 -1 -1 System Once pre - authorization is obtained from the 9 -1 -1 Office, the PSAP is encouraged to examine the functional differences of available 9 -1 -1 systems, determine each contractor's ability to provide different services, and obtain multiple price offers from contractors for systems with identical configurations and functionality needed by the PSAP Prices on the MPA contract are the maximum allowable PSAPs may be able to obtain additional price discounts and /or additional services and equipment (see Service/Equipment Approval List For Residual Funds in this chapter) by obtaining price offers from different contractors The PSAP is strongly encouraged to follow the steps listed below to choose a system A Examine different CPE systems /contractors and obtain price offers (a detailed breakdown of equipment, installation and maintenance costs) for systems with identical configurations, B Document a comparative analysis of systems evaluated C Document selected system and why it was chosen A 0 Rev 8/5/2005 11120 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 4. Contractor Prepares Statement Of Work (SOW) The selected contractor prepares a SOW detailing all deliverables for this installation Please refer to Statement of Work at the end of this chapter This document is important because it insures that both the PSAP and the contractor agree on the elements necessary to meet the needs of the PSAP The PSAP may use the 9 -1 -1 Office website to compare price quotes against current maximum contract prices for each CPE contract provider NOTE Coordination for system moves and /or system replacement that impact network services should be coordinated with all stakeholders including the PSAP manager, state 9 -1 Office consultant, equipment contractor, and network provider(s) S. PSAP Prepares and Submits a Purchase Order (PO) Package The 9 -1 -1 Office will assist the PSAP, as needed, in preparing a PO package The PO document shall serve as the legally binding procurement instrument between the PSAP agency and the contractor The PO package must include the following information A SOW B Copy of pre - authorization letter C Itemized list of all system elements D Unsigned PO, which must include a the "ship to" address where the system will be installed, b the "bill to" address of the 9 -1 -1 Office for all applicable system elements approved for funding, c a statement on the front of the PO stating, "The purchase, installation, and maintenance of items identified in this purchase order shall comply exclusively with the terms and conditions of (State Contract DGS -0026 or CMAS contract number) and the attached Statement of Work " d a summary of costs on the PO document for the standard system replacement or certified upgrade including equipment, installation, training, maintenance, and taxes, e a summary of costs on the PO document, in addition to the standard system, for other items on the contract the PSAP requests to purchase at the same time (list CPE allotment items separately from GIS allotment items), f an attached cost table referencing a complete breakdown of all costs by item, and, E Summary list of items (not on the MPA) being requested for use of residual funds, if any, that expire at the end of the calendar year of system replacement or certified upgrade (must use Reimbursement Process, Network and Other 9 -1 -1 Services/CPE) 6. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues a Commitment To Fund The 9 -1 -1 Office will review the PO package If the PSAP's PO package meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) form detailing the approved amount will be sent to the PSAP within four weeks of the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received a complete and accurate PO package If the PSAP's PO package does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received the PO package 7. PSAP Authorizes Contractor To Proceed With Installation Upon receipt of the approved TD -288, the PSAP may then sign the PO and authorize the contractor to proceed with installation The PSAP and the contractor should closely examine the schedule included in the SOW prior to signing the document The contractor should be provided the signed PO and a copy of the TD -288 Rev 8!512005 11121 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 8. PSAP Performs Acceptance Testing Acceptance testing must be performed in accordance with contractual provisions Once a system passes the acceptance testing, the PSAP shall submit a signed 9 -1 -1 Service and Equipment System Acceptance and Authorization (TD -284) form to the 9 -1 -1 Office so that payment can be rendered to the contractor 9. Contractor Invoicing Upon satisfactory installation of equipment or service, the contractor may invoice the 9 -1 -1 Office When invoicing the 9 -1 -1 Office, the contractor must include a breakdown of applicable equipment, labor, taxes, and surcharges The tracking number from the TD -288 form must be noted on the invoice When creating an account name for an invoice, the contractor must use the account naming convention provided by the 9 -1 -1 Office on the TD -288 2VU Rev 8/5/2005 11122 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding Funding Process for: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM (GIS) In accordance with the GIS FUNDING POLICY outlined in this chapter, PSAPs requesting funding for GIS may use the Reimbursement Processor the Direct Funding Process Both methods require specific preliminary information outlined below that is necessary to determine GIS funding eligibility GIS Reimbursement Claim Process 1. PSAP Requests GIS Funding The PSAP prepares and submits to the 9 -1 -1 Office a GIS funding request letter that must include the following information, as a minimum A The PSAP's planned number of staffed 9 -1 -1 call taker positions B A commitment from the PSAP to answer wireless 9 -1 -1 calls in their jurisdiction when the service becomes available 2. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues "GIS Funding Eligibility Letter" If the PSAP request meets the GIS funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a "GIS funding eligibility letter" will be sent to the PSAP within two weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office This letter will detail the amount of GIS funds that the PSAP may be eligible to receive, pending 9 -1 -1 Office approval of the PSAP's GIS spending plan This letter will also detail the steps the PSAP must follow to obtain final purchase approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP funding request letter does not meet the GIS funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office PSAP Prepares and Submits a GIS Spending Plan The PSAP prepares and submits to the 9 -1 -1 Office a GIS spending plan that should include the following information, as a minimum A The procurement process the PSAP plans on using, if necessary, to obtain equipment and /or services (i e , competitive bid, state contract) B A general overview of planned GIS activities (scope) with a description of the PSAP's current status of GIS deployment and a description of how the mapping requirement will be met then tested, C A schedule for implementation (for example, anticipated dates for wireless 9 -1 -1 call delivery, demonstrated multi - jurisdictional planning, map dataset completion, hardware, software installation and training), and, D An outline of resources (including costs) needed to accomplish GIS activities (CPE, consulting, personnel time) 4. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues a Commitment To Fund The 9 -1 -1 Office will review the GIS spending plan If the PSAP spending plan meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) form detailing the approved amount will be sent to the PSAP within four weeks of the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received a complete and accurate GIS spending plan If the PSAP's spending plan does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received a complete and accurate GIS spending plan S. PSAP Purchases GIS and /or Related Components The PSAP uses their procurement process to purchase the GIS and /or related GIS components and authorizes the contractor to provide and install the equipment according to the r: Rev 8/5/2005 11123 4.69 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding conditions of their contract The 9 -1 -1 Office strongly recommends that a statement of work (SOW) and a system acceptance plan be included in this process (Please refer to Statement of Work in this chapter) Contractor Invoices the PSAP Upon satisfactory installation of equipment or service, the contractor will invoice the PSAP PSAP Submits Claim For Reimbursement Upon payment of the invoice, the PSAP may submit a Reimbursement Claim (TD -290) form to the 9 -1 -1 Office, including the previously approved TD -288 with appropriate 9 -1 -1 Office tracking number and copies of paid invoices with proof of payment 8. 9 -1 -1 Office Reviews, Approves, and Reimburses PSAP Upon receipt of a complete and accurate TD -290 with appropriate documentation, the 9 -1 -1 Office will review and approve the claim within two weeks The claim will be forwarded to the Department of General Services, Office of Fiscal Services, for payment processing This final payment process may take up to 90 days 270 Rev 8/5/2005 11124 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding GIS Direct Funding Process In accordance with the GIS FUNDING POLICY outlined in this chapter, PSAPs may seek funding from the 9 -1 -1 Office for GIS PSAPs requesting invoices for approved GIS CPE /Services to be sent by the contractor directly to the 9 -1 -1 Office for payment are required to follow the procedures below PSAPs are also required to follow their own procurement processes when issuing purchase orders needed to procure a GIS PSAP Requests GIS Funding The PSAP prepares and submits to the 9 -1 -1 Office a GIS funding request letter that must include the following information, as a minimum A The PSAP's planned number of staffed 9 -1 -1 call taker positions B A commitment from the PSAP to answer wireless 9 -1 -1 calls in their jurisdiction when the service becomes available 2. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues "GIS Funding Eligibility Letter" If the PSAP request meets the GIS funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a "GIS funding eligibility letter" will be sent to the PSAP within two weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office This letter will detail the amount of GIS funds that the PSAP may be eligible to receive, pending 9 -1 -1 Office approval of the PSAP's GIS spending plan This letter will also detail the steps the PSAP must follow to obtain final purchase approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP funding request letter does not meet the GIS funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the funding request letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office 3. PSAP Prepares and Submits a GIS Spending Plan The PSAP prepares and submits to the 9 -1 -1 Office a GIS spending plan that should include the following information, as a minimum A The PSAP choice of state procurement vehicle (CMAS or MPA) B A general overview of planned GIS activities (scope) with a description of the PSAP's current status of GIS deployment and a description of how the mapping requirement will be met then tested, C A schedule for implementation (for example, anticipated dates for wireless 9 -1 -1 call delivery, demonstrated multi - jurisdictional planning, map dataset completion, hardware, software installation and training), and, D An outline of resources (including costs) needed to accomplish GIS activities (CPE, consulting, personnel time) 4. 9-1 -1 Office Issues "Pre- Authorization Letter" If the PSAP spending plan meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a "pre- authorization letter" will be sent to the PSAP within four weeks of the date the spending plan was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office and will detail the approved GIS allotment amount The pre - authorization letter will also detail the steps the PSAP must follow to obtain final purchase approval from the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP's spending plan does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received the GIS funding request it 71 Rev 8/5/2005 11125 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding 5. PSAP Chooses Contracted GIs Equipment or Services Once pre - authorization is obtained from the 9 -1 -1 Office, the PSAP is strongly encouraged to follow the steps listed below to choose a system A Examine different GIs systems /contractors and obtain price offers (a detailed breakdown of equipment, installation and maintenance costs) for systems with identical configurations B Document a comparative analysis of the systems evaluated C Document the selected system and describe why it was chosen 6. PSAP Prepares And Submits A GIS PO Package The 9 -1 -1 Office will assist the PSAP, as needed, in preparing a GIs PO package The PO document shall serve as the legally binding procurement instrument between the PSAP and the contractor The PO package shall include the following information A SOW B Copy of pre - authorization letter C Itemized list of all system elements D Unsigned PO, which must include a the "ship to" address where the system or GIs components will be installed, b the "bill to" address of the 9 -1 -1 Office (for all applicable system elements approved for funding), c a statement on the front of the PO stating, "The purchase, installation, and maintenance of items identified in this purchase order shall comply exclusively with the terms and conditions of (State Contract DGS -0026 or CMAS contract number) and the attached Statement of Work " d a summary of all costs for items which the PSAP intends to purchase with GIs allotment funds, including equipment, installation, training, maintenance, services, and taxes with an attached cost table referencing a complete breakdown of costs (GIS allotment items and CPE allotment items must be listed separately, if applicable ) 9 -1 -1 Office Issues a Commitment To Fund The 9 -1 -1 Office will review the GIS PO package If the PSAP's PO package meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) form detailing the approved amount will be sent to the PSAP within four weeks of the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received a complete and accurate PO package If the PSAP's PO package does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received the PO package S. PSAP Authorizes Contractor To Proceed With Installation Upon receipt of the approved TD -288, the PSAP may then sign the PO and authorize the contractor to proceed with installation The PSAP should closely examine the schedule included in the SOW prior to signing the PO The contractor should be provided the signed PO and a copy of the TD -288 9. Contractor Invoices the 9 -1 -1 Office Upon satisfactory installation of equipment or service, the contractor may invoice the 9 -1 -1 Office When invoicing the 9 -1 -1 Office, the contractor must include a breakdown of applicable equipment, labor, taxes, and surcharges The tracking number from the TD -288 form must be noted on the invoice When creating an account name for an invoice, the contractor must use the account naming convention provided by the 9 -1 -1 Office on the TD -288 Rev 8!512005 11126 .672 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding Funding Process for: NETWORK and OTHER 9 -1 -1 SERVICES /CPE Reimbursement Claim Process — Network and Other 9 -1.1 Services /CPE In accordance with the EDUCATION FUNDING POLICY, NETWORK SERVICES FUNDING POLICY, and CPE FUNDING POLICY outlined in this chapter, PSAPs requesting reimbursement funding for 9 -1 -1 network services and other 9 -1 -1 services and /or CPE (not GIS or system replacement), may use the following Reimbursement Claim Process PSAP Requests Funding The PSAP writes a letter to the 9 -1 -1 Office requesting the 9 -1 -1 service and /or equipment The letter should include A an overview of requirements with associated costs, B PSAP's planned number of staffed 9 -1 -1 call taker positions (if CPE funding allotment is to be used), C procurement process PSAP plans on using to obtain equipment and services (i e, competitive bid, noncompetitive bid, tariff, or state contract), and, D desired installation date 2. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues a Commitment To Fund If the PSAP funding request letter meets the requirements outlined in this chapter, a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) form detailing the approved amount will be sent to the PSAP within two weeks of the date the letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP letter does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office 3. The PSAP Purchases Equipment The PSAP uses their procurement process and authorizes the contractor to provide and install the equipment according to the conditions of their contract 4. Contractor Invoices the PSAP Upon satisfactory installation of equipment or service, the contractor will invoice the PSAP 5. PSAP Submits Claim For Reimbursement Upon payment of the invoice, the PSAP may submit a Reimbursement Claim (TD -290) form to the 9 -1 -1 Office, including the previously approved TD -288 with appropriate 9 -1 -1 Office tracking number and copies of paid invoices with proof of payment (e g cancelled check) 6. Review, Approval, and Reimbursement Upon receipt of a complete and accurate TD -290 with appropriate documentation, the 9 -1 -1 Office will review and approve the request within two weeks The claim will be forwarded to the Department of General Services, Office of Fiscal Services, for payment processing This final payment process may take up to 90 days NOTE Coordination for system moves and /or system replacement that impact network services should be coordinated with all stakeholders including the PSAP manager, state 9 -1 -1 Office consultant, equipment contractor, and network provider(s) Rev 8/5/2005 11127 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding Direct Fundina Process — Network and Other 9 -1 -1 Services /CPE In accordance with the EDUCATION FUNDING POLICY, NETWORK SERVICES FUNDING POLICY, and CPE FUNDING POL /CYoutlined in this chapter, PSAPs requesting 9 -1 -1 Office funding where invoices will be sent by the contractor directly to the 9 -1 -1 Office for payment by means of a state contract or tariff are required to follow the procedures below PSAP Requests Funding The PSAP writes a letter to the 9 -1 -1 Office requesting the 9 -1 -1 service and /or equipment The letter should include A an overview of requirements, and /or a list of items covered in the agreement, with associated costs, B the PSAP's planned number of staffed 9 -1 -1 call taker positions (if the state CPE funding allotment is to be used), C the desired installation date and /or terms of the agreement, and, D the PSAP's choice of state procurement vehicle (CMAS, MPA) or tariff When using a state CMAS contract or MPA DGS -0026, the PSAP must include a PO for the total amount of the contract with the following information a the "ship to" address where the service will be provided or the CPE will be installed, b the "bill to" address of the 9 -1 -1 Office, and, c a statement on the front of the PO stating, "The purchase, installation, and maintenance of items identified in this purchase order shall comply exclusively with the terms and conditions of (State Contract DGS -0026 or CMAS contract number) " 2. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues a Commitment To Fund If the PSAP request meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) form detailing the approved amount will be sent to the PSAP within two weeks of the date the letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office If the PSAP funding request letter does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within two weeks of the date the letter was received by the 9 -1 -1 Office 3. The PSAP Authorizes Vendor To Provide Equipment and /or Service Upon receipt of an approved TD -288, the PSAP may authorize the contractor to provide and install the equipment/services according to the conditions of the contract or tariff NOTE Coordination for system moves and /or system replacement that impact network services should be coordinated with all stakeholders including the PSAP manager, state 9 -1 -1 Office consultant, equipment contractor, and network provider(s) 4. Contractor Invoices the 9 -1 -1 Office Upon satisfactory installation of equipment or service, the contractor may invoice the 9 -1 -1 Office When invoicing the 9 -1 -1 Office, the contractor must include a breakdown of applicable equipment, labor, taxes, and surcharges The tracking number from the TD -288 form must be noted on the invoice When creating an account name for an invoice, the contractor must use the account naming convention provided by the 9 -1 -1 Office on the TD -288 Rev 8/5/2005 11128 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding Funding Process for: PSAP EXPENSES PSAPs requesting funding for expenses, as defined in the PSAP EXPENSES FUNDING POLICY provided in this chapter, must use the following Reimbursement Claim Process Where pre - approval by the 9 -1 -1 Office is required, you must begin with step "1" below Otherwise, you may begin with step "3" below Reimbursement Claim Process — PSAP Expenses PSAP Requests Funding Approval The PSAP submits a letter with appropriate attachments, if required, to the 9 -1 -1 Office requesting pre - approval for reimbursement of 9 -1 -1 services and /or expenses 2. 9 -1 -1 Office Issues a Commitment To Fund Upon receipt of a complete funding request letter that meets the funding requirements outlined in this chapter, a Commitment To Fund (TD -288) form detailing the approved amount will be sent by the 9 -1 -1 Office to the PSAP within two weeks from the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received the funding request letter If the PSAP funding request letter does not meet the funding requirements, the assigned 9 -1 -1 Office consultant will contact the PSAP for further information within one week from the date the 9 -1 -1 Office received the funding request letter 3. PSAP Submits Claim For Reimbursement The PSAP may submit a Reimbursement Claim (TD -290) form to the 9 -1 -1 Office in accordance with the requirements of the PSAP Expense Funding Policy, outlined in this chapter, and the following requirements A Timely submission of claims —All reimbursement claims should be submitted on an annual, semi- annual, or quarterly basis each fiscal year (July 1 through June 30) and should be submitted no later than ninety (90) calendar days after the close of the fiscal year in which funds have been expended, B Where are - approval is required, the previously approved TD -288 with appropriate 9 -1 -1 Office tracking number and related documentation (receipts and membership information) must be included, and, C PSAPs claiming reimbursement for wages must provide a detailed accounting for each activity, items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and /or 8 (as outlined in the PSAP Expense Funding Policy) with the number of hours and specific dates for each activity The 9 -1 -1 Office will provide a documentation tool for this accounting, upon request 4. 9 -1 -1 Office Reviews, Approves, and Reimburses PSAP A complete and accurate TD -290 with appropriate documentation will be reviewed and approved for payment by the 9 -1 -1 Office within two weeks The claim will be forwarded to the Department of General Services, Office of Fiscal Services, for payment processing This final payment process may take up to 90 days Rev 8/5/2005 11129 4 r 75 9 -1 -1 OPERATIONS MANUAL Chapter III — Funding STATEMENT OF WORK (SOW) Every installation of 9 -1 -1 equipment is different due to the unique needs of each PSAP A statement of work (SOW) is recommended for all installation of 9 -1 -1 CPE and is required for use of the MPA DGS -0026 CPE contract Therefore, prior to the commencement of any installation of a 9 -1 -1 system funded by the 9 -1 -1 Office, the contractor shall prepare a SOW detailing all deliverables The SOW shall be signed by both the PSAP and the equipment/services contractor Any subsequent changes to this planned installation must be documented by the contractor The SOW should include the following information, as a minimum Protect Contact Information - List of all project contact information (including name, telephone number, pager number, FAX number, and e-mail addresses) for the contractor protect manager, sales representative (if different), installation contact, network provider contact, 9 -1 -1 Office consultant, PSAP project representative(s), and other identified project stakeholders Roles & Responsibilities — Identify the roles and responsibilities of each individual listed in number "1" above 3 Floor Plans - Detailed floor plans identifying the planned location of all equipment to be installed and corresponding workstation outlets 4 Facility Modifications Required — Contractor will describe, and provide specifications for, all facility modifications necessary to accommodate the new system Arrangements for all modifications not performed by the contractor must be performed by the PSAP 5 Cost Itemization - A detailed list of all costs (including quantity, make /model of all hardware, installed software and version(s), training, installation, and maintenance) 6 System Interfaces - The contractor shall list all equipment or systems that must be interfaced or integrated into the 9 -1 -1 system The contractor and any third party contractors must agree on the interface specifications Upon agreement, the costs, specifications, and responsibilities of the contractor will be documented in the SOW 7 Circuitry — Identify quantity /type of telephone trunks, lines, and other circuits that will be connected to the system Identify network provider service support and planning requirements System Programming - Complete programming records showing each telephone/intelligent workstation, station /line features, system speed dial numbers, agent profiles, supervisor profiles, ACD programming and any other adjustable software parameter necessary to meet the specific needs of a PSAP System Growth Capability —An explanation of configured system capacities and additional components needed to expand beyond current configuration 10 Maintenance Facility — The name, city location, and telephone number of the primary and backup maintenance technician(s) responsible for on -site maintenance issues The contractor will detail the capabilities of its maintenance facility to provide remote or on -site service, as needed 11 Installation Schedule - Include equipment order date, equipment delivery date, network provider planning meeting date(s) and /or network termination support date(s), programming freeze date, equipment installation date, training date(s), and planned system in- service date 12 Acceptance Testing — Refer and conform to contract requirements V Rev 8/5/2005 11130 State of California • Arnold Schwarzenegger, Governor State and Consumer Services Agency DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SERVICES Telecommunications Division EXHIBIT C October 18, 2005 Max Phipps, Lieutenant Communications Division El Segundo Police Department 348 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 -3885 Dear Lieutenant Phipps The California 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office (9 -1 -1 Office) reimburses public agencies for costs associated with 9 -1 -1 County Coordinator and Wireless Regional Coordinator responsibilities, including staff salary, in accordance with policy and procedures detailed in Chapter III of the State of California 9 -1 -1 Program Operations Manual The 9 -1 -1 Office will reimburse your agency for all approved and documented hours spent to perform activities as outlined in Chapter III, which can be downloaded at http / /www td dgs ca gov /Publications /911/911 manual. htm Reimbursement includes salary, benefits and approved expenses If you have any questions or need guidance through this process, please do not hesitate to contact me at david.sanchez @dgs ca gov or (916) 657 -9177 Sincerely, DAVID F SANCHEZ, 9 -1 -1 Consultant California 9 -1 -1 Emergency Communications Office DS ja cc Jack WaA Chief of Police, El Segundo Police Department Jeff Stewart, City Manager, City of El Segundo x'77 601 Sequoia Pacific Boulevard • Sacramento, California 95814 -0231 • (916) 657 -9903 EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Consent Calendar AGENDA DESCRIPTION. Consideration and possible action recommending approval of contract between, the City and NUVIS Landscape Architecture and Planning, for the Lakes Golf Course Driving Range Design (Fiscal Impact $44, 350) A 1 Award the Driving Range Design contract to NUVIS Landscape Architecture and Planning, 2 Authorize the City Manager to execute the contract in a form approved by the City Attorney, 3 Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION. In December 2004 City Council appointed a Golf Sub - Committee to work with the new management company to improve the overall golf course operation. Two Council Members, one Recreation and Park Commissioner, members of the Community and staff comprise the sub - committee On January 31, 2005, the golf course management company presented a business plan for the Lakes Golf Course to the sub - committee The first improvement in that business plan was the renovation of the Driving Range The sub - committee has looked at both artificial turf and natural turf for that renovation project After researching the options the sub - committee has decided to go forward with replacing the artificial turf with a natural turf driving range The key element in making sure that the driving range is a success, is the engineering and grading plan. Request for proposal to design the driving range were sent out on August 23, 2005 Request for proposal for driving range design were received on September 20, 2005. Continued..... ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS- None FISCAL IMPACT: $44,350 Capital Improvement: $461,000 Account Number- 503 - 400 -5306 -8103 Project Amount: $44,350 Appropriation Required: _Yes x No ORIGINATED. WJA \ DATE: Stacia Me Recreation and Parks Director 12 t„ r Background and Discussion (con't): The Scope of Services for the Driving Range Design includes: 1 Grading and engineering for the project, this design work will include consideration of all regulations regarding Water Quality Standards for LA County. 2 Irrigation Design 3 Construction Documents 4. Construction Field Observations The two companies that were interviewed for the Driving Range Design were, NUVIS Landscape Architecture and Casey O'Callaghan Golf Design NUVIS' cost for the design project was $44,340. Casey Callaghan's Golf Design was $25,000 The main difference in the two proposals, were the engineering cost for grading design Casey O'Callaghan had not taken into consideration the grading that would be required to meet the Water Quality Standards of LA County, when this was discussed in his interview he felt he would have to increase his proposed bid to provide the additional engineering services required by LA County. NUVIS' proposal included methods to deal with the Water Quality Standards They proposed using Bio- Swells to control the run off, and make sure that controlled run off was directed to the proper storm drains NUVIS has worked on several golf course projects in California. Coyote Creek golf course in San Jose, Bartlett Park Golf Course, in Huntington Beach are two recent golf course projects. They have been involved in several municipal park projects, such as the Space Museum and Park in Downey, and Caesar Chavez Park in Long Beach. 70 EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT MEETING DATE November 1, 2005 AGENDA HEADING. Consent Consideration and possible action regarding award of contract to S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc for construction related to the Residential Sound Insulation Program's Group 8 (24 residences) (Estimated construction cost and retention $942,909) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION. 1) Award contract to S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc , 2) Authorize the City Manager to execute a construction contract in a form approved by the City Attorney, and 3) Alternatively discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION, On October 18, 2005 the City Clerk's office opened sealed bids for the City's Residential Sound Insulation Program Group 8 (RSI 05 -14) Three bids were received and the result of the bid opening was as follows 1 S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc $ 857,190 00 2 NSA Construction Group, Inc $ 985,896 00 3 G &G Specialty Contractors, Inc $1,056,054 00 A review of the Bid from S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc was performed, and proved to be responsive S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc has performed Residential Sound Insulation work for airports throughout the country, including Tulsa, Oklahoma, Cleveland and Columbus, Ohio, Detroit, Michigan, and San Diego and currently is performing construction work on the City of El Segundo's Groups 5 (31 dwellings), 6 (36 dwellings), and 7 (21 dwellings) (Please see attached page entitled "Background and Discussion ") ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Bidder's Proposal and Statement from S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc FISCAL IMPACT: Operating Budget: $2,500,000 Amount Requested. $792,110 Account Number: 116 -400- 0000 -8960 Bid Group: 7 Appropriation Required: _ Yes X No INATED. DATE- /G C O i 5 e r 20, 2005 mes S O'Neill, Program Coordinator REV DATE � � City Manager iw60 Background and Discussion (cont.) The amount requested includes the Total Bid of $857,190 00 from S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc and an additional 10% of that Total Bid for potential change orders due to unforeseen conditions As City Council is aware, eighty percent (80 %) of costs associated with the Residential Sound Insulation Program are covered by federal grant funding from the FAA with the remaining twenty percent (20 %) of improvement costs paid for by the property owners To date, the RSI Program has completed work on 283 Dwellings It is anticipated that an additional 105 Dwellings will be completed by September of 2006 (including Group 8) and will leave an estimated balance of $76,000 with the expectation of future grant money from the FAA for continued support 281 I\ SL CONT WICKER PAGE 01 10/18/2005 12 51 3154728807 BIDDERS'S PROPOSAL AND STATEMENT CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, LOS ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA Project Number RSI 05 -14 "Residential Sound Insulation Program — Group 8" PROPOSAL To the Mayor and City Council City of El Segundo 350 Main St El Segundo, CA 90245 The undersigned declares that he/she has carefully examined the location of the proposed work and has otherwise satisfied himself(herself as to the nature and location of the work, and is full informed as to all conditions and matters which can in any way affect the work or cost thereof, that he/she has examined the Contract Documents, and has read the accompanying "BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS" and hereby agrees to provide the following: To furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services and to do all the work required for the "Residential Sound Insulation Program — Group 8" in strict conformity with the Contract Documents and at the following lump sum pace, to Wit ID Address Deseri lion Cost Property Subtotal 8.01 412 West Acacia Avenue RSI Improvements $ z w C9 $ Window grilles $z Air Conditioning $ S w Windows 3 & 4 $ \ 8 02 217 West Acacia Avenue RSI Im rovements $ 23 lcz Aw $ ZA Window 3 $ Zt�� Enlarge window 7 $ O ue lass at boor A $ lCtS°' 8.03 843 Dune Street RSI Improvements $ m $`�� Door F Upgrade $ stf3. Ram lass $ * Eniar a window 6 $ e-b Tinted glass $ °4 8.04 741 Redwood Avenue RSI Improvements "' $ 8.05 710 Redwood Avenue RSI Im rovements $ 8.06 706 Redwood Avenue RSI Improvements $ "' $ Q 807 701 Redwood Avenue RSI Improvements $2& " Window and Door nlles $ \ Door B U ade $ szzi ' 7 22 Bidder's Proposal and Statement 1 City of El Segundo Group 8 Residential Sound Insulation Prograrp, 8 r) 10/18/2005 12:51 3154716807 SL CONT WICKER PAGE 02 8.08 651 West Walnut Avenue RSI Improvements SA6 SQ �, $ AV > m Window grilles $ -oo 8.09 520 West Walnut Avenue RSI Improvements $ 3,1 \tp Door B LJp&ade $ Door C Upgrade $ 8.10 515 West Walnut Avenue RSI Improvements $ °p $ 8.11 325 West Walnut Avenue RSI Improvements $ ' $ 8.12 836 Loma Vista Street RSI Improvements $ $ 8 13 852 Virginia Street RSI Improvements FA 7RFO cp $ 2A \� Windows 3 and 4 k f Ciw ' Door B U e $ 5c a° Colonial wood trim $ ° Window grilles S k `� Air Conditioning $ rjpb•"' 8.14 913 Cedar Street RSI Improvements $ Window tint $ Air Conditioning $ 815 507 West Sycamore Ave. RSI Improvements $ "F "� Window grilles Window 6 916 730 West Maple Avenue RSI Improvements $ �b\Z4b Window giii1cs $ 2 8.17 914 Pepper Street RSI Improvements $ $p 8.18 831 Pepper Street RSI Improvements $Z, � $ 819 953 Eucalymus Drive RSI Initirovements ep $ 820 953 A Eucal tus Drive RSI Im rovements � � ZA:;o 8.21 303 East Walnut Avenue RSI improvements 'c Window I $ ba 8.22 944 Cypress Street RSI Improvements $ TT-1 I tm 8.23 941 Sheldon Street RSI Improvements 814 926 Sheldon Street RSI Improvements $ New window Window 1 $ °" EP24 Door $ Special hardware $ Total Bid (Contract Sum) tl C (words) (figures) In case of discrepancy between the words and figures, the words must prevail. Bidder's Proposal and Statement Group 8 iT S City of El Segundo Residential Sound Insulation Program NOTICE: BIDDERS WILL NOT BE RELEASED DUE TO ERRORS AND ILLEGIBLE BIDS MUST BE DISQUALIFIED NOTICE: Total Bid (Contract Sum) must equal the total of Schedule of Values. If the Total Bid does not equal the total of the Schedule of Values, it is grounds for rejection of the Bid. Furthermore, inconsistencies between the Schedule of Values and the Plans for each Dwelling are grounds for rejection of the Bid This bid is based upon completing the work as set in the Construction Schedule published in the Contract Documents If awarded the contract for the Work, the undersigned hereby agrees to sign the contract and furnish the necessary bonds not more than ten (10) calendar days after Notice to Proceed date Enclosed is a Bidder's Bond, certified check or cashier's check, which is not less than ten percent (10 %), as a guarantee that the undersigned will enter into the contract if awarded to the undersigned The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the required contract with necessary bonds and insurance, within the time limits above specified, said bonds or check and money payable therein must be fortified to and become the property of the City of El Segundo, State of Califorma. Name of Firm S &L Specialty Contracting, Inc. South ran in Street Address Syracuse, NY 13202 Telephone Number- Contractor's License Number: Type of License- License Expiration Date Type of Entity 0 Sole Proprietorship ❑ 7-,,.,/21-67 Partnership corporation El Other 28 i Bidder's Proposal and Statement 3 City of El Segundo Group 8 Residential Sound Insulation Program I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct Contractor Representative Title Signature Dated this � c If Corporation, please attach evidence of authority to sign. Bidder's Proposal and Statement Group 8 City of El Segundo Residential Sound Insulation Program EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING New Business AGENDA DESCRIPTION Consideration and possible action regarding entering Into a purchase and sale agreement and opening escrow with Thomas Properties Group (TPG) for the anticipated purchase of five - acres of land located at the southwest corner of Manposa Avenue and Nash Street (to be used for soccer fields pursuant to the development agreement entered Into between the City and TPG in January 2001 (Fiscal Impact $50,000 deposit Into escrow) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION: 1) Authorize the Mayor to execute the Purchase and Sale Agreement in the form attached to the development agreement and approved by the City Attorney, 2) Authorize staff to open escrow with Thomas Properties Group and deposit $50,000 into the escrow account; and /or 3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION In 2001 the City entered Into a development agreement (DA) with Thomas Properties Group (TPG) for the development of 46 5 acres located at 827 North Douglas Boulevard One of the terms of the DA was the developer, TPG, would offer five -acres of the property, located in the southwest corner of the site, to the City for purchase so that the City may develop it as soccer fields TPG has purchased and taken full possession of the entire 46 5 -acre site TPG has offered the five -acres of potential park site to the City to purchase (Continued on next page .) ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 1 Site Plan FISCAL IMPACT Operating Budget. $5,500,000 Amount Requested: $50,000 (Deposit) Account Number. 302400- 8202 -8998 Project Phase: NIA Appropriation Required* X Yes —No ORIGINATED BY. DATE S 2�,,,, d e Seimone Jurtis, erect r of Planning and Building Safety REVIEWkT j DATE: City Manager 2863 14 STAFF REPORT November 1, 2005 BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION (cont.) Page 2 To begin the process of purchasing the five -acres a purchase and sale agreement would need to be executed so that the City may enter Into escrow with TPG In addition, $50,000 must be deposited Into the escrow account The form of the agreement was agreed to by the parties as part of the development agreement The deposit will be applied towards the final purchase price of the site Staff anticipates closing escrow in 45 -days from the time escrow opens Per the development agreement, the maximum purchase price the City would have to pay for the five -acres is five million dollars However, pursuant to the development agreement the City is supposed to pay less than fair market value for the property and the property is to be appraised and sold based upon its value as park land The purchase and sale agreement provides for a process for having the property appraised Also, staff will be conducting due diligence regarding the environmental condition of the property In this connection, staff will be reviewing all of the Phase I environmental documents that have been submitted to the City and potentially requesting and reviewing other relevant information to ensure that there are no outstanding environmental issues prior to closing escrow RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that City Council authorize the Mayor to execute a purchase and sale agreement and authorize staff to open escrow and deposit $50,000 for the purchase of the five -acre site P \Planning & Building Safety \Sjurtis \Staff Reports Part 2 \Purchase of Soccer Fields \Staff report to open escrow and deposit $5000011 -01.20051 doc 1- O m E Saccsrz rlel -ns CONCEPTUAL SITE PLAN Gn of E/ Segundo a December 11, 2001 1.,8S EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE- November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: New Business AGENDA DESCRIPTION: Consideration and possible action to approve the installation of temporary on- street angled parking on the east side of Douglas Street between El Segundo Boulevard and Manposa Avenue to facilitate Los Angeles Air Force Base construction (Fiscal Impact, none) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION. Recommendation — (1) Authorize the installation of temporary on- street angled parking on the east side of Douglas Street between El Segundo Boulevard and Manposa Avenue to facilitate Los Angeles Air Force Base construction, and, (2) Alternatively discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: The new Los Angeles Air Force Base ( LAAFB) facility is under construction northwest of the intersection of El Segundo Boulevard and Douglas Street As part of the project, the LAAFB will construct a large parking structure to serve LAAFB staff The base will not have a sufficient number of parking spaces until the new parking structure is built The LAAFB needs approximately 850 additional parking spaces to accommodate their anticipated staffing levels City staff has been working with LAAFB personnel for sometime to help find sufficient interim parking and has had significant success (Background and Discussion continued on next page) ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Letter from LAAFB requesting interim parking on Douglas Street FISCAL IMPACT: Operating Budget: N/A Amount Requested- N/A Account Number: NIA Project Phase. N/A Appropriation Required: No Steve Fenton, Director of Public Works BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION- (continued) The Planning and Budding & Safety Department has identified a significant number of parking spaces for the LAAFB in a parking structure that will serve a proposed hotel development The proposed hotel project will involve a development agreement which will be presented to City Council in the next several months To secure additional interim parking, Air Force Lt. Col Sherry Bunch approached the City requesting that the City permit the LAAFB to utilize a portion of Douglas Street for parking while the new parking structure is being constructed at the base The LAAFB proposes to re- stripe the easterly three lanes to provide approximately 100 angled parking spaces between El Segundo Boulevard and Manposa Avenue leaving the remaining four lanes available for northbound traffic As a safety precaution, the proposal includes a buffer space for parking maneuvers that will be physically separated from the northbound traffic City staff has reviewed this initial proposal favorably as it imposes minimal impact on motorists and the remaining street will have sufficient capacity to carry Douglas Street traffic. Douglas Street is a seven lane one -way arterial street The City secured a grant from the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA) to convert the roadway to two -way operation MTA Grant agreements for the Douglas Street / Nash Street Couplet One -Way to Two -Way Conversion project are currently being developed It is estimated that construction of the conversion protect will begin in summer of 2007. Lt Col Bunch has indicated that the LAAFB will remove the angled parking from Douglas Street before the conversion project starts regardless of the status of their on -site parking facilities The Air Force is currently preparing detailed plans for review and implementation If Council approves this request, the Public Works Departmentwdl verify that the plans are adequate and will issue the appropriate encroachment permit to allow the LAAFB to proceed with the project The re- striping of Douglas Street to allow for angled parking will be completely paid for by LAAFB 2 ,)0 DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE HEADQUARTERS 61ST AIR BASE GROUP (AFSPC) LOS ANGELES AIR FORCE BASE, CALIFORNIA 21 October 2005 Colonel Joseph M. Codispod Commander, 61n Air Base Group 2420 Vela Way Suite 1467 Los Angeles AFB, CA 90245 Mr. Jeff Stewart City Manager 350 Mam Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Dear Mr. Stewart, The men and women of Los Angeles Air Force Base greatly appreciate the outstanding support the city of El Segundo continues to provide us. We have been working with your city engineers and planning staff on a plan to place diagonal parting on the east side of Douglas Street near the base. The Air Force will start moving into the SAMS facility at the end of this calendar year and there is not adequate parking on site. Until we can obtain funding and construct a new parking structure we will have a critical parking short fall and parking along Douglas Street will greatly lessen the impacts of this shortfall. To help alleviate this parkmg shortfall l would like to request the City's approval to allow diagonal parking on the east side of Douglas Street. The Air Force will pay for the necessary striping, signage, and lane dividers. We will continue to work with your planning department to ensure the parking and traffic lane realignments meet your traffic and safety code requirements. We will submit detailed plans and drawings to the City in early November. In addition, we understand the diagonal parking will have to be altered once Douglas Street is converted back to two way traffic. Thank you in advance for processing our request. We truly appreciate the great work the City continues to provide to the Los Angeles Air Force Base. • u �_ = 2J1 EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Council Member Jacobson AGENDA DESCRIPTION Consideration and possible action to schedule a point special meeting with the City Council and Planning Commission to discuss proposed amendments to the City's current R -1 development standards on any of the following days November 22nd or 29th, 2005 RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION 1 Authorize a date to have a point special meeting with the City Council and Planning Commission, and /or, 2 Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION, On October 12, 2005 the R -1 subcommittee hosted a community presentation on the proposed changes to the development standard for single family homes in the R -1 zone The presentation was very successful with many residents and community members attending and sharing their views and opinions on the proposed changes I believe that staff should present the proposed changes jointly at a special meeting to the City Council and Planning Commission on any of the following dates November 22nd or 29th 2005 This will provide an opportunity for input before any additional work takes place on the changes ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS None FISCAL IMPACT: None Operating Budget. NIA Amount Requested NIA Account Number NIA Project Phase N/A Appropriation Required _ Yes X No DATE Carl Jacobson, Council Member P \Planning & Building Safety\Slurps \Staff Reports Part 2 \Joing City Council and Planning Commission Meeting \Carl Jacobson -Joint CC and PC meeting doc r_ 9 2 16 EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Mayor McDowell AGENDA DESCRIPTION* Consideration and possible action to establish an ad hoc committee for the purpose of making recommendations to the City Council regarding the expenditure of $250,000 for the enhancement, promotion and /or maintenance of the Downtown Specific Plan area (Fiscal Imoact None) RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION: 1) Establish an ad hoc committee to make recommendations with regard to funds available for the enhancement, promotion and /or maintenance of the Downtown Specific Plan area, 2) Appoint the members of the committee, 3) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION. The development agreement between the City and Rosecrans - Sepulveda Partners, LLP for the Plaza El Segundo shopping center provides that the developer will contribute to the City $250,000 for "purposes of enhancing, promoting or maintaining the public rights of way adjacent to the business and properties within the Downtown Specific Plan area " The developer has contributed $125,000 to date, and an additional $125,000 is due in August, 2006 The development agreement further provides that the City shall "form a subcommittee with representatives from the City and business community for purposes of forming recommendations to the City Council with respect to the expenditure of such funds " It is recommended that the subcommittee include a member of the City Council, members of DESI, an at -large member of the downtown business community and staff Accordingly, I recommend that the Council appoint me, Brenda Newman, owner of the Jewelry Source, Sally Martin, co -owner of Studio Antiques, Chris Bennett, owner of Good Stuff, and the City Manager to the subcommittee ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS- None FISCAL IMPACT: N/A Operating Budget: Amount Requested: Account Number: Yes No 293 17 L SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING DATE: November 1, 2005 AGENDA ITEM STATEMENT AGENDA HEADING: Mayor McDowell AGENDA DESCRIPTION: Consideration and possible action to adopt a resolution to implement the honorary memonalization of that portion of Imperial Avenue between Center Street and Sheldon Street as "Mike Gordon Parkway /Imperial Avenue " RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION: Recommendation — (1) Adopt the attached Resolution implementing the honorary memonalization of that portion of Imperial Avenue between the west side of Center Street and the east side of Sheldon Street as "Mike Gordon Parkway /Impenal Avenue" effective January 1, 2006, and (2) Alternatively discuss and take other action related to this item BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: In honor of the significant contributions made by the late former El Segundo Councilmember, Mayor and Assemblyman Mike Gordon, it is recommended that Impenal Avenue between the west side of Center Street and the east side of Sheldon Street be honorarily dedicated as "Mike Gordon ParkwavAmpenal Avenue" This action will provide a lasting tribute to Mr Gordon who served the City with honor for eight years Mr Gordon was first elected to City Council in 1996 and became Mayor two years later He was elected to the State Assembly in November 2004 and served with honor until his untimely passing on June 25, 2005 Honorarily dedicating a portion of a city street in Mr Gordon's name is a fitting tribute to his work on behalf of the City This portion of Imperial Avenue is especially appropriate because it is adjacent to the Dog Park and overlooks the airport to the north, both of which were subjects to which Mr Gordon devoted considerable time during his tenure on the council (Background and Discussion continued on next page) ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1 Resolution 2 Map FISCAL IMPACT: Operating Budget: N/A Amount Requested: N/A Account Number: N/A Project Phase: N/A Appropriation Required: No ORIGINATED BY: DATE: /"Q'" 1 16; BACKGROUND & DISCUSSION: (continued Aoolicable Code and Polic Streets and Highways Code (SHC) Section 5026 provides that City Council may by resolution change the name of any street located within the City of El Segundo The recommended street dedication and street name modification is the type of action covered by SHC Section 5026 The City's current Facilities Naming Policy does not specifically apply to street names Accordingly, if it so decides, the Council may directly take action to honorarily dedicate this portion of Imperial Avenue Impacts Adoption of the attached Resolution will honorarily dedicate the portion of Imperial Avenue between Center Street and Sheldon Street as "Mike Gordon Parkway /imperial Avenue " This portion of the roadway is approximately 2000 feet in length and is fronted by 24 properties on the south side of the street, as follows ➢ 22 multi -family residential (R -3) lots ➢ 1 neighborhood commercial (C -2) lot ➢ 1 planned residential development (PRD) lot, including the Imperial Avenue School at 540 Imperial Avenue Impacts Care has been taken to minimize any impacts of the honorary dedication upon the City, residents and businesses City Impacts Street name signs at three intersecting streets must be replaced The estimated cost of replacing the signs is $1200 and can be absorbed into the current Public Works budget Private impacts In order to minimize any impact on residents and businesses along this portion of Imperial Avenue, the name "Imperial Avenue" will also be retained for the street Accordingly, neither residents nor businesses will need to change stationery or other items bearing an Imperial Avenue address, although they may do so should they so desire Additionally, the U.S Postal Service will recognize both street names and no notice of change of address will be required to be filed with the Postal Service by residents or businesses Street signs along the affected portion will bear the name "Imperial Avenue" as well as the honorary name, "Mike Gordon Parkway" to minimize any confusion on the part of drivers 4 Procedure Upon adoption of the proposed resolution, Staff will notify all affected property owners, residents and tenants of the honorary street dedication and subsequent street name modification, which would become effective January 1, 2006 Staff will also notify the Post Office, Los Angeles County and each affected utility purveyor After the effective date, Staff will notify the same parties indicating that the honorary street dedication and street name modification is effective «:.1,i RESOLUTION NO A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO DEDICATING THAT PORTION OF IMPERIAL HIGHWAY FROM CENTER STREET TO SHELDON STREET AS MIKE GORDON PARKWAY /IMPERIAL AVENUE The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows SECTION 1 The City Council finds and declares that A The late Mike Gordon was elected to the El Segundo City Council in 1996 and served for two years as a City Council Member before being elected Mayor in 1998 Mr Gordon served as Mayor for six years before stepping down in April 2004 to run for the State Assembly, B In 2004, Mike Gordon was elected to the State Assembly as the 53rd Assembly District Representative and served honorably in this capacity until his untimely passing on June 25, 2005, C During Mike Gordon's service to the City of El Segundo he attended valiantly to the interests of El Segundo and was instrumental in preventing the closure of the Los Angeles Air Force Base during the 2005 military base realignment and closure (BRAC) cycle and stopping the efforts of former City of Los Angeles Mayors Riordon and Hahn's efforts to unreasonably expand the Los Angeles International Airport, D Mike Gordon's accomplishments and service to the City of El Segundo and the region warrant significant and lasting tribute, and E Streets and Highways Code Section 5026 provides that the City Council may by resolution change the name of any street located in the City of El Segundo SECTION 2 Council of the City of El Segundo, California hereby resolves that the street currently named Imperial Avenue from the west side of Center Street to the east side of Sheldon Street is hereby honorarily dedicated as "Mike Gordon Parkway /Imperial Avenue " SECTION 3 The City Clerk is directed to certify the adoption of this Resolution, record this Resolution in the book of the City's original resolutions, file a certified copy of this resolution with Board of Supervisors and the County Surveyor of the County of Los Angeles, and make a minute of the adoption of the Resolution in the City Council's records and the minutes of this meeting -1- 2'9 SECTION 4 This resolution will become effective on January 1, 2005 and will remain effective unless repealed or superseded PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this 15t day of November 2005 Kelly McDowell, Mayor STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO 1 I, Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of the City is five, that the foregoing Resolution No was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor of said City, and attested to by the City Clerk of said City, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the 15t day of November 2005, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following roll call vote AYES NOES ABSENT ABSTAIN ATTEST Cindy Mortesen, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM Mark D Hensley, City Attorney By Karl H Berger, Assistant City Attorney -2- West City Boundary : REDWOOD_ r AVE �,d Y1 c — 1 YUCCA ST DUN Ze J A L� 9 y HILL RES HILLCREST ST LOMA VISTA ST WHITING ST VIRGINIA ST CONCORD ST RICHMOND ST MAIN ST STANDARD ST 4 EUCALYPTUS DR_- W ARENA ST SHELDON ST PENN ST SIERRA ST LOMITA ST MARYLAND ST BUNGALOW DR CENTER ST NEVADA ST OREGON ST CALIFORNIA ST KANSAS ST WASHINGTON ST ILLINOIS ST INDIANA I = N s s y c VALLEY i 1 12 IST ST FF:�EBF=:�F:1F: E F=::] F-71 F:7� CON ORD 71 e EE] F771 B E CED ST F9 e rn f a= B PEPPER ST ��ED eee _ oaoa Q E� = B CYP SN S B� B ST PORTION OF IMPERIAL AVENUE TO BE DEDICATED AS MIKE GORDON PARKWAYAMPERIAL AVENUE �F�l� B � s CALIFORNIA ST ❑o ao TON L ST ST W 1 IIN 11 O N NNS T N r I